Spotlight

February 2026

HIGHLIGHTS

California Shouldn’t Treat Low Prices as a Problem

California lawmakers are considering a major change to the state’s antitrust laws that sounds technical but could have a simple and troubling result — higher . . .

California lawmakers are considering a major change to the state’s antitrust laws that sounds technical but could have a simple and troubling result — higher prices for Californians.

Read the full piece here.

Netflix, WBD, and the Myth of the Streaming Monopoly

The proposed acquisition of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD) assets by Netflix is already being cast as a landmark antitrust “test case.” If past deals are . . .

The proposed acquisition of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD) assets by Netflix is already being cast as a landmark antitrust “test case.” If past deals are any guide, the critiques will follow a familiar script: narrow market definitions, selective data points, and headline-friendly market-share claims designed to trigger alarm. Yet in a video ecosystem defined by relentless substitution and audience mobility, it is far from clear that this transaction threatens consumers—or creators.

Sen. Mike Lee (R-Utah) recently offered a textbook example of the rhetoric we expect in a letter to the CEOs of Netflix and WBD, writing that:

Netflix’s reported proposed acquisition of WBD’s studios and streaming business raises these concerns. Based on publicly available information, this transaction appears likely to raise serious antitrust issues, including the risk of substantially lessening competition in streaming markets. If consummated, the acquisition could eliminate a major competitor, consolidate control over an extensive content library, and increase bargaining power over creators and talent.

What stands out in this framing is not merely its reliance on abstract rhetoric about “consolidation” and “bargaining power.” The deeper issue is that the theory depends entirely on contested boundary and measurement choices—choices that rival firms have strong incentives to promote. In a sector where viewers routinely substitute among subscription services, ad-supported streaming, social video, and user-generated content, the competitive picture changes dramatically depending on what analysts include and what they leave out.

For that reason, public claims about consolidation, bargaining power, and market share deserve to be treated as advocacy, not analysis. Serious antitrust review must rest on evidence of substitution and competitive effects, not on a rival’s preferred market definition or a metric chosen because it produces a scarier headline. Even well-intentioned merger analysis can misfire when it defines markets too narrowly or discounts competitive constraints that are real, but less obvious ex ante.

As we have noted elsewhere, modern video competition no longer fits neatly into legacy silos such as “broadcast,” “cable,” or “streaming.” Substitution increasingly cuts across formats, devices, and business models, as viewers reallocate attention in ways traditional merger analysis often understates. Services that appear distinct at first glance—YouTube is the canonical example—can impose substantial competitive discipline on legacy media firms, even when a cursory market-definition exercise would place them in separate markets.

At the same time, consumers face rising transaction costs as they try to access video content scattered across a growing number of platforms. Those frictions make further consolidation not just likely, but predictable. As we have observed:

The ability to offer aggregated content packages is virtually essential to reduce consumer frictions, compete successfully for viewers, and therefore to draw (and keep) broad audiences. Obtaining and maintaining sufficient scale is, in turn, crucial to the subscription and advertising revenues required to fund further content creation and operations.

The Netflix–WBD transaction illustrates how market-definition choices often do the real work in antitrust debates. Applying standard economic logic to the information currently available yields a simple conclusion: under a realistic competitive frame—best understood as competition for video attention—the deal appears unlikely to materially lessen competition. Even under a narrower, streaming-only lens, publicly observable evidence does not support a plausible theory of consumer harm ex post. If anything, WBD’s decision to sell its streaming assets suggests the market is already converging on a new equilibrium with fewer, more viable players—an outcome that may ultimately benefit consumers rather than harm them.

Read the full piece here.

 

The View from Africa: A TOTM Q&A with Willard Mwemba

Our latest guest in Truth on the Market’s “Global Voices Forum” series is Willard Mwemba, CEO of the COMESA Competition and Consumer Commission (CCCC). We discuss . . .

Our latest guest in Truth on the Market’s “Global Voices Forum” series is Willard Mwemba, CEO of the COMESA Competition and Consumer Commission (CCCC). We discuss the CCCC’s role in regional market integration, enforcement, advocacy, and high-profile cases across Africa. We also explore the future of competition law in Africa and globally amid rising protectionism and regulatory fragmentation.

Read the full piece here.

ICLE Comments to Competition Bureau Canada on Anti-Competitive Conduct and Agreements

Executive Summary The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE)[1] submits these comments on the Competition Bureau’s draft Anti-Competitive Conduct and Agreements Enforcement Guidelines, which . . .

Executive Summary

The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE)[1] submits these comments on the Competition Bureau’s draft Anti-Competitive Conduct and Agreements Enforcement Guidelines, which consolidate enforcement approaches following substantial amendments enacted through Bill C-56 (2023) and Bill C-59 (2024). These reforms significantly expand the Bureau’s authority by introducing “excessive and unfair selling prices” as an anti-competitive act, extending civil review under section 90.1 to agreements between non-competitors, broadening private access to the Competition Tribunal, and sharply increasing potential penalties.

Although Parliament expanded the statutory toolkit, the Bureau retains considerable discretion in interpretation and enforcement priorities. These comments reflect three overarching concerns. First, the draft Guidelines rely on flexible and open-ended standards that risk reducing predictability for firms seeking to comply. Second, several provisions risk condemning conduct—such as vertical restraints, self-preferencing, and certain pricing practices—that economic evidence shows often enhances efficiency and consumer welfare. Third, expanded private enforcement combined with higher penalties and potential monetary awards makes legal uncertainty far more costly than under the prior regime.

Competition enforcement necessarily operates under uncertainty. An error-cost framework provides a useful guide. False positives—mistaken condemnation of pro-competitive conduct—impose broad and durable harms by chilling pricing, contracting, investment, and innovation across the economy. Once conduct is deemed unlawful, market forces cannot correct the error. False negatives, by contrast, tend to be more temporary: where firms genuinely exercise market power without efficiency justification, elevated profits attract entry and expansion. These asymmetries counsel restraint in close or ambiguous cases.

The 2022–2024 amendments heighten the importance of this framework. Private parties now face lower thresholds to seek Tribunal review, and beginning in 2025 the Tribunal may now order monetary payments to private applicants. Private incentives do not necessarily align with consumer welfare, and Canadian law lacks U.S. doctrines such as “antitrust injury” that screen out strategic litigation. Clear limiting principles in the Guidelines are therefore essential.

Several substantive areas warrant particular care. The excessive-pricing provision presents acute interpretive challenges. High prices often perform pro-competitive functions by allocating scarce goods and signalling opportunities for entry. Determining whether a price is “excessive” requires cost allocation, valuation of intangible capital, and risk adjustment—tasks that authorities cannot perform reliably, especially in multi-product firms and with respect to multi-sided platforms. Economic research shows that cost-based benchmarks are particularly ill-suited in platform and high fixed-cost industries. The Guidelines should therefore state unequivocally that high prices alone do not constitute anti-competitive conduct and should assess pricing only where it forms part of exclusionary conduct that prevents entry or expansion, such as margin squeezes.

The extension of section 90.1 to vertical agreements under a “significant purpose” standard similarly risks overreach. A substantial literature demonstrates that vertical restraints typically enhance efficiency and consumer welfare. Francine Lafontaine and Margaret Slade’s survey of the theoretical and empirical evidence shows that such restraints often solve coordination problems and increase joint manufacturer–consumer welfare. Because the Act does not define “significant purpose,” the Guidelines should avoid interpretations that would sweep in ordinary, efficiency-motivated distribution arrangements. Safe harbours and presumptions of legality are particularly important in light of expanded private enforcement.

The draft Guidelines appropriately recognise that self-preferencing can have benefits and that concerns arise primarily where firms control access to markets. This approach should be strengthened by treating self-preferencing as a form of vertical integration that is generally pro-competitive, with enforcement limited to cases involving durable market power, meaningful barriers to multi-homing or switching, and demonstrable consumer harm.

Algorithmic pricing likewise does not alter the Act’s core requirement that sections 45 and 90.1 require proof of an agreement—a meeting of the minds. The Guidelines correctly distinguish agreements from lawful conscious parallelism. Enforcement should focus on clear evidence of coordination, such as exchanges of competitively sensitive information or agreements on pricing parameters, rather than parallel outcomes produced by independent algorithmic optimisation.

Although firms can exercise monopsony power in labour markets, the empirical evidence supporting broad labour-antitrust enforcement remains mixed. Estimates of labour-supply elasticity vary widely, and concentration measures often poorly proxy for labour-market power due to worker mobility and non-competitive frictions. Targeted labour regulation—such as minimum-wage laws, collective bargaining frameworks, limits on non-compete clauses, and licensing reform—offers more direct and reliable tools to address worker welfare.

To reduce uncertainty and error costs, the Guidelines should articulate clear market-power screens and safe harbours. A market share below 30% should generally preclude a finding of market power absent extraordinary circumstances. For vertical agreements under section 90.1, presumptive legality should apply where shares and foreclosure remain below 30% or where restraints serve documented efficiency objectives. The Guidelines should also state clearly that the Bureau will prioritise cases supported by clear evidence of substantial competitive harm and exercise restraint where effects are ambiguous, contested, or likely offset by efficiencies.

Taken together, these recommendations would make the Guidelines more predictable, administrable, and economically grounded. They would focus enforcement on conduct most likely to harm competition and consumers, while reducing the risk that expanded statutory authority chills efficient and innovative business conduct.

I. Introduction and Overview

The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments on the Competition Bureau’s draft Anti-Competitive Conduct and Agreements Enforcement Guidelines (ACCA Guidelines).[2] ICLE is a non-profit research centre that applies economic analysis to legal and regulatory questions, with a particular focus on competition policy and market institutions. ICLE scholars have previously submitted comments to the Bureau on the Future of Competition Policy in Canada (Appendix A)[3] and on algorithmic pricing and competition (Appendix B).[4]

The draft Guidelines seek to consolidate enforcement approaches across several provisions of the Competition Act following significant amendments enacted through Bill C-56 (2023) and Bill C-59 (2024). These amendments materially expanded the Bureau’s authority. They added “excessive and unfair selling prices” as an anti-competitive act under section 78,[5] extended section 90.1’s civil agreements provisions to non-competitors,[6] and increased maximum administrative monetary penalties to the greater of $10 million for individuals or $25 million for corporations, or up to three times the benefit derived from the conduct.[7]

These changes present the Bureau with an important interpretive choice. Although Parliament broadened the statutory language, the Bureau retains discretion in setting enforcement priorities and interpretive standards. These comments focus on how the Bureau can exercise that discretion to protect competition without chilling conduct that benefits consumers.

Three concerns motivate these comments. First, the draft Guidelines rely on an overly flexible analytical framework that reduces predictability regarding which business practices may attract enforcement. Second, several provisions—particularly those addressing excessive pricing and vertical agreements—risk condemning conduct that economic research generally associates with enhanced consumer welfare. Third, the combination of expanded private access to the Competition Tribunal and substantially higher penalties significantly increases the costs of legal uncertainty.

These comments proceed as follows. Section II examines the error-cost framework that should guide the Bureau’s exercise of enforcement discretion. Section III identifies specific provisions where the Guidelines would benefit from greater clarity and economic rigour. Section IV offers concrete recommendations for revision.

II. Managing Enforcement Error Through Effects-Based Analysis

Competition enforcement requires judgments under uncertainty, and those judgments carry a risk of error. The costs of those errors are not symmetric. False positives, in particular, can impose broader and more durable harm than false negatives. Drawing on Frank Easterbrook’s error-cost framework, this section explains how mistaken intervention can chill pro-competitive conduct and innovation across the economy. These considerations are especially important in Canada’s current enforcement environment, where recent statutory changes increase the need for clear limiting principles and interpretive restraint in the Bureau’s Guidelines.

A. The Asymmetric Costs of Enforcement Error

Agencies and courts rarely have complete information about costs, demand conditions, or innovation paths. As a result, enforcement decisions risk two types of error. Type I errors (false positives) arise when authorities condemn conduct that benefits consumers or has no anti-competitive effect.[8] Type II errors (false negatives) arise when authorities fail to intervene against genuinely harmful conduct.

Although both error types can impose costs, their consequences are not symmetric. Judge Frank Easterbrook of the 7th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals articulated this asymmetry in his 1984 article “The Limits of Antitrust.”[9] False positives tend to generate lasting harm because they prevent markets from discovering the benefits of the prohibited conduct. When an authority condemns a pricing strategy or distribution arrangement, firms across the economy observe the signal and avoid similar practices, even when those practices would benefit consumers. Legal prohibitions do not self-correct.

False negatives, by contrast, often prove temporary. When a firm restricts output and raises prices without an efficiency justification, the resulting profits attract entry. As Easterbrook observed, a monopolistic practice wrongly excused “will eventually yield to competition, though, as the monopolist’s higher prices attract rivalry.”[10] False negatives also tend to create little precedent and therefore send weak economy-wide signals. Their effects, while potentially harmful in the short term, usually remain confined to the firms and markets at issue. Market forces can correct under-enforcement in ways that they cannot correct over-enforcement, which can entrench itself through precedent and chill pro-competitive or benign conduct.

Empirical evidence supports this self-correction mechanism. Brian Albrecht and Ryan Decker examine whether rising markups correlate with declining business dynamism at the industry level and find no such relationship.[11] If anything, the correlation is positive: industries with the largest markup increases experienced the smallest declines in entry and other measures of dynamism. These findings align with Schumpeterian dynamics, where high returns attract entry and creative destruction, rather than signal insulation from competition. They also call into question the assumption, reflected in the draft Guidelines’ market-share thresholds, that higher margins necessarily indicate competitive harm requiring intervention.

The error-cost framework, however, admits important qualifications. Self-correction through entry may be slow or incomplete where network effects produce winner-take-all dynamics, switching costs lock in customers, regulatory barriers limit entry, or intellectual-property rights confer durable exclusivity.[12] In such settings, false negatives may persist longer than Easterbrook’s framework would otherwise predict. The appropriate response is not to abandon the framework, but to apply it with care. Where market conditions plausibly impede self-correction, the case for intervention strengthens. The burden, however, should rest with enforcement proponents to demonstrate that such conditions exist in the specific market at issue, rather than assuming their presence. The error-cost framework counsels restraint in close cases precisely because these conditions are difficult to identify ex ante and easy to assert ex post by parties seeking regulatory protection from competition.

Geoffrey Manne and Joshua Wright extended these principles to administrative decision-making in “Innovation and the Limits of Antitrust.”[13] They showed that in markets marked by rapid technological change, the cost asymmetry between error types widens further. A mistaken intervention that blocks an innovative business model or distribution method denies consumers benefits they may never recover. The loss compounds when other firms, observing the enforcement action, abandon similar innovations.[14]

The Bureau’s draft Guidelines recognise that competitive effects should drive enforcement decisions. They note that, when investigating potential issues, the Bureau “often focus[es] first on the conduct or agreement itself and how it can impact competition.”[15] Demonstrated or likely effects under the specific facts and circumstances of a given case provide the most reliable basis for sound competition analysis. The final Guidelines should articulate this principle more clearly and consistently.

The Bureau should therefore commit to prioritising enforcement where there is clear evidence of substantial competitive harm, while exercising restraint where likely effects remain ambiguous or genuinely contested. This approach would promote predictability and disciplined enforcement, reduce the risk of both Type I and Type II errors, and reflect the asymmetric costs those errors impose.

B. How Recent Amendments Affect Enforcement Error

The error-cost framework developed by Easterbrook and extended by Manne and Wright emerged in the context of U.S. antitrust enforcement, where decades of judicial development have created procedural and substantive filters that screen out weak claims before they impose significant costs on defendants.[16] Canada’s 2022–2024 amendments to the Competition Act moved in the opposite direction. Taken together, these changes increase the expected costs of false positives—mistaken or strategic enforcement against pro-competitive conduct—and therefore heighten the need for interpretive restraint in the Bureau’s Guidelines.

The amendments substantially expanded private access to the Competition Tribunal. Previously, applicants seeking leave under sections 75, 77, or 79 had to show that their entire business was “directly and substantially affected.”[17] The 2024 amendments relaxed that requirement. Applicants now need only show that part of their business is affected or that granting leave would be in the “public interest.”[18] In late 2024, the Commissioner intervened in JAMP Pharma Corporation v. Janssen Inc. to address the leave test, submitting that it should be “a fairly low bar that only screens out clearly frivolous and vexatious claims.”[19]

This expansion matters because private enforcement operates under incentives that differ from public enforcement. As William Breit and Kenneth Elzinga observed, private plaintiffs bring competition claims to advance their own interests, which may diverge from consumer welfare.[20] Terminated distributors, struggling competitors, or firms seeking to slow a rival’s expansion may recast ordinary commercial disputes as competition-law violations. Economic literature shows that private competition litigation can be used strategically in ways that hinder, rather than promote, competition.[21]

U.S. antitrust law developed the “antitrust injury” doctrine to address this risk. In Brunswick Corp. v. Pueblo Bowl-O-Mat, Inc. (1977),[22] the U.S. Supreme Court required private plaintiffs to show injury “of the type the antitrust laws were intended to prevent”—harm flowing from reduced competition, not merely harm from a defendant’s conduct.[23] As Jonathan Jacobson and Tracy Greer later observed, this doctrine has helped preserve the pro-consumer focus of antitrust law and limit its strategic misuse.[24]

Canadian competition law contains no comparable filter. A private applicant granted leave under the amended Act need not show that its injury stems from harm to competition, rather than from vigorous competition by a more efficient rival. In this context, the Bureau’s enforcement priorities and interpretive guidance become the primary safeguard against strategic litigation. The Guidelines should acknowledge this role explicitly.

The amendments also increased maximum administrative monetary penalties to $25 million for corporations, or three times the benefit derived from the conduct, with penalties rising to $35 million or three times the benefit for repeat violations.[25] These increases raise the expected cost of every enforcement action, including mistaken ones. Economic theory on optimal penalties, developed by Mitchell Polinsky and Steven Shavell, shows that penalty magnitude must reflect both the probability and accuracy of enforcement.[26] Where enforcement is imperfect, excessively high penalties lead to over-deterrence. Firms respond by avoiding not only harmful conduct, but also efficient and pro-competitive behaviour that carries legal risk. As Herbert Hovenkamp has explained, overly expansive liability rules can condemn socially beneficial practices.[27] High penalties combined with ambiguous standards amplify this effect. When the Guidelines do not clearly identify which practices may attract liability, risk-averse firms will avoid a wider range of conduct, including efficient distribution arrangements, pro-competitive pricing strategies, and beneficial vertical integration.

Beginning in June 2025, the Competition Tribunal gained authority to order respondents to make monetary payments to private applicants and “any other person affected” by the conduct, up to the value of the benefit derived from the impugned practice.[28] This change materially alters private enforcement incentives. Where private applicants once could seek only injunctive relief, they may now pursue substantial monetary awards. The U.S. experience with treble damages illustrates the likely effects. Private antitrust litigation in the United States routinely imposes millions of dollars in legal costs, regardless of outcome.[29] These costs create pressure to settle even weak claims, as defendants may choose to pay to avoid litigation expense.

Additional uncertainty arises from extending section 90.1 to agreements among non-competitors under a “significant purpose” standard. Vertical agreements—such as distribution contracts, exclusive arrangements, and franchise terms—often affect competition as part of their ordinary commercial function. A manufacturer that grants exclusive territories does so precisely to shape how distributors compete. Whether such conduct has a “significant purpose” of preventing or lessening competition depends on interpretive choices the Guidelines must make.

Edward Iacobucci the University of Toronto has cautioned that lowering burdens of proof in competition law will predictably do more harm than good.[30] While the statutory amendments are now in force, the Bureau retains discretion in how it interprets and applies them. The Guidelines are the Bureau’s primary instrument for signalling enforcement priorities and providing compliance guidance. Given the increased costs of false positives under the amended Act—expanded private access, higher penalties, monetary awards, and broader substantive reach—the Bureau should use this discretion to establish clear limiting principles. The asymmetry between error types becomes more consequential when each mistaken enforcement action carries greater expected costs. Standards that might have been tolerable under a regime of public enforcement, modest penalties, and constrained private access become far more problematic when all three change at once.

C. Excessive Pricing and Effects-Based Competition Analysis

Competition law works best when it asks a simple question: does the challenged conduct harm consumers through higher prices, reduced output, lower quality, or diminished innovation? A consumer-welfare focus provides an objective benchmark and helps distinguish genuine competition concerns from complaints by less efficient rivals seeking regulatory protection.

Canadian competition law follows a different analytical path. In Commissioner of Competition v. Canada Pipe Co., the Federal Court of Appeal set out the governing framework for abuse of dominance under section 79 of the Competition Act.[31] The Supreme Court of Canada denied leave to appeal in 2007, leaving the Federal Court of Appeal’s decision as controlling authority. The court applied section 79(1)(c), which requires proof that the impugned conduct “has had, is having or is likely to have the effect of preventing or lessening competition substantially.”[32] It adopted a “but-for” test that compares market conditions with and without the conduct to assess whether the market would be “substantially more competitive” absent the practice.[33] This framework centres on harm to the competitive process and to competitors, rather than directly on consumer outcomes, and reflects Canada’s total-welfare orientation under section 1.1 of the Act.

Recent amendments to the Competition Act introduce concepts that lack clear economic content. section 78(1)(k) now treats the imposition of “excessive and unfair selling prices” as an anti-competitive act.[34] The Act does not otherwise define “excessive” or “unfair,” creating significant interpretive uncertainty. A price that appears high relative to cost may reflect legitimate returns on innovation, risk, or intellectual property. Conversely, a low price that benefits Canadian consumers may appear “unfair” to less efficient competitors, even when it results from superior efficiency.

The European Union’s experience with excessive-pricing enforcement under Article 102 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union illustrates these difficulties.[35] The European Court of Justice established a two-part test in United Brands v. Commission: whether the price-cost margin is excessive and whether the price is unfair in itself or in comparison with competing products.[36] Despite this framework, the European Commission brings excessive-pricing cases only rarely, recognising the measurement problems and high risk of error.[37]

Comparative studies across jurisdictions reach a similar conclusion: authorities should reserve excessive-pricing intervention for exceptional cases. Surveys of EU and national case law, as well as OECD roundtables, show that such cases typically arise in regulated or quasi-regulated sectors, or where dominance flows from legal privileges or prior exclusionary conduct, rather than from pure “standalone” exploitative abuses.[38] Scholars such as David Evans and Jorge Padilla,[39] Massimo Motta and Alexandre de Streel,[40] and Lars-Hendrik Röller[41] argue that excessive-pricing claims are most defensible when tied to exclusionary conduct or durable structural barriers that competition law can identify and address. They caution that attempting to police high prices in competitive or contestable markets risks severe measurement error and effectively turns competition authorities into price regulators, a role for which they lack both the tools and institutional mandate.

The Bureau’s draft Guidelines appropriately recognise that excessive pricing will generally matter only where it links to exclusionary effects or harms the competitive process itself.[42] The final Guidelines should state this limitation clearly and treat it as a binding enforcement principle. High prices alone should not trigger liability under the Competition Act without evidence that those prices result from, or reinforce, conduct that prevents or substantially lessens competition.

D. Market Share as a Screening Tool

The draft Guidelines state that firms with market shares above 30% are “more likely to have market power” for the purposes of sections 75, 76, 77, and 90.1,[43] a reduction from the 35% threshold in prior guidance. For abuse of dominance under section 79, the Guidelines retain the 50% (single firm) and 65% (joint) dominance screens.[44]

Market-share thresholds can serve a useful screening role, but treating a 30% share as a meaningful indicator of market power lacks economic support. A market with many small firms is not necessarily more competitive than one with fewer large firms. Concentration often reflects competitive success rather than market failure.[45] As firms with lower costs and better offerings expand, competition can increase concentration as higher-cost rivals lose sales.[46] As Chad Syverson observes, “many empirical studies in varied settings have found that greater substitutability/competition—resulting from, say, reductions in trade, transport, or search costs—shifts activity away from smaller, higher-cost producers and toward larger, lower-cost producers,” increasing concentration even as margins decline.[47]

Decades of economic research undermine the view that market shares or concentration ratios reliably predict competitive harm. Harold Demsetz’s critique of the “market concentration doctrine” showed that correlations between concentration and profits often reflect efficiency rather than market power.[48] Writing in the Harvard Law Review, William Landes and Richard Posner concluded:

Since market share is only one of three factors… that determine market power, inferences of power from share alone can be misleading. In fact, if market share alone is used to infer power, the market share measure… which is determined without regard to market demand or supply elasticity… will be the wrong measure.[49]

More recently, Dennis Carlton has described market shares and concentration as “at best crude first steps” to analysis, noting that empirically there is “only a weak link between change in market share and change in competitive performance,” and that “there is no model” in which market share alone reliably predicts prices or welfare effects.[50] Static market-share data therefore cannot substitute for analysis of firm conduct and market conditions.

Modern competition analysis instead emphasises entry conditions and potential competition. The contestable markets framework developed by William Baumol, John Panzar, and Robert Willig shows that industry outcomes depend on the costs of entry and exit—particularly sunk costs—rather than the number or size of incumbent firms. Even highly concentrated markets can remain competitively disciplined where entry is feasible, because “potential competition enforces cost-minimization regardless of the nature of the industry structure.”[51] David Teece extends this insight to innovation-driven sectors, arguing that market share is a poor proxy for market power where technological change and “unseen” competition constrain incumbents.[52] OECD methodological reviews likewise find that contestability, entry barriers, and switching costs shape competitive outcomes but do not appear in standard concentration measures.[53]

Evidence from productivity[54] and innovation[55] studies reinforces this point. Measures of competitive pressure tied to entry and policy changes correlate more strongly with performance than does market structure alone. Competition authorities should therefore treat market shares and concentration as incomplete and potentially misleading first screens, to be supplemented—and where appropriate displaced—by analysis of entry, expansion, switching costs, innovation, and the durability of any competitive advantage.

Digital markets illustrate these dynamics. Firms such as Facebook, Google, and Amazon achieved high market shares by offering valuable services at low or zero prices and by improving consumer experience. Their positions remain contestable through innovation, as shown by TikTok’s rapid growth in social media and by continued competition in e-commerce from Shopify, Walmart, and specialised retailers.

The final Guidelines should make clear that market-share thresholds serve only as initial screens, not presumptions of market power. Below 30%, the Bureau should state that it will not pursue enforcement absent exceptional circumstances. Above 30%, the Guidelines should identify specific factors—such as entry conditions, rival expansion, customer switching, and innovation rates—that can rebut any inference of market power based on market-share data alone.

III. Limiting Principles for New and Expanded Theories of Liability

Recent amendments to the Competition Act expand potential liability and raise new interpretive and administrability challenges for both the Bureau and firms seeking to comply. This section addresses several of the most consequential changes, including the introduction of “excessive and unfair pricing” as an anti-competitive act, the extension of section 90.1 to vertical agreements under a “significant purpose” standard, and the treatment of self-preferencing and algorithmic pricing. In each area, the central issue is how the Bureau can provide guidance that captures genuinely exclusionary conduct without condemning common commercial practices that typically promote efficiency and consumer welfare.

These concepts depend heavily on context, measurement, and intent. Overly broad interpretations risk turning competition enforcement into de facto regulation, particularly in dynamic, innovation-driven markets where conventional screens—such as price–cost comparisons or presumed anti-competitive purpose—often mislead. This section identifies where the draft Guidelines could more clearly articulate limiting principles and evidentiary thresholds that support effective enforcement while reducing the risk of chilling beneficial pricing, contracting, and product-design decisions.

A. Interpreting ‘Excessive and Unfair Pricing’ Under Section 78

Section 78(1)(k) presents the most significant interpretive challenge in the amended Competition Act. It adds “directly or indirectly imposing excessive and unfair selling prices” to the list of anti-competitive acts. To establish abuse of dominance under section 79, the Bureau must still show that a dominant firm engaged in a practice of anti-competitive acts that has the effect of substantially preventing or lessening competition, or that the firm intended the conduct to have a predatory, exclusionary, or disciplinary effect on a competitor.[56]

1. Price levels are not abuse

Charging a “high” price may reflect existing market power, but it does not create or preserve that power. High prices serve two essential market functions. First, they allocate scarce goods to buyers who value them most. Second, they signal profit opportunities that attract new supply and entry. When an authority constrains prices below market-clearing levels, both functions break down. Artificially low prices create shortages and weaken, or eliminate, the entry incentives that would otherwise erode monopoly positions over time.

The U.S. Supreme Court recognised this logic in Verizon Communications Inc. v. Law Offices of Curtis V. Trinko, LLP.[57] Writing for the Court, Justice Antonin Scalia explained that “the mere possession of monopoly power, and the concomitant charging of monopoly prices, is not only not unlawful; it is an important element of the free-market system. The opportunity to charge monopoly prices—at least for a short period—is what attracts business acumen in the first place.”[58]

Canadian competition law takes a different approach by defining certain conduct as anti-competitive acts even when dominant firms charge competitive prices. The same economic logic nevertheless applies. If high prices alone establish abuse, competition law risks turning the Competition Tribunal into a price regulator. Tribunals lack the information, tools, and institutional mandate to set prices across diverse industries.

The Bureau should therefore focus enforcement on the conduct that enables a firm to sustain supra-competitive prices—such as exclusionary practices that raise rivals’ costs, foreclose distribution, or block entry—rather than on price levels themselves. This approach targets genuine sources of competitive harm while avoiding the institutional risks of de facto price regulation.

2. Limits of cost-based price tests

Determining whether a price is “excessive” requires a defensible competitive benchmark. The most common approach compares price to cost, often through a price–cost margin. In practice, this approach faces serious and often insurmountable obstacles.

Cost Allocation: Multi-product firms must allocate common costs—such as headquarters operations, shared research and development, and brand investment—across products. Different allocation methods produce very different margins for the same firm. A pharmaceutical company, for example, may appear to earn a 95% margin on a successful drug if analysis counts only manufacturing costs, but a much lower margin once it allocates the costs of numerous failed R&D projects that preceded that success.

Intangible Capital: Many modern firms create value through intangible assets such as software, data, brand reputation, and network effects. Accounting rules often treat these investments as current expenses rather than capital, which depresses measured costs and inflates measured margins. A software firm with a very high price–cost margin may simply reflect near-zero reproduction costs after substantial upfront investment and risk, rather than market power.

Risk Adjustment: Competitive returns must compensate investors for ex ante risk, not just observed ex post costs. Distinguishing returns that reflect market power from returns that reflect uncertainty, innovation risk, and sunk investment requires information that enforcement authorities typically do not have.

A substantial body of economic literature shows that cost-based tests for excessive or predatory pricing become unworkable in multi-sided platforms and in industries with large fixed and common costs and very low marginal costs.

For multi-sided platforms, David Evans and Richard Schmalensee’s survey of platform economics and antitrust concludes that “standard cost-based tests for detecting predatory pricing generally make no economic sense for a multi-sided business.”[59] Building on the work of Jean-Charles Rochet and Jean Tirole, as well as Mark Armstrong,[60] they show that optimal platform pricing frequently involves prices below marginal cost on one side and above cost on the other in order to balance participation across interdependent user groups. In equilibrium, both profit-maximising and welfare-maximising prices may fall below marginal cost on one side, meaning that one-sided price–cost comparisons will systematically misclassify efficient platform conduct as predatory or excessive.

Evans has made this point even more directly in submissions to the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) and the OECD, arguing that price-equals-cost benchmarks are not economically meaningful for two-sided platforms because prices on each side depend on demand elasticities, indirect network effects, and costs across the platform as a whole.[61] He further notes that development and manufacturing costs for core platform assets—such as video-game consoles—cannot be meaningfully allocated across user groups, rendering side-specific cost benchmarks arbitrary.[62] This literature supports the conclusion that traditional Areeda–Turner-type cost tests are not merely difficult to apply in platform markets, but conceptually mis-specified.

Similar concerns arise in high fixed-cost, low marginal-cost, and R&D-intensive industries. Herbert Hovenkamp’s reassessment of the Areeda–Turner test explains that average-variable-cost benchmarks “seriously underdeter in markets with high fixed costs.”[63] Attempts to repair this by redefining “variable” cost to include depreciation or joint costs introduce substantial measurement problems, particularly where capacity is lumpy or shared across products. When addressing digital and intellectual-property-based goods with near-zero marginal cost, such as software, music, or e-books, Hovenkamp questions how any average-variable-cost rule could operate coherently and suggests that cost-based tests may need to be abandoned altogether in such settings.[64]

Einer Elhauge reaches a parallel conclusion for industries with large common costs and low marginal costs. He argues that allocating joint costs to individual products or customers is inherently arbitrary, causing cost-based tests to misclassify efficient price discrimination and competitive above-cost price responses as predatory or excessive.[65] William Baumol and David Bradford’s classic analysis of optimal departures from marginal-cost pricing similarly shows that in decreasing-cost industries—such as utilities, telecommunications, and transport—marginal-cost pricing is infeasible and that multiple second-best pricing structures can support efficient outcomes.[66] There is therefore no single, administrable cost-based benchmark that regulators can reliably enforce.

The literature on excessive pricing in pharmaceuticals reinforces these concerns. An OECD Competition Committee roundtable notes that marginal-cost benchmarks are untenable in the presence of large sunk R&D costs, while total-cost benchmarks are also misleading because competitive firms routinely price above total cost.[67] For multiproduct originator firms, allocating joint manufacturing costs, multi-year R&D expenditures, and returns to intellectual property to a single molecule is exceptionally difficult. David Evans and Jorge Padilla describe the task of identifying a reliable cost-based excessive-price benchmark in such sectors as “a daunting, if not impossible task.”[68] Similar conclusions appear in EU law & economics scholarship, including work by Massimo Motta and Alexandre de Streel, who caution that cost-based excessive-pricing control in innovative, high fixed-cost sectors risks arbitrary allocation or de facto price regulation.[69]

Taken together, this body of work supports a clear conclusion. In multi-sided platforms, R&D-intensive industries, and other high fixed-cost, low marginal-cost settings, conventional cost-based tests for excessive or predatory pricing are not merely difficult to apply; they are fundamentally ill-suited. Reliance on such tests risks arbitrary outcomes and de facto price regulation. Where enforcement proceeds at all, it should rely on standards that focus on exclusionary conduct and competitive effects, rather than fragile and misleading price–cost benchmarks.

3. Fairness is not an enforceable standard

The Guidelines’ inclusion of “excessive and unfair pricing” as an anti-competitive act under section 78 raises fundamental concerns about the use of “fairness” as an enforceable legal standard.[70] While the Guidelines appropriately recognise that high prices alone do not amount to abuse of dominance,[71] the Bureau should interpret “unfairness” narrowly to avoid importing subjective and unworkable value judgments into competition enforcement.

The concept of “fairness” is not new to competition law. Its appeal lies in its association with equity and justice—values that are difficult to contest. The difficulty is that fairness lacks a stable and measurable meaning. As a result, it functions more as a rhetorical device than as an operational standard for identifying anti-competitive conduct. As Giuseppe Colangelo has observed, fairness is “a mere aspiration and a useful mantra for political signaling.”[72] Its ambiguity makes it attractive to policymakers because it “reliev[es] them of the burden of economic analysis” and expands the scope for discretionary intervention.[73]

Under a traditional understanding of fairness as equality before the law, there is little basis for redistributing rents away from dominant firms that achieved their position through superior business models, management, or product design. By contrast, if fairness is understood as equality of outcomes, it can be invoked to justify redistributing value across the supply chain or to less efficient competitors.[74] The statute provides no guidance on which conception should apply.

This ambiguity becomes more acute in markets with multiple stakeholder groups. What appears “fair” to one group may appear unfair to another. Terms that app developers view as fair compensation for access to a platform may not appear fair to the platform that invested substantial resources to create it, or to consumers who may face higher prices to subsidise services they do not use. The concept offers no principled way to resolve these competing claims.

An expansive fairness standard would also sit uneasily with the Competition Act’s own objectives. The Act has long focused on protecting the competitive process, not on prescribing market outcomes. As the Bureau noted in its 2022 “Future of Competition Policy in Canada” discussion paper, the Competition Act “does not proactively dictate how to conduct business, allocate resources among stakeholders, or designate participants, winners or losers in the free market.”[75]

The Guidelines should therefore state clearly that “unfair” pricing is actionable only where it forms part of recognised exclusionary conduct that harms the competitive process. The Bureau should not treat unfairness as an independent basis for intervention untethered from demonstrable competitive harm.

4. Excessive pricing requires exclusion

Section 79 requires that a practice of anti-competitive acts either substantially prevent or lessen competition or be intended to have a predatory, exclusionary, or disciplinary effect on a competitor.[76] The draft Guidelines indicate that the Bureau intends to focus excessive-pricing cases on situations where pricing facilitates or accompanies exclusionary conduct, such as margin squeezes, tied selling, or refusals to deal that entrench monopoly power by excluding rivals.[77]

This limiting principle warrants clearer and stronger expression. The final Guidelines should state unequivocally that high prices, on their own, do not constitute an anti-competitive act under section 78(1)(k). The Bureau should assess pricing only where it evidences, or contributes to, conduct that prevents rivals from offering meaningful alternatives to consumers.

The Guidelines should illustrate this approach with concrete examples. A margin squeeze may involve “excessive” upstream pricing where a vertically integrated dominant firm charges rivals high input prices while pricing the downstream product at levels that foreclose effective competition. Similarly, a tying arrangement may involve unfair pricing where a competitively priced monopoly product is bundled with a separately priced component at supra-competitive levels to extend monopoly power. In each case, the competitive concern arises from exclusionary effects, not from high prices in isolation.

The Bureau should also commit explicitly not to pursue standalone excessive-pricing cases absent clear evidence of exclusionary effects. The Guidelines should clarify that returns attributable to innovation, intellectual property, superior efficiency, or entrepreneurial risk-taking do not amount to excessive or unfair pricing. Finally, the Bureau should state that it will not rely on cost-plus methods or simple price–cost margin tests as primary evidence of excessiveness, given the well-recognised measurement and allocation problems associated with such approaches.

B. Applying Section 90.1 to Vertical Agreements

Bill C-59 expanded section 90.1 to cover agreements between non-competitors where “a significant purpose” of the agreement is to prevent or lessen competition.[78] Previously, section 90.1 applied only to agreements among competitors. This change brings vertical agreements—such as those between manufacturers and distributors, or firms operating at different levels of the supply chain—within the scope of potential civil review.

1. Pro-competitive effects of vertical restraints

A substantial body of economic research shows that vertical restraints usually enhance efficiency and consumer welfare. Francine Lafontaine of the University of Michigan, a former director of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission’s Bureau of Economics, and Margaret Slade, emeritus professor of economics at the University of British Columbia, surveyed the theoretical and empirical literature in 2008.[79] They examined exclusive territories, exclusive dealing, resale price maintenance, quantity forcing, and tying arrangements. Their core findings were as follows:

  • Vertical restraints address coordination problems between manufacturers and distributors that would otherwise reduce output and harm consumers;
  • Empirical evidence “generally supports the manufacturer’s claim that [vertical restraints] are used in ways that increase joint manufacturer–consumer welfare”;
  • Government intervention that prohibits or mandates vertical-restraint terms often leads to higher prices or lower service quality for consumers; and
  • Sound policy favours a rule-of-reason approach, supported by safe harbours based on low market shares.

These conclusions reflect a basic economic insight. Unlike horizontal agreements among competitors, which can restrict output and raise prices without offsetting benefits, vertical agreements between complementary firms align incentives to increase output. Manufacturers and distributors earn more by selling more units.

Vertical restraints commonly eliminate inefficiencies in distribution, including:

  • Solving Double Marginalisation: When both manufacturers and retailers exercise market power, each may apply its own markup, resulting in prices higher than even a single monopolist would charge. Vertical integration or contractual restraints can eliminate this problem and lower prices for consumers.
  • Preventing Free-Riding: Retailers may underinvest in pre-sale services, demonstrations, or inventory if discount rivals can free-ride on those efforts. Exclusive territories or minimum resale prices can address this problem and increase overall consumer value.
  • Ensuring Quality: Manufacturers may use vertical restraints to protect brand reputation and maintain consistent product quality across the distribution chain.

Benjamin Klein and Kevin Murphy analyse these rationales in detail.[80] They show that vertical restraints often arise as firms seek to maximise the value of their products to final consumers. By constraining distributor behaviour, manufacturers can better align distributor incentives with consumer interests.

2. Interpreting ‘significant purpose’

The Competition Act does not define “significant purpose.” This matters because the threshold for triggering section 90.1 review will shape how often the Bureau scrutinises vertical agreements. If “significant purpose” captures any non-trivial intent to affect competition, then most exclusive dealing, territorial restrictions, and selective distribution systems would qualify. Firms adopt these arrangements precisely to shape competitive conditions—typically to make their distribution networks more effective in competing against rival networks. The relevant question is whether the arrangement, on balance, harms or benefits competition and consumers.

A narrower interpretation would better target problematic conduct. If “significant purpose” requires that preventing or lessening competition be a primary or dominant motivation, the standard would focus on arrangements that lack a legitimate business justification. This approach aligns with the U.S. rule-of-reason treatment of most vertical restraints following Leegin Creative Leather Products, Inc. v. PSKS, Inc.[81] Under the rule of reason, courts weigh “all of the circumstances” of a restraint, including its “history, nature, and effect” and “specific information about the relevant business,” to determine whether it produces “procompetitive or anticompetitive effects, depending upon the circumstances in which [it was] formed.” Higher prices alone do not end the inquiry; courts also consider whether the restraint supports interbrand competition and legitimate business objectives.

The draft Guidelines suggest that, for agreements between non-competitors, the Bureau may presume a significant anti-competitive purpose where the agreement has the effect of substantially harming competition, absent credible evidence to the contrary.[82] This approach risks reversing the appropriate analytical sequence. The Bureau should begin by assessing whether the agreement has a plausible efficiency rationale. Where it does, evidence of competitive effects should not, on its own, create a presumption of improper purpose.

3. Private enforcement raises the stakes

Section 90.1 now allows private parties to seek leave to bring applications before the Competition Tribunal.[83] This change significantly raises the stakes of ambiguous standards. A distributor terminated for poor performance can now challenge its former supplier, alleging that the termination or the underlying distribution agreement had a “significant purpose” of preventing competition. Even weak claims can impose substantial discovery costs, legal fees, and reputational harm.

Experience in the United States shows that private antitrust litigation can impose significant economic costs. U.S. courts have therefore developed doctrines to screen out meritless claims. The “antitrust injury” requirement established in Brunswick Corp. v. Pueblo Bowl-O-Mat, Inc. requires plaintiffs to show harm to competition, not merely harm to a competitor.[84] The “indirect purchaser” rule in Illinois Brick Co. v. Illinois limits standing to direct purchasers.[85] Canadian competition law has adopted neither doctrine, increasing the risk of expansive private enforcement.

The Guidelines should therefore set out a clear analytical framework for section 90.1 cases involving vertical agreements. At a minimum, the Guidelines should state that:

  • The Bureau will not challenge vertical restraints absent evidence that the parties possess substantial market power—defined more precisely than simply exceeding a 30% market share—and that the restraint forecloses a meaningful portion of the market to rivals;
  • The Bureau recognises common pro-competitive justifications, such as addressing free riding, eliminating double marginalisation, and ensuring quality, and will not pursue enforcement where an arrangement has a plausible efficiency rationale absent strong evidence of net competitive harm; and
  • Any presumption regarding anti-competitive purpose should be removed or confined to circumstances where no legitimate business justification exists.

C. Self-Preferencing and Competition Analysis

The draft Guidelines identify “self-preferencing” as a potential anti-competitive act.[86] The term refers to conduct by vertically integrated firms that favour their own downstream products or services over those of third parties. Common examples include Amazon promoting Amazon Basics products, Google displaying Google Shopping results prominently, and Apple pre-installing Apple applications on iPhones.

1. Self-preferencing is not presumptively harmful

The draft Guidelines adopt a suitably nuanced approach to self-preferencing. They recognise that “[c]hoices that can be seen as self-preferencing are extremely common, and they can have benefits,” and that concern arises primarily “when it is done by a firm that controls access to a market.”[87] The Guidelines identify relevant factors, including whether users multi-home, whether barriers limit effective competition, and whether rivals have feasible alternatives.[88] This framework appropriately ties enforcement to market power rather than treating self-preferencing as inherently harmful.

This approach reflects sound economic principles. Self-preferencing is a natural feature of vertical integration. Firms operating at multiple stages of production or distribution routinely coordinate those activities to maximise joint value. Economic analysis of vertical integration, dating back to Ronald Coase’s 1937 article “The Nature of the Firm,”[89] recognises that firms integrate to reduce transaction costs, internalise complementarities, and adapt more quickly to changing conditions.

In earlier submissions on Canadian competition policy, ICLE scholars emphasised that self-preferencing is not presumptively harmful and identified several pro-competitive justifications, including efficiency gains, security and privacy considerations, and maintaining incentives for platform investment and innovation.[90]

Recent empirical evidence further undermines any presumption of consumer harm. A 2025 field experiment by Chiara Farronato, Andrey Fradkin, and Alexander MacKay used a browser extension to hide Amazon’s private-label products from shoppers and measured the resulting welfare effects.[91] The study found that removing Amazon’s own brands would reduce consumer surplus by 5.4%, with roughly 10% of that loss attributable to higher prices charged by other sellers. The authors also tested whether demoting private labels in search results—a common proposed remedy for self-preferencing—would benefit consumers. It did not. As the study concludes, “demoting private labels in search results to counteract potential self-preferencing does not lead to gains in consumer surplus,” because many consumers prefer private-label products and benefit from their prominent placement.[92]

These results align with the economic logic of vertical integration. As Brian Albrecht and Geoffrey Manne explain, self-preferencing often reflects technical and efficiency considerations rather than exclusionary intent.[93] Latency falls when software is co-located with data and coordinated platform design can improve performance and reliability. Prohibiting a cloud provider from bundling its own database with compute services in the name of neutrality would likely raise prices, slow performance, and reduce market scale. The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission has reached a similar conclusion, finding that self-preferencing is “often benign.”[94]

A 2022 review by Analysis Group economists Kevin Caves, David Evans, and Richard Schmalensee reached the same general conclusion.[95] Surveying empirical studies of self-preferencing across digital platforms, the authors found mixed and context-specific effects. In some cases, self-preferencing reduced prices or improved quality; in others, competitive effects remained ambiguous. They concluded that enforcement should proceed on a case-by-case basis, grounded in specific conduct and market conditions, rather than through categorical prohibitions.

2. Multi-homing limits competitive harm

The draft Guidelines appropriately recognise that users’ ability to multi-home—use multiple platforms at the same time—shapes the competitive significance of self-preferencing.[96] Where users can easily compare offerings across platforms or switch to alternatives, self-preferencing poses little competitive risk. Most smartphone users, for example, can install competing browsers, maps, or music services alongside pre-installed applications. Online shoppers typically search across several e-commerce sites, and business sellers often list products on Amazon, eBay, Walmart Marketplace, and their own websites simultaneously. These practices limit the extent to which any single platform’s self-preferencing can foreclose competition.

The Guidelines should apply this logic consistently. Where barriers to multi-homing are low, switching costs are minimal, and effective alternatives exist, self-preferencing will rarely harm competition, regardless of a platform’s market share. Where structural features genuinely limit multi-homing or lock users into a single platform, closer scrutiny may be warranted. Even in those cases, the Bureau should identify concrete exclusionary effects rather than treating integration itself as problematic.

The final Guidelines should state clearly that self-preferencing is a form of vertical integration with generally pro-competitive effects. The Bureau should commit to challenging self-preferencing only where all three conditions are present: (1) the platform holds durable market power protected by high barriers to entry or expansion; (2) users face meaningful obstacles to multi-homing or switching; and (3) the conduct demonstrably forecloses competition in ways that harm consumers. The Guidelines should also recognise that product integration, quality assurance, and investment incentives commonly justify self-preferencing behaviour.

D. Network Effects and Competitive Analysis

The Guidelines also identify network effects as a potential barrier to entry and note that they can advantage incumbent firms.[97] Network effects are a real and well-understood economic phenomenon, but the Guidelines should not overstate their competitive significance or treat their presence as grounds for lowering intervention thresholds in digital markets.

1. Network effects are often local

Network effects are often more limited and local than is commonly assumed. Users typically value participation by their own friends, family, or colleagues, rather than the platform’s total number of users. A social network’s value to someone in a particular city, for example, depends on whether her personal contacts use the service, not on aggregate usage elsewhere. Because network effects operate at this local level, large platforms do not necessarily enjoy insurmountable advantages over smaller rivals that serve specific communities, regions, or use cases.[98]

2. Network effects do not lock in dominance

The same forces that can reinforce incumbent positions can also enable rapid displacement. Network effects may sometimes strengthen existing firms, but they can also intensify competition for the market and generate substantial welfare gains when fragmentation declines. Strong installed bases can further support disruptive innovation by giving new products immediate access to large user groups. A game such as Fortnite, for example, benefits from the installed bases of Xbox, PlayStation, iOS, and Android.[99]

Network effects also rarely confer durable or permanent dominance. TikTok’s rapid growth despite Facebook’s earlier position in social media shows that network effects do not prevent disruptive entry. Google displaced Yahoo! and AltaVista in search despite their early lead and data advantages. In messaging, iMessage, WhatsApp, Telegram, and Signal each hold strong positions in different regions and demographics, even though messaging services exhibit pronounced network effects. Similarly, vertical search platforms such as Amazon and Booking.com now capture a significant share of commercial queries that once flowed primarily to general search engines.

3. Data advantages are often overstated

The role of data in generating network effects is often overstated. Network effects and economies of scale or scope are distinct economic concepts. Economies of scale and scope reflect cost-side efficiencies, whereas network effects arise from increases in user value as participation grows. Network effects therefore depend on how users perceive value, not simply on the volume of data a firm holds.[100]

A common assumption holds that firms must accumulate large datasets and specialised expertise to compete in data-intensive markets. In practice, the advantages of data accumulation often diminish quickly. “Learning by doing” effects in data use tend to plateau, as do gains from scale and scope in data assets.[101] Claims that firms such as Amazon, Google, or Facebook succeed primarily because of superior access to data often reverse the causal relationship.[102] These firms appear to have accumulated large volumes of data because they developed successful, industry-defining business models, not because data alone conferred success. Facebook’s early growth illustrates this point: it built a highly successful social network despite having far less data than established competitors such as MySpace.[103]

4. Multi-homing limits network power

As noted above in the discussion of self-preferencing, widespread multi-homing—the ability of users to engage with multiple competing platforms at the same time—significantly constrains the market power that network effects might otherwise create. Restaurants commonly list on several food-delivery platforms, riders use both Uber and Lyft, and consumers routinely shop on Amazon and competing websites. Where multi-homing is easy and common, it weakens lock-in, lowers switching costs, and prevents network effects from translating into durable market dominance.[104]

The Bureau should therefore resist calls to apply heightened scrutiny or relaxed legal standards to digital markets based solely on theoretical concerns about network effects. Enforcement should remain grounded in demonstrated competitive effects, not conjecture about market dynamics.

E. Algorithmic Pricing and the Law of Coordination

The draft Guidelines note that information sharing among competitors can facilitate coordination and that algorithmic-pricing tools may increase the risk of coordinated outcomes.[105] In 2024, the Bureau issued a separate discussion paper on algorithmic pricing and invited public comment.[106] As explained in our submissions in Appendix B, algorithmic pricing represents an evolution of longstanding business practices—such as yield management in airlines and hotels—rather than a fundamental shift in competitive dynamics.

1. Public price monitoring is lawful

Economic theory and competition law distinguish between sharing private, competitively sensitive information and observing public market data. Firms have long monitored competitors’ public prices to inform their own pricing decisions. This practice remains lawful whether carried out by human analysts or through automated tools. As former U.S. Federal Trade Commission Chair Maureen Ohlhausen has explained, the “guy named Bob” test applies: if a pricing manager (“Bob”) can legally review competitors’ public prices and adjust his firm’s rates, an algorithm performing the same function remains lawful.[107]

The Bureau’s discussion paper raises concerns about competitors “pooling data” through algorithmic tools. That concern requires careful definition. Reputable third-party vendors design pricing systems to prevent the sharing of non-public, competitively sensitive information across firms. A hotel using revenue-management software, for example, receives market analysis based on public information, such as rates scraped from travel websites, but does not receive rivals’ proprietary booking or pricing data. This one-way use of aggregated public data differs fundamentally from the exchange of confidential strategic information that characterises cartel conduct.

2. Distinguishing agreement from parallel conduct

The Competition Act requires an “agreement” to establish liability under both section 45 (criminal cartel provisions) and section 90.1 (civil competitor agreements). The draft Guidelines correctly interpret this requirement as demanding a “meeting of the minds.”[108] That interpretation reflects established common-law principles and appropriately limits enforcement discretion.

The Guidelines also draw a clear and important distinction between agreements and parallel conduct. As the Bureau explains, “[c]onscious parallelism is a specific type of coordination. It involves each firm setting their prices with an expectation of how their competitors will respond…. Conscious parallelism occurs without an agreement between the firms. There is no ‘meeting of the minds’ between the firms.”[109] The Guidelines further confirm that “conscious parallelism alone between competitors does not create an agreement that we can act on under section 90.1.”[110]

This distinction reflects core principles of Canadian competition law. In R. v. Nova Scotia Pharmaceutical Society, the Supreme Court of Canada held that conspiracy requires proof of a “common design” involving both intention and agreement.[111] Parallel conduct—even where firms anticipate and respond to competitors’ actions—does not meet that standard. The Guidelines appropriately preserve this boundary between lawful interdependent behaviour and actionable coordination.

3. Three forms of coordination

The terminology in this area can cause confusion. Economists use the term “tacit collusion” to describe supracompetitive pricing that arises when oligopolists recognise their mutual interdependence without reaching any explicit agreement.[112] Each firm independently concludes that aggressive price competition is unprofitable because rivals will match price cuts, eliminating any gain. This economic concept, however, does not align neatly with legal standards, and it is important not to conflate distinct forms of conduct.

The Guidelines appropriately distinguish among three categories:[113]

  1. Explicit Agreements (Actionable): Formal contracts or informal understandings based on direct communication between competitors.
  2. Tacit Agreements (Actionable): Situations in which firms achieve a “meeting of the minds” through indirect communication or signalling. The Guidelines provide an example in which a firm publicly announces that it will continue a practice only if rivals do the same and will stop otherwise. If rivals respond by adopting the same conduct, this signalling may establish a tacit agreement.[114]
  3. Conscious Parallelism (Not Actionable): Circumstances in which firms independently set prices while anticipating how competitors will respond. As the Guidelines explain, conscious parallelism “occurs without an agreement between the firms” and involves no “meeting of the minds.”[115]

The key distinction between a tacit agreement and conscious parallelism is communication. Tacit agreements involve signalling that invites coordination and leads to a shared understanding. That communication—although indirect—creates the consensus that section 90.1 requires. Conscious parallelism, by contrast, involves no signalling or exchange of commitments. Firms act independently based on their own assessment of market conditions and rivals’ likely responses.

This distinction reflects a core principle of competition law. As the U.S. Supreme Court explained in Brooke Group, tacit coordination based solely on mutual interdependence “describes the process, not combatted by the antitrust laws, by which firms in a concentrated market might in effect share monopoly power.”[116] Treating such behaviour as unlawful would effectively require firms to price at competitive levels, a duty that neither Canadian nor U.S. competition law imposes.[117] Canadian law follows the same approach: the Competition Act targets agreements to fix prices, not independent decision-making that produces similar outcomes.

4. Algorithms do not create agreements

Algorithmic pricing does not change the statutory framework. The draft Guidelines note that algorithms may “soften[] competition among a jointly dominant group of firms,”[118] but that observation must be assessed within the legal standards described above. When competitors use the same pricing software, they form separate vertical relationships with the software vendor. To convert those vertical relationships into a horizontal conspiracy—a hub-and-spoke arrangement—the evidence must show a “rim”: an agreement among the competitors themselves to restrict competition.

The Guidelines recognise this distinction when discussing information sharing through third parties. They note that “firms can give commercially sensitive information to a third-party algorithm developer that provides pricing recommendations to industry participants,”[119] and that this “could lead to coordinated outcomes without any direct information sharing between industry participants.” Absent an agreement, however, such outcomes amount to conscious parallelism, not a violation of section 45 or an agreement actionable under section 90.1.

U.S. courts have applied this reasoning in algorithmic-pricing cases and rejected expansive hub-and-spoke theories. In Gibson v. Cendyn, plaintiffs alleged that a set of vertical software-licensing agreements, adopted independently by competing hotels at different times, produced anticompetitive effects in the aggregate—even though “neither the terms nor the operation of the licensing agreements [were] alleged to have harmed competition by affecting the competitive incentives in the relevant market, nor did the licensing agreements restrain any party’s ability to compete.”[120] The court held that conclusory allegations were insufficient even at the pleading stage; plaintiffs must still plead “a restraint of trade that causes an actual adverse effect on competition.”[121]

Similarly, in Cornish-Adebiyi v. Caesars, courts observed that firms often adopt pricing software at different times and with different customisations, which undercuts any inference of a horizontal agreement.[122] The legal question is not whether firms’ prices move in parallel, but whether the firms reached a consensus to coordinate their conduct.

5. Algorithmic pricing effects are context-dependent

The competitive effects of algorithmic pricing depend on market structure, not on the technology itself. Empirical research shows that algorithms can intensify competition in some settings and soften it in others, but the literature provides little support for concerns about autonomous coordination divorced from market conditions.

Efficiency Gains: In the airline industry, Kevin Williams finds that dynamic pricing increased output by 2.7% and total welfare by 1% by improving the match between supply and demand. Although consumer surplus fell for late-booking business travellers, overall welfare increased.[123]

Mixed Effects in Rental Housing: Sophie Calder-Wang and Gi Heung Kim study the rental-housing market and find that landlords using pricing algorithms reduced rents more quickly during demand downturns, including the Great Recession, improving occupancy rates.[124] While rents rose more quickly during expansion periods, the technology facilitated market clearing that benefited consumers in weaker markets.

German Gasoline Markets: The most prominent study is Heski Bar-Isaac Assad et al.’s analysis of German retail-gasoline stations.[125] The authors find that algorithmic pricing increased average margins by roughly 9%, with effects varying sharply by market structure. In monopoly markets, adoption had little effect. In duopoly markets where both stations adopted pricing software, margins rose by 38% relative to markets where neither adopted.[126] The authors describe this outcome as “tacit collusion,” noting that algorithms learned not to undercut because price cuts would be quickly matched.[127]

These findings reflect conscious parallelism, not tacit agreement. The German gasoline stations did not communicate, signal conditional strategies, or coordinate through software vendors. Each station independently adopted pricing software, and each algorithm independently learned that aggressive price cuts were unprofitable. The parallel outcome emerged from independent optimisation, not from any “meeting of the minds.”[128]

The policy significance of Assad et al. lies as much in what the study does not find as in what it does. The authors identify no evidence of communication among competitors, no agreement to adopt common software or pricing rules, no exchange of competitively sensitive information, and no signalling that could establish agreement. The observed margin increases resulted from independent adoption of similar tools responding to similar market conditions—the algorithmic analogue of oligopolists independently recognising their mutual interdependence. As the Guidelines correctly recognise, this form of conscious parallelism is not actionable under Canadian competition law.[129]

6. ‘Plus factors’ are still required

The Guidelines appropriately recognise that parallel conduct, even when facilitated by algorithms, requires “plus factors” to establish an agreement. As the Bureau explains, “when firms take part in parallel conduct along with practices that can facilitate coordination, this can be proof of an agreement between them.”[130] Relevant plus factors include sharing competitively sensitive information, agreeing to use common pricing parameters or data sources, or communicating in ways that establish coordination through algorithmic tools.[131]

Absent such plus factors, enforcement against algorithmic pricing would require the Bureau to condemn conscious parallelism—an approach the Guidelines expressly reject. That restraint is well-founded for several reasons.

First, the statutory text requires an “agreement.” Extending liability to tacit coordination arising from independent decision-making would require legislative change, not interpretive expansion.

Second, conscious parallelism has long existed in oligopolistic markets. Algorithms may speed price adjustments, but they do not introduce a new form of coordination. Firms observed and matched rivals’ prices long before algorithmic tools existed; software simply automates that process.

Third, enforcement against algorithmic tacit coordination would risk chilling beneficial innovation. Pricing algorithms lower barriers to entry by giving smaller firms access to tools once available only to large incumbents with dedicated revenue-management teams. Treating the use of similar software as evidence of coordination would disproportionately harm smaller and newer competitors.

Fourth, the competitive effects of algorithmic pricing remain context dependent. The same technology that Heski Bar-Isaac Assad et al. associate with higher margins in German gasoline markets also correlates with faster price declines during demand downturns in Sophie Calder-Wang and Gi Heung Kim’s rental-housing study. Categorical presumptions of harm would sacrifice efficiency gains in competitive markets to address risks that arise mainly in already-concentrated ones.

The Guidelines should therefore affirm that the legal test for agreements under section 90.1 and section 45 does not change because firms use algorithmic tools. Enforcement should focus on conduct that crosses the line from conscious parallelism to agreement, such as exchanging competitively sensitive information through shared platforms, agreeing on common pricing parameters, or communicating to establish coordinated strategies. Independent adoption of similar pricing technologies, even where it leads to parallel outcomes, remains lawful conscious parallelism beyond the reach of the Act.

F. Caution in Applying Competition Law to Labour Markets

The Guidelines recognise that firms may hold market power on the buying side of markets, including in labour markets.[132] If the Bureau intends to expand enforcement to address labour-market monopsony, it should proceed with caution. The empirical support for aggressive labour-market antitrust enforcement remains limited, and applying traditional competition frameworks to labour markets raises substantial conceptual and practical challenges.

1. Mixed evidence on labour-market power

Estimates of labour-supply elasticity—a central indicator of labour-market power—vary widely across studies. As Suresh Naidu, Eric Posner, and Glen Weyl report, residual labour-supply elasticities range from 0.1 to 4.2, implying that workers receive anywhere from 9% to 81% of their marginal product.[133] This dispersion shows that labour-market power is neither uniform nor pervasive. Low elasticity, and thus substantial monopsony power, does not characterise every labour market, and even high average estimates do not imply that power exists in all settings.

Steven Berry, Martin Gaynor, and Fiona Scott Morton caution that many empirical studies “provide interesting descriptions of concentration and wages but are not ultimately informative about whether monopsony power has grown and is depressing wages.”[134] The gap between concentration measures and competitive effects appears even wider in labour markets than in product markets.

2. Limits of concentration measures in labour markets

Labour markets have features that make concentration metrics a poor proxy for market power. Workers are highly mobile. When firms exit or reduce employment, workers often move across industries or occupations, not just to direct competitors. For many workers, the relevant market is therefore broader than a single industry or location, which makes conventional market-definition exercises unreliable.[135]

Non-competitive frictions also explain much wage variation. Search costs, geographic preferences, family obligations, and occupational licensing shape employment choices and pay, independent of employer concentration. These frictions fall outside the reach of competition law. A merger that raises concentration in a narrowly defined labour market, for example, will not affect wages if workers’ binding constraints stem from commuting distance, licensing rules, or similar non-competitive factors.[136]

3. Unresolved worker-consumer trade-offs

Traditional antitrust analysis centres on harms to consumers of final goods. Labour-market enforcement, by contrast, requires regulators to balance potential harms to workers against possible benefits to downstream consumers. Existing legal frameworks handle this trade-off poorly.[137] A merger that lowers wages may also lower consumer prices. As commentators note, “neither ignoring upstream harms nor disregarding downstream benefits provides a satisfactory solution under current doctrine.”[138]

The 2023 U.S. Merger Guidelines attempt to bypass this problem by asserting that “a merger’s harm to competition among buyers is not saved by benefits to competition among sellers.”[139] That position does not resolve the core issue. Competition law offers no principled method to compare a dollar of worker harm with a dollar of consumer benefit.

4. Labour regulation as the primary tool

Many labour-market concerns are better addressed through targeted labour regulation rather than through competition enforcement. Minimum-wage laws, collective-bargaining frameworks, limits on non-compete clauses, and reforms to occupational licensing can improve worker welfare directly. These tools allow policymakers to tailor responses to specific problems without forcing competition authorities to resolve difficult questions about market definition and competitive effects in settings where the economic relationships remain uncertain.

IV. Recommendations for Revision

This section sets out targeted revisions to make the Guidelines more predictable, administrable, and consistent with sound competition policy. It recommends an explicit effects-based enforcement focus, anchored in clear evidence of substantial competitive harm and calibrated to the asymmetric costs of enforcement errors. It also proposes practical limiting principles—such as market-power screens, safe harbours, and clarifications of novel provisions—to reduce the risk that ambiguous standards deter efficient pricing, contracting, innovation, and platform design. Together, these recommendations seek to preserve robust competition enforcement while giving businesses clearer and more reliable compliance guidance.

A. Procedural Fairness Is Essential to Effective Enforcement

As Canada implements its strengthened competition-law framework, the Bureau should commit to strong procedural protections. Experience in other jurisdictions shows that aggressive enforcement without adequate safeguards undermines both the legitimacy and effectiveness of competition policy.

Recent European cases illustrate the risk. In Qualcomm and Intel, appellate courts overturned European Commission decisions after finding procedural failures, including inadequate documentation of interviews and insufficient consideration of exculpatory evidence.[140] Those reversals imposed substantial costs: years of litigation, damage to the credibility of enforcement, and prolonged uncertainty for firms seeking to comply with the law.

The European Union’s experience with the Digital Markets Act offers a further warning. Commentators have criticised the DMA’s implementing framework for prioritising “procedural effectiveness over procedural fairness,” increasing the likelihood that courts will check enforcement through judicial review.[141] An enforcement regime that cannot withstand appellate scrutiny does not advance competition policy; it generates uncertainty and litigation costs.

Procedural safeguards protect investigated parties from administrative overreach and protect the Bureau from costly reversals. They also help ensure that enforcement resources focus on well-founded cases. Canada’s adversarial system, centred on the Competition Tribunal as an independent decision-maker, provides important structural protections that the Bureau should preserve and reinforce, not bypass in the name of efficiency.

The Guidelines should therefore include an explicit commitment to:

  • providing timely access to the evidence relied on by the Bureau;
  • documenting all substantive interviews and giving due weight to exculpatory evidence;
  • allowing sufficient time for meaningful responses to Bureau concerns; and
  • subjecting any interim measures to appropriate judicial oversight.

B. Prioritise Clear Harm, Not Close Calls

The Guidelines should state clearly, in both the introduction and the executive summary, that the Bureau will prioritise enforcement actions supported by clear evidence of substantial competitive harm. Where effects are ambiguous, disputed, or likely to be offset by efficiencies, the Bureau should exercise restraint to avoid chilling pro-competitive conduct.

This commitment does not require the Bureau to overlook conduct that meets statutory thresholds. It reflects practical enforcement realities and the need to focus limited resources on cases most likely to benefit consumers. It also aligns with an error-cost framework: because false positives impose greater and more durable costs than false negatives, the Bureau should favour non-intervention in close cases.

C. Clear Screens for Market Power

The Guidelines should identify market conditions that generally rule out a finding of market power for purposes of Competition Act enforcement:

  • Market share below 30%, absent extraordinary circumstances;
  • Competitive markets with several significant firms, where the largest firm’s share does not exceed the combined share of the next three competitors;
  • Dynamic markets marked by rapid innovation, low entry barriers, and frequent entry or expansion; and
  • Markets with easy multi-homing or switching, where customers readily use alternatives.

Where shares exceed these thresholds, the Bureau should also list factors that rebut any inference of market power based on share alone. These include ease of entry, rapid technological change, demonstrated rival expansion, strong customer bargaining power, or evidence that the firm cannot raise prices profitably without losing substantial sales.

D. Excessive Pricing Requires Exclusion

The Guidelines should state clearly that high prices, by themselves, do not constitute anti-competitive conduct under section 78(1)(k). The Bureau should assess pricing levels only as evidence of, or in connection with, conduct that prevents competitive entry or expansion. Relevant examples include:

  • Margin squeezes, where a vertically integrated firm prices inputs to downstream rivals in ways that foreclose efficient competition;
  • Tying arrangements, where a monopoly product is bundled with competitively supplied products at prices that extend market power; and
  • Loyalty discounts or exclusive dealing, where pricing terms substantially foreclose rivals’ access to the market.

The Guidelines should also clarify that returns reflecting innovation, intellectual property, risk-taking, or superior efficiency do not amount to excessive or unfair pricing. The Bureau should commit not to rely on cost-plus regulation or simple price–cost margin tests, given the well-recognised difficulties in allocating common costs, valuing intangible capital, and adjusting for risk.

E. Safe Harbours for Vertical Agreements

For section 90.1 cases involving vertical agreements, the Guidelines should establish a presumption of legality where one or more of the following conditions apply:

  • Neither party holds a market share above 30% in any relevant market;
  • The restraint forecloses no more than 30% of the market to rivals;
  • The restraint is limited in duration and includes reasonable termination rights;
  • Rivals retain access to substantial alternative distribution channels; or
  • The restraint serves a documented efficiency objective, such as preventing free riding, ensuring quality, or eliminating double marginalisation.

The Guidelines should also identify common pro-competitive rationales for vertical restraints and commit to enforcement only where evidence shows net competitive harm. They should remove any presumption that significant competitive effects alone establish an anti-competitive purpose. Instead, the Bureau should first assess whether legitimate business justifications plausibly explain the arrangement and consider purpose only where no such efficiency rationale exists.

F. Self-Preferencing Is Usually Pro-Competitive

The Guidelines should recognise that self-preferencing usually reflects vertical integration and often delivers pro-competitive benefits. The Bureau should challenge self-preferencing only where all three of the following conditions are met:

  1. The platform holds durable market power protected by substantial barriers to entry or expansion;
  2. Users face meaningful obstacles to multi-homing or switching, allowing the platform to foreclose competition profitably; and
  3. The conduct causes demonstrable consumer harm—such as higher prices, reduced quality, or diminished innovation—after accounting for any efficiency gains.

The Guidelines should also state clearly that product integration, quality control, security, and investment incentives commonly justify self-preferencing. Difficulty faced by rivals on a particular platform does not, on its own, establish competitive harm where those rivals can reach customers through viable alternative channels.

G. Algorithms Don’t Replace Agreement

The Guidelines should affirm that section 90.1 requires an agreement—a meeting of the minds—regardless of whether pricing decisions are made by humans or algorithms. Parallel pricing, even when produced by similar algorithms, does not establish an agreement without evidence of coordination.

The Bureau should therefore focus on cases with clear indicia of coordination, such as the exchange of competitively sensitive information, agreements to use common pricing parameters or data sources, or communications that establish coordinated strategies through algorithmic tools. Independent adoption of similar pricing strategies remains lawful conscious parallelism.

H. Commitment to Review and Adapt

The Guidelines should state that the Bureau will monitor how business practices respond to the ACCA Guidelines and assess whether enforcement actions achieve their intended outcomes. The Bureau should commit to updating its guidance as needed, drawing on decisional experience, economic research, and stakeholder feedback.

This commitment reflects appropriate regulatory humility. Competition policy operates in dynamic markets where business models, technologies, and competitive conditions evolve quickly. A willingness to adjust positions as evidence develops will strengthen both the credibility and the effectiveness of the Guidelines.

V. Conclusion

The Competition Bureau faces a demanding task in implementing the amended Competition Act. Parliament has expanded the Bureau’s authority—most notably through the new excessive-pricing provision and the extension of section 90.1 to vertical agreements—while leaving key concepts open-textured and highly context dependent. Without clear limiting principles, these provisions risk deterring conduct that often benefits consumers, including efficient pricing, vertical coordination, product integration, and innovation.

Our comments urge the Bureau to anchor the Guidelines in an explicit error-cost framework. False positives—mistaken condemnation of pro-competitive conduct—impose durable and often irreversible costs by chilling investment, innovation, and rivalry. By contrast, false negatives are more likely to self-correct through entry, expansion, and technological change. In close or ambiguous cases, restraint is therefore not leniency but sound enforcement policy.

Several areas warrant particular care. Excessive pricing under section 78(1)(k) should apply only where pricing forms part of exclusionary conduct that blocks entry or expansion, not where high prices reflect innovation, intellectual property, risk-taking, or superior efficiency. Vertical agreements reviewed under section 90.1 should benefit from safe harbours and a presumption of legality, consistent with extensive evidence—surveyed by Francine Lafontaine and Margaret Slade—that such arrangements usually enhance consumer welfare. Self-preferencing should be analysed as a form of vertical integration, with enforcement limited to cases involving durable market power, meaningful limits on multi-homing, and demonstrable consumer harm. Algorithmic pricing should not dilute the Act’s core requirement that the Bureau prove an agreement—a meeting of the minds—rather than lawful conscious parallelism, regardless of whether pricing decisions are made by humans or software.

More broadly, the Guidelines should reinforce procedural fairness, clear screens for market power, and an effects-based enforcement focus grounded in evidence of substantial competitive harm. They should also reflect regulatory humility by committing to review and adaptation as markets, technologies, and business practices evolve.

Taken together, the revisions we propose would make the Guidelines more predictable, administrable, and economically grounded. They would help focus Bureau resources on conduct most likely to harm competition and consumers, while reducing the risk that uncertain standards chill efficient pricing, contracting, innovation, and platform design.

We appreciate the Bureau’s openness to public input through this consultation. ICLE remains available to provide further analysis or clarification on any of the issues raised in these comments.

[1] The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) has received financial support from numerous companies, foundations, and individuals, including firms with interests both supportive of and in opposition to the ideas expressed in this and other ICLE-supported works. Unless otherwise noted, all ICLE support is in the form of unrestricted, general support. The ideas expressed here are the authors’ own and do not necessarily reflect the views of ICLE’s advisors, affiliates, or supporters.

[2] Competition Bureau, Anti-Competitive Conduct and Agreements Enforcement Guidelines (Oct. 31, 2025), https://competition-bureau.canada.ca/en/how-we-foster-competition/consultations/anti-competitive-conduct-and-agreements [hereinafter “Draft ACCA Guidelines”].

[3] Geoffrey Manne, Dirk Auer, Daniel Gilman, & Lazar Radic, Comments from the International Center of Law and Economics on The Future of Competition Policy in Canada (Mar. 31, 2023), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/ICLE-Canada-Comments.pdf [hereinafter “Appendix A”].

[4] Geoffrey Manne, Dirk Auer, Brian Albrecht, Daniel Gilman & Lazar Radic, Comments of the International Center for Law & Economics: Canadian Competition Bureau Discussion Paper on Algorithmic Pricing and Competition (Aug. 4, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Canada-Algorithmic-pricing-and-competition-1.pdf [hereinafter “Appendix B”].

[5] Competition Act, R.S.C. 1985, c. C-34, s. 78(1)(k). See also An Act to Amend the Excise Tax Act and the Competition Act, S.C. 2023, c. 31, pt. 2 [hereinafter “Bill C-56”] and Fall Economic Statement Implementation Act, 2023, S.C. 2024, c. 15, pt. 5, div. 6 [hereinafter “Bill C-59”].

[6] Competition Act, s. 90.1(1.01).

[7] Competition Act, s. 79(3.1).

[8] See Eric Fruits, Do Biased Stats Provide Bogus Economics? A Primer on Publication Bias and Power, Truth on the Mkt. (Mar. 29, 2018), https://truthonthemarket.com/2018/03/29/do-biased-stats-provide-bogus-economics-a-primer-on-publication-bias-and-power.

[9] Frank H. Easterbrook, The Limits of Antitrust, 63 Tex. L. Rev. 1, 2 (1984) (“If the court errs by condemning a beneficial practice, the benefits may be lost for good. Any other firm that uses the condemned practice faces sanctions in the name of stare decisis, no matter the benefits. If the court errs by permitting a deleterious practice, though, the welfare loss decreases over time. Monopoly is self-destructive. Monopoly prices eventually attract entry.”)

[10] Id. 15.

[11] Brian C. Albrecht & Ryan A. Decker, Markups and Business Dynamism across Industries, Int’l J. Indus. Org. (forthcoming 2026), available at https://www.briancalbrecht.com/Albrecht_Decker_Markups.pdf.

[12] See Michael L. Katz & Carl Shapiro, Network Externalities, Competition, and Compatibility, 75 Am. Econ. Rev. 424 (1985) (analyzing how network effects can create barriers to entry); Joseph Farrell & Paul Klemperer, Coordination and Lock-In: Competition with Switching Costs and Network Effects, in 3 Handbook of Industrial Organization 1967 (Mark Armstrong & Robert Porter eds., 2007) (surveying conditions under which switching costs and network effects impede competitive displacement of incumbents). Easterbrook himself acknowledged that “the ability of the market to correct monopoly depends on the existence of conditions that allow entry.” Easterbrook, supra note 9, at 15.

[13] Geoffrey A. Manne & Joshua D. Wright, Innovation and the Limits of Antitrust, 6 J. Competition L. & Econ. 153, 167 (2010) (“In the innovation context, successfully challenging business or product innovations is likely to dampen innovation across the economy, whereas Type 2 errors are at least mitigated in part by entry and other competition. When viewed through the error-cost lens, the combination of the anti-market bias in favor of monopoly explanations for innovative conduct that courts and economists do not understand, and the increased stakes of antitrust intervention against innovative business practices, is problematic from a consumer-welfare perspective.”).

[14] Id. 168 (“the consequences of Type 1 error are magnified by the threat of erroneous intervention further deterring subsequent, similar innovation or applications of innovations in novel settings”).

[15] Draft ACCA Guidelines Preface vii.

[16] See Joshua D. Wright & Murat C. Mungan, The Easterbrook Theorem: An Application to Digital Markets, Yale L. J. Forum 622, 626–30 (Jan. 18, 2021) (discussing the development of U.S. case law based on Easterbrook’s framework); see also id. at 625 n. 12 & 626 n. 13 (listing cases).

[17] Competition Act, s. 103.1(7); see also Competition Bureau, Information Bulletin on Private Access to the Competition Tribunal (Jun. 2025), https://competition-bureau.canada.ca/en/information-bulletin-private-access-competition-tribunal.

[18] Competition Act, s. 103.1(7); see also Norton Rose Fulbright, Competition Act Amendments Expand Opportunities for Private Litigation (Jun. 2024), https://www.nortonrosefulbright.com/en/knowledge/publications/68b7a977/competition-act-amendments-expand-opportunities-for-private-litigation.

[19] Norton Rose Fulbright, Competition Act: Expanded Private Enforcement Rights Now in Force (Jun. 20, 2025), https://www.nortonrosefulbright.com/en-ca/knowledge/publications/c5f0e8cd/competition-act-expanded-private-enforcement-rights-now-in-force (describing the commissioner’s intervention in JAMP Pharma Corp. v. Janssen Inc., CT-2024-005).

[20] William Breit & Kenneth G. Elzinga, Private Antitrust Enforcement: The New Learning, 28 J.L. & Econ. 405 (1985).

[21] R. Preston McAfee, Hugo M. Mialon, & Sue H. Mialon, Private Antitrust Litigation: Procompetitive or Anticompetitive?, in The Political Economy of Antitrust 453, 453 (Vivek Ghosal & Johan Stennek eds., 2007), https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0573855506820171.

[22] Brunswick Corp. v. Pueblo Bowl-O-Mat, Inc., 429 U.S. 477, 489 (1977)); see also, Cargill, Inc. v. Monfort of Colorado, Inc., 479 U.S. 104, 111–13 (1986); Califano v. Yamasaki, 442 U.S. 682, 702 (1979).

[23] Brunswick Corp. v. Pueblo Bowl-O-Mat, Inc., 429 U.S. 477, 489 (1977).

[24] Jonathan M. Jacobson & Tracy Greer, Twenty-One Years of Antitrust Injury: Down the Alley with Brunswick v. Pueblo Bowl-O-Mat, 66 Antitrust L.J. 274 (1998).

[25] Competition Act, s. 79(3.1)-(3.2).

[26] A. Mitchell Polinsky & Steven Shavell, The Optimal Tradeoff Between the Probability and Magnitude of Fines, 69 Am. Econ. Rev. 880 (1979); A. Mitchell Polinsky & Steven Shavell, The Theory of Public Enforcement of Law, in 1 Handbook of Law and Economics 403 (A. Mitchell Polinsky & Steven Shavell eds., 2007).

[27] Herbert Hovenkamp, A Primer on Antitrust Damages 8 (Univ. of Iowa Legal Studies Research Paper No. 10-45, 2011), at 6, https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1685919.

[28] Competition Act, s. 75(1.2), 76(10.1), 77(3.1), 79(3.3), and 90.1(1.2); see Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, The Dramatic Expansion of Private Enforcement of Canada’s Competition Laws (2024), https://www.osler.com/en/insights/reports/the-dramatic-expansion-of-private-enforcement-of-canadas-competition-laws.

[29] See Global Competition Review, United States: Private Antitrust Litigation (2022), https://globalcompetitionreview.com/review/the-antitrust-review-of-the-americas/2022/article/united-states-private-antitrust-litigation (documenting combined plaintiff-defendant expenditures exceeding $13 million in single-plaintiff cases litigated through trial).

[30] Edward Iacobucci, Uncertainty and the Burden of Proof in Canadian Competition Law, C.D. Howe Inst. Commentary No. 659, at 4, 5 (May 2024), https://cdhowe.org/publication/uncertainty-and-burden-proof-canadian-competition-law.

[31] Comm’r of Competition v. Can. Pipe Co., (2006) F.C.A. 233.

[32] Id.

[33] Id.

[34] Competition Act, s. 78(1)(k).

[35] Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union art. 102, May 9, 2008, 2008 O.J. (C 115) 47.

[36] Case 27/76, United Brands Co. v. Comm’n, ECLI:EU:C:1978:22, ¶ 252 (Feb. 14, 1978) (“The questions therefore to be determined are whether the difference between the costs actually incurred and the price actually charged is excessive, and, it the answer to this question is in the affirmative, whether a price has been imposed which is either unfair in itself or when compared to competing products.”)

[37] See, e.g., Aline Blankertz, Todd Davies, Justine Haekens, & Nicholas Shaxson, The European Commission Can and Must Act on Excessive Pricing, ProMarket (Oct. 8, 2025), https://www.promarket.org/2025/10/08/the-european-commission-can-and-must-act-on-excessive-pricing.

[38] See Org. for Econ. Coop. & Dev., Excessive Prices, OECD Doc. DAF/COMP(2011)18 (Feb. 7, 2012), https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2012/02/excessive-prices_372e092c/8e1fd82e-en.pdf; Raphaël De Coninck, Excessive Prices: An Overview of EU and National Case Law, E-Competitions Bull. (Jun. 2018), https://ecp.crai.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Excessive-Pricing-R.-de-Coninck-e-Competitions-2018.pdf.

[39] David S. Evans & A. Jorge Padilla, Excessive Prices: Using Economics to Define Administrable Legal Rules, 1 J. Competition L. & Econ. 97 (2005).

[40] Massimo Motta & Alexandre de Streel, Excessive Pricing and Price Squeeze under EU Law, in The Pros and Cons of High Prices 14 (Konkurrensverket ed., 2007), https://www.konkurrensverket.se/globalassets/dokument/informationsmaterial/rapporter-och-broschyrer/pros-and-cons/rapport_pros-and-cons_2007_high_prices.pdf.

[41] Lars-Hendrik Röller, Exploitative Abuses, (ESMT Business Brief No. BB-107-002, 2007), https://d-nb.info/1012903311/34.

[42] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶¶ 263-267 (“Excessive and unfair pricing is likely to raise issues only if it is used to engage in other types of anti-competitive conduct or agreements… In such cases, we would generally investigate the pricing as part of the other form of conduct or agreement (e.g., refusal to deal, bundling, margin squeezing).”)

[43] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 81.

[44] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 336.

[45] Brian Albrecht, Competition Increases Concentration, Truth on the Mkt. (Aug. 16, 2023), https://truthonthemarket.com/2023/08/16/competition-increases-concentration.

[46] See Brian Albrecht, What Competition Scholars Should Know About the 2025 Economics Nobel, Truth on the Mkt. (Oct. 14, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/10/14/what-competition-scholars-should-know-about-the-2025-economics-nobel/ (“Market structure is an outcome of this competitive process, not just a cause of competitive behavior.”).

[47] Chad Syverson, Macroeconomics and Market Power: Context, Implications, and Open Questions, 33 J. Econ. Persps. 23, 34 (2019).

[48] Harold Demsetz, Industry Structure, Market Rivalry, and Public Policy, 16 J.L. & Econ. 1 (1973); see also Harold Demsetz, The Market Concentration Doctrine: An Examination of Evidence and a Discussion of Policy (AEI–Hoover Policy Studies No. 7, 1973), https://masonlec.org/site/rte_uploads/files/GAI/Readings/Economics%20Institute/Demsetz_Market%20Concentration%20Doctrine.pdf.

[49] William M. Landes & Richard A. Posner, Market Power in Antitrust Cases, 94 Harv. L. Rev. 937, 947 (1981); see also Mario Zúñiga, ‘Market Power in Antitrust Cases,’ by William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner, Truth on the Mkt. (Jan. 16, 2026), More recently, Dennis Carlton has described market shares and concentration as “at best crude first steps,” noting that empirically there is “only a weak link between change in market share and change in competitive performance,” and that “there is no model” in which market share alone reliably predicts prices or welfare effects. Static market-share data therefore cannot substitute for analysis of firm conduct and market conditions. https://truthonthemarket.com/2026/01/16/market-power-in-antitrust-cases-by-william-m-landes-and-richard-a-posner.

[50] Dennis W. Carlton, Market Definition: Use and Abuse, 3 Competition Pol’y Int’l 3 (2007), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=987061.

[51] William J. Baumol, John C. Panzar & Robert D. Willig, Contestable Markets and the Theory of Industry Structure 222 (rev. ed. 1988), available at https://archive.org/details/contestablemarke0000baum_e1g8 (“[F]reedom of entry, indeed the mere threat of incursions by entrants into the market, may effectively discipline the monopolist, even if entry is never successful. It can force the monopolist to curb his avarice and forgo profits he might otherwise have enjoyed. Indeed, in the absence of entry barriers, in perfectly contestable markets, it can force him to accept earnings no higher than those available under perfect com¬ petition. Potential competition can also force the monopolist to produce with maximal efficiency, and to hunt down and utilize fully every opportunity for innovation.”); see also David J. Teece, Understanding Dynamic Competition: New Perspectives on Potential Competition, “Monopoly,” and Market Power (May 22, 2025), available at https://ssrn.com/abstract=5356023.

[52] Id.

[53] Org. for Econ. Coop. & Dev., Competition in the Pharmaceutical Industry, OECD Doc. DAFFE/CLP(2000)29 (Feb. 6, 2001) (“For many products which face few rivals in their therapeutic class, the primary competitive threat is the threat that rival firms will develop substitutes.”)

[54] Stephen J. Nickell, Competition and Corporate Performance, 104 J. Pol. Econ. 724 (1996).

[55] Richard Blundell, Rachel Griffith, & John Van Reenen, Market Share, Market Value and Innovation in a Panel of British Manufacturing Firms, 66 Rev. Econ. Stud. 529 (1999).

[56] Competition Act, s. 79(1).

[57] Verizon Commc’ns Inc. v. Law Offices of Curtis V. Trinko, LLP, 540 U.S. 398 (2004).

[58] Id. 407.

[59] David S. Evans & Richard Schmalensee, The Antitrust Analysis of Multi-Sided Platform Businesses (Nat’l Bureau of Econ. Rsch. Working Paper No. 18783, 2013), http://www.nber.org/papers/w18783.

[60] Jean?Charles Rochet & Jean Tirole, Platform Competition in Two?Sided Markets, 1 J. Eur. Econ. Ass’n 990 (2003); Mark Armstrong, Competition in Two?Sided Markets, 37 RAND J. Econ. 668 (2006).

[61] David S. Evans, Two-Sided Platforms and Analysis of Single-Firm Conduct, Comment to the U.S. Dep’t of Justice Single-Firm Conduct Hearings (Sep. 2006), https://www.justice.gov/archives/atr/single-firm-conduct-hearings-comment-david-evans-two-sided-platforms-and-analysis-single-firm.

[62] David S. Evans, The Antitrust Economics of Multi?Sided Platform Markets, 20 Yale J. Reg. 325, 334–35 (2003).

[63] Herbert Hovenkamp, The Areeda–Turner Test for Exclusionary Pricing: A Critical Journal, 46 Rev. Indus. Org. 209, 213-215 (2015).

[64] Id. 216.

[65] Einer Elhauge, Why Above?Cost Price Cuts to Drive Out Entrants Are Not Predatory, 112 Yale L.J. 681, 727–31 (2003).

[66] William J. Baumol & David F. Bradford, Optimal Departures from Marginal Cost Pricing, 60 Am. Econ. Rev. 265 (1970); see also Gus Hurwitz, ‘Optimal Departures from Marginal Cost Pricing’ by William J. Baumol & David F. Bradford, Truth On The Mkt. (Sep. 30, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/09/30/optimal-departures-from-marginal-cost-pricing-by-william-j-baumol-david-f-bradford.

[67] OECD, Excessive Prices in Pharmaceutical Markets ¶¶ 22, 104–22, DAF/COMP(2018)12 (2018), https://one.oecd.org/document/DAF/COMP(2018)12/en/pdf.

[68] Id. 21-22, citing David S. Evans & A. Jorge Padilla, Excessive Prices: Using Economics to Define Administrable Legal Rules, 1 J. Competition L. & Econ. 97, 118 (2005).

[69] Motta & de Streel, supra note 41.

[70] Draft ACCA Guidelines, § 6.11.

[71] Id. at ¶ 264.

[72] Giuseppe Colangelo, In Fairness We (Should Not) Trust: The Duplicity of the EU Competition Policy Mantra in Digital Markets, 68 Antitrust Bull. 618, 635 (2023).

[73] Id. at 621.

[74] See Eliana Garcés and Giuseppe Colangelo, Markets, Competition, and Fairness in Research Handbook on Competition and Corporate Law  83, 96–102 (Thepot & Tzanaki, eds. 2025) (discussing the implications of fairness in the process of the allocation of rights and privileges versus fairness of outcome).

[75] Innovation, Sci. & Econ. Dev. Can., The Future of Competition Policy in Canada (2022), https://ised-isde.canada.ca/site/strategic-policy-sector/sites/default/files/attachments/2022/The-Future-of-Competition-Policy-eng.pdf.

[76] Competition Act, s. 79(1).

[77] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 266.

[78] Competition Act, s. 90.1(1.01).

[79] Francine Lafontaine & Margaret E. Slade, Exclusive Contracts and Vertical Restraints: Empirical Evidence and Public Policy, in Handbook of Antitrust Economics 391 (Paolo Buccirossi ed., 2008); see also Francine Lafontaine & Margaret E. Slade, Transaction Cost Economics and Vertical Market Restrictions—Evidence, 55 Antitrust Bull. 587 (2010); Geoffrey Manne, Kristian Stout, & Eric Fruits, The Fatal Economic Flaws of the Contemporary Campaign against Vertical Integration, 68 U. Kan. L. Rev. 923 (Jun. 2020).

[80] Benjamin Klein & Kevin M. Murphy, Vertical Restraints as Contract Enforcement Mechanisms, 31 J.L. & Econ. 265 (1988).

[81] Leegin Creative Leather Prods., Inc. v. PSKS, Inc., 551 U.S. 877 (2007).

[82] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 430.

[83] Competition Act, s. 90.1(1).

[84] Brunswick Corp. v. Pueblo Bowl-O-Mat, Inc., 429 U.S. 477 (1977) (The injury must be “of the type the antitrust laws were intended to prevent,” meaning the harm must result from a reduction in competition, not just a loss of profits. Also, the injury must “flow from that which makes the defendant’s acts unlawful.”).

[85] Ill. Brick Co. v. Illinois, 431 U.S. 720 (1977).

[86] Draft ACCA Guidelines, s. 6.4, see ¶ 197 (“In most cases we assess self-preferencing as exclusionary conduct. We may investigate self-preferencing under the abuse of dominance provisions.”).

[87] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶¶ 196, 198.

[88] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 199.

[89] Ronald H. Coase, The Nature of the Firm, 4 Economica 386 (1937).

[90] Appendix A s. II.

[91] Chiara Farronato, Andrey Fradkin, & Alexander MacKay, Vertical Integration and Consumer Choice: Evidence from a Field Experiment (Nat’l Bureau of Econ. Rsch. Working Paper No. 34135, 2025), https://www.nber.org/papers/w34135.

[92] Id. at 3.

[93] Brian Albrecht & Geoffrey A. Manne, Self-Preferencing Isn’t a Sin. It’s Often the Way Competition Works., Truth on the Mkt. (Aug. 20, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/08/20/self-preferencing-isnt-a-sin-its-often-the-way-competition-works.

[94] Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, Digital Platform Services Inquiry—Interim Report No. 5: Regulatory Reform 94 (Sep. 2022), https://www.accc.gov.au/system/files/Digital%20platform%20services%20inquiry.pdf (“Although self-preferencing conduct is often benign, self-preferencing conduct that leverages market power over a key online service into a related service, which is not justified by a procompetitive rationale, can distort competition and decrease consumer welfare.”).

[95] Juliette Caminade, Juan Carvajal, & Christopher R. Knittel, An Economic Analysis of the Self-Preferencing Debate, 32 Competition 30 (2022), https://www.analysisgroup.com/globalassets/insights/publishing/2022-caminade-et-al-an-economic-analysis-of-the-self-preferencing-debate.pdf.

[96] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 72.

[97] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 90(g).

[98] See generally Stan J. Liebowitz & Stephen E. Margolis, Winners, Losers & Microsoft: Competition and Antitrust in High Technology (1999).

[99] Matthew T. Clements & Hiroshi Ohashi, Indirect Network Effects and the Product Cycle: Video Games in the U.S., 1994–2002, 53 J. Indus. Econ. 515 (2005).

[100] Catherine Tucker, Digital Data, Platforms and the Usual [Antitrust] Suspects: Network Effects, Switching Costs, Essential Facility, 54 Rev. Indus. Org. 683 (2019).

[101] See, e.g., Geoffrey Manne & Dirk Auer, Antitrust Dystopia and Antitrust Nostalgia: Alarmist Theories of Harm in Digital Markets and Their Origins, 28 Geo. Mason L. Rev. 1279 (Summer 2021).

[102] See Geoffrey A. Manne & Ben Sperry, Debunking the Myth of a Data Barrier to Entry for Online Services, Truth on the Mkt. (March 26, 2015), https://truthonthemarket.com/2015/03/26/debunking-the-myth-of-a-data-barrier-to-entry-for-online-services.

[103] See Harrison Jacobs, Former MySpace CEO Explains Why Facebook Was Able to Dominate Social Media Despite Coming Second, Business Insider (May 9, 2015), https://www.businessinsider.com/former-myspace-ceo-explains-why-facebook-was-able-to-dominate-social-media-despite-coming-second-2015-5.

[104] See, e.g., Bruno Jullien, Alessandro Pavan, & Marc Rysman, Two-Sided Markets, Pricing, and Network Effects, in 4 Handbook of Industrial Organization 485 (Kate Ho, Ali Hortaçsu & Alessandro Lizzeri eds., 2021).

[105] Draft ACCA Guidelines s. 6.12.

[106] Competition Bureau Canada, Algorithmic Pricing and Competition: Discussion Paper (Jun. 10, 2025).

[107] Maureen K. Ohlhausen, Acting Chairman, Should We Fear the Things That Go Beep in the Night? Some Initial Thoughts on the Intersection of Antitrust Laws and Algorithmic Pricing, Fed. Trade Comm’n (May 23, 2017), at 10, https://www.ftc.gov/system/files/documents/public_statements/1220893/ohlhausen_-_concurrences_5-23-17.pdf.

[108] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 417 (“An agreement involves a ‘meeting of the minds’ between two or more parties. That is, those parties have reached a consensus regarding their intentions.”).

[109] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 121.

[110] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 418.

[111] R. v. Nova Scotia Pharmaceutical Society, [1992] 2 S.C.R. 606, at 651-52 (holding that the conspiracy offense requires proof of “intention” and “agreement” constituting a “common design”).

[112] See Louis Kaplow, Competition Policy and Price Fixing 1-4 (2013) (explaining that “tacit collusion” describes oligopolistic interdependence rather than illegal agreement); William E. Kovacic et al., Plus Factors and Agreement in Antitrust Law, 110 Mich. L. Rev. 393, 400-01 (2011) (distinguishing “express” and “tacit” collusion and noting that only the former violates antitrust law).

[113] See Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶¶ 121, 417-18 (distinguishing explicit agreements, tacit agreements, and conscious parallelism).

[114] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 417.

[115] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 121.

[116] Brooke Group Ltd. v. Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corp., 509 U.S. 209, 227 (1993).

[117] See Donald F. Turner, The Definition of Agreement Under the Sherman Act: Conscious Parallelism and Refusals to Deal, 75 Harv. L. Rev. 655, 663 (1962) (“The rational oligopolist is doing nothing more than what he would do in any event…. To say that this conduct should be unlawful is to say that the firms are under a duty to compete, which is hardly a duty imposed by the present antitrust laws.”).

[118] Draft ACCA Guidelines, fn. 106.

[119] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 272 (“firms can give commercially sensitive information to a third-party algorithm developer that provides pricing recommendations to industry participants”).

[120] Gibson v. Cendyn Grp., LLC, 148 F.4th 1069 (9th Cir. 2025).

[121] Id.

[122] Cornish-Adebiyi v. Caesars Entm’t (D.N.J. 2024).

[123] Kevin R. Williams, The Welfare Effects of Dynamic Pricing: Evidence from Airline Markets, 90 Econometrica 831 (2022).

[124] Sophie Calder-Wang & Gi Heung Kim, Algorithmic Pricing in Multifamily Rentals: Efficiency Gains or Price Coordination? (Aug. 16, 2024), https://ssrn.com/abstract=4403058.

[125] Stephanie Assad, Robert Clark, Daniel Ershov, & Lei Xu, Algorithmic Pricing and Competition: Empirical Evidence from the German Retail Gasoline Market, 132 J. Pol. Econ. 723 (2024).

[126] Id. at 726 (finding that algorithmic adoption increases margins by roughly 9% overall, with no meaningful effect in monopoly markets but a 38% increase in duopoly markets where both stations adopt).

[127] Id. at 727 (“Margins start to increase only about a year after market-wide adoption, suggesting that algorithms in this market learn tacitly collusive strategies…. suggests that algorithms learn that undercutting will not be profitable, since lower prices will be followed.”).

[128] Id. at 760 (“To the best of our knowledge, this occurs without explicit communication between competitors, making it legal according to current competition laws in many countries.”).

[129] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 121.

[130] Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶ 418 (“when firms take part in parallel conduct along with practices that can facilitate coordination, this can be proof of an agreement between them”).

[131] See Draft ACCA Guidelines, ¶¶ 271-75 (discussing information sharing through third parties, including algorithm developers, as a potential facilitating practice).

[132] See id. at ¶¶ 31, 33, 51.

[133] Geoffrey A. Manne, Brian C. Albrecht, & Dirk Auer, Labor Monopsony and Antitrust Enforcement: A Distorting Mirror, 74 DePaul L. Rev. 1119 (2025); Suresh Naidu, Eric A. Posner, & Glen Weyl, Antitrust Remedies for Labor Market Power, 132 Harv. L. Rev. 536 (2018).

[134] Steven Berry, Martin Gaynor, & Fiona Scott Morton, Do Increasing Markups Matter? Lessons from Empirical Industrial Organization, 33 J. Econ. Persp. 44, 57 (2019).

[135] Manne et al., supra note 134 at 1153 (“It is virtually impossible to know what outside options to include in the relevant market, and it may not always be possible to identify even where such potential employers are located. . . . These market-definition issues are far more acute in monopsony cases than in traditional monopoly cases, both because the intrinsic question of substitutes is more complicated and because there is far less precedent to guide parties and enforcers.”).

[136] Id. at 1138.

[137] Id. at Part III.

[138] Manne et al., supra note 134 at 1173.

[139] U.S. Dep’t of Justice & Fed. Trade Comm’n, Merger Guidelines § 4.3 (2023).

[140] Case T-235/18, Qualcomm Inc. v. European Commission, ECLI:EU:T:2022:358 (Jun. 15, 2022) (in which the General Court of the European Union annulled the European Commission’s €997 million fine against Qualcomm. The court’s decision was largely based on “procedural irregularities” that affected Qualcomm’s rights of defense); Case T-286/09 RENV, Intel Corp. v. European Commission, ECLI:EU:T:2022:19 (Jan. 26, 2022); Case C-240/22 P, European Commission v. Intel Corp., ECLI:EU:C:2024:911 (Oct. 24, 2024) (Court of Justice of the European Union set aside an initial ruling in 2017, the General Court in 2022 annulled the Commission’s €1.06 billion fine).

[141] See, e.g., Alfonso Lamadrid, The DMA: Procedural Afterthoughts, Chillin’ Competition (Sep. 5, 2022), https://chillingcompetition.com/2022/09/05/the-dma-proceduralafterthoughts.

Markups and Business Dynamism Across Industries

Recent research connects rising measured market power to other macroeconomic trends in the U.S., including decades-long declines in measures of “business dynamism,” such as . . .

Abstract

Recent research connects rising measured market power to other macroeconomic trends in the U.S., including decades-long declines in measures of “business dynamism,” such as business entry and job reallocation. Intuitively, factors that raise market power may also reduce entry, and firms with more market power are less responsive to shocks. Such theories predict a negative correlation between markups and business dynamism. We use industry-level data to study long-run trends and annual patterns of markups and dynamism. Using multiple measures of each, we find no systematic industry-level negative correlation between changes in markups and changes in dynamism from the 1980s through the 2010s. In fact, we are more likely to observe the opposite relationship.

UPCOMING EVENTS

AMICUS BRIEFS

Brief of Former Antitrust Officials and Antitrust Scholars to US Supreme Court in CoStar v CREXi

INTERESTS OF AMICI CURIAE[1] Amici curiae are former antitrust officials and scholars who have spent decades enforcing and studying the Nation’s antitrust laws. Amici believe . . .

INTERESTS OF AMICI CURIAE[1]

Amici curiae are former antitrust officials and scholars who have spent decades enforcing and studying the Nation’s antitrust laws. Amici believe the decision below, if upheld, would upend foundational antitrust principles and open the floodgates to baseless antitrust suits.

Amici are the following:[2]

  • Timothy J. Muris, J.D., is a George Mason University Foundation Professor of Law at Antonin Scalia Law School, George Mason University, and a Senior Counsel at Sidley Austin LLP. He served as Chairman of the FTC from 2001–2004. Before becoming Chairman, Tim served as Director of the Bureau of Consumer Protection and Director of the Bureau of Competition. He is the only person ever to head both of the agency’s enforcement bureaus.
  • Alden Abbott, J.D., is a Senior Research Fellow focusing on antitrust issues at the Mercatus Center at George Mason University. He served as General Counsel of the FTC from 2018–2021, where he represented the Commission in court and provided legal advice to its representatives.
  • Daniel J. Gilman, J.D., Ph.D., is a Senior Scholar of Competition Policy at the International Center for Law & Economics. He previously served as an attorney advisor in the FTC’s Office of Policy Planning and as the Victor H. Kramer Foundation Fellow in antitrust law and economics at Harvard Law School.
  • Justin (Gus) Hurwitz, J.D., is the Director of Law & Economics Programs at the International Center for Law & Economics and a Senior Fellow and Academic Director of the Center for Technology, Innovation, and Competition at the University of Pennsylvania Carey Law School. He previously served as a trial attorney with the U.S. Justice Department Antitrust Division in the Telecommunications and Media Enforcement section.
  • Geoffrey A. Manne, J.D., is the President and Founder of the International Center for Law & Economics and serves as distinguished fellow at Northwestern University’s Center on Law, Business, and Economics, and as visiting professor of law at IE University (Madrid). Before founding ICLE in 2009, he served as a law professor at Lewis & Clark Law School and as a Bigelow Fellow and Lecturer in Law at the University of Chicago Law School.

INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY OF ARGUMENT

The Sherman Act is the “Magna Carta of free enterprise.” Verizon Comm’cns Inc. v. Law Offs. of Curtis V. Trinko, LLP, 540 U.S. 398, 415 (2004). It directs itself “not against conduct which is competitive, even severely so, but against conduct which unfairly tends to destroy competition itself.” Spectrum Sports, Inc. v. McQuillan, 506 U.S. 447, 458 (1993). And it does so not to protect corporate or private interests, but from concern for consumer welfare and the public interest. Id. “It is axiomatic that the antitrust laws were passed for ‘the protection of competition, not competitors.’” Brooke Grp. Ltd. v. Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corp., 509 U.S. 209, 224 (1993) (emphasis in original) (citation omitted).

For almost four decades, CoStar Group, Inc. and CoStar Realty Information, Inc. (“CoStar”) have provided commercial real estate (“CRE”) services. Commercial Real Estate Exchange Inc. (“CREXi”), launched almost a decade ago, is attempting to build its own CRE platform. CoStar filed suit against CREXi in September 2020, alleging that CREXi harvests content from CoStar’s subscription database without authorization by using passwords issued to other companies. In response, CREXi filed eight counterclaims for violations of the Sherman Act and the Cartwright Act. The district court twice dismissed them all. Pet. 38a–58a.

The Ninth Circuit reversed. In doing so, it made a critical error warranting certiorari: The Ninth Circuit joined the wrong side of a circuit split by concluding that CREXi plausibly alleged that CoStar’s contractual provisions with brokers are “de facto” exclusivity provisions that violate the Sherman Act. Id. 102a–105a. The Ninth Circuit had never before “explicitly recognized a ‘de facto’ exclusive dealing theory.” Aerotec Int’l, Inc. v. Honeywell Int’l, Inc., 836 F.3d 1171, 1182 (9th Cir. 2016). And for good reason: A careful examination of this theory reveals that it lacks a sound doctrinal foundation, and that this Court’s precedents, historical context, and administrability concerns all counsel strongly against recognizing this theory.

The decision below contravenes this Court’s precedents and bedrock antitrust principles. Left undisturbed, the Ninth Circuit’s expansive interpretation of antitrust law would allow baseless claims to proceed to discovery, stifle innovation, and deepen the circuit split regarding the scope of exclusive dealing claims permitted under the Sherman Act.

ARGUMENT

I. The De Facto Exclusive Dealing Theory Cannot be Used to Transform Non-Exclusive Contractual Provisions into Exclusivity Provisions.

Despite acknowledging that the Ninth Circuit had “yet to recognize a de facto exclusive dealing theory,” Pet. 22a (citing Aerotec, 836 F.3d at 1182), the court below did so here. That was error. The Second and Eighth Circuits have rejected this theory, and a close examination of its underpinnings reveals that it lacks any sound doctrinal foundation. The Court should grant certiorari to resolve a deepening circuit split and make clear to the lower courts that the de facto exclusive dealing has no legal merit.

A. The De Facto Exclusive Dealing Theory Lacks Any Doctrinal Foundation.

The notion of de facto exclusive dealing can be traced back to a century-old case involving Section 3 of the Clayton Act, United Shoe Machinery Corp. v. United States, 258 U.S. 451 (1922). In United Shoe, this Court held that a contract falls within the Clayton Act’s section as to exclusivity, even though the contract does “not contain specific agreements not to use the [goods] of a competitor,” if “the practical effect … is to prevent such use.” Id. at 457. The Court noted that the provisions at issue there amounted to “tying agreements” and that, due to the “dominating position in supply shoe machinery” occupied by United Shoe, they “effectually prevent[ed] [the lessee] from acquiring the machinery of a competitor,” except “at the risk of forfeiting the right to use the machines furnished by” United Shoe. Id. at 457–58.

Although this theory first emerged in United Shoe, the few modern cases recognizing de facto exclusive dealing as a valid theory have relied on language from yet another case involving Section 3 of the Clayton Act—Tampa Electric Co. v. Nashville Coal Co., 365 U.S. 320 (1961). In Tampa Electric, the Court surveyed its cases “pass[ing] upon questions arising under [Section] 3” of the Clayton Act, including its holding in United Shoe, and concluded that a contract “found to be an exclusive dealing arrangement” does not violate “[S]ection [3] unless the court believes it probable that performance of the contract will foreclose competition in a substantial share of the line of commerce affected.” Id. at 325, 327. Notably, the Court “assume[d], but d[id] not decide” that the requirements contract at issue in fact was “an exclusive-dealing arrangement within the compass of [Section] 3,” and ultimately held that the contract did not violate Section 3. Id. at 330, 335. So too, because the contract did not “fall within the broader proscription” of the Clayton Act, the court concluded that “it is not forbidden by” Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act. Id. at 335.

From these humble beginnings in Section 3 cases, the Third and Eleventh Circuits have recognized a de facto exclusive dealing theory.[3] See Pet. 23a (citing ZF Meritor, LLC v. Eaton Corp., 696 F.3d 254, 282 n.14 (3d Cir. 2012) & McWane, Inc. v. FTC, 783 F.3d 814, 819–20, 833–35 (11th Cir. 2015)). Under this theory, although a contract does not contain an agreement to deal exclusively, courts will “look ‘past the terms of’” the non-exclusive contract “to ascertain the relationship between the parties and the effect of the agreement in the real world.” Aerotec, 836 F.3d at 1182 (quoting ZF Meritor, LLC, 696 F.3d at 270). But this precedent is a slender reed.

The Third Circuit became the first circuit since the turn of the century to bless this theory in LePage’s Inc. v. 3M, 324 F.3d 141 (3d Cir. 2003) (en banc). Although the court did not mention the theory by name, the court rejected 3M’s argument that an arrangement “that contained no express exclusivity requirement” could not support an exclusive dealing claim under Section 2, and held that the arrangement—bundled rebates and discounts offered to major suppliers—were designed to and did operate as exclusive dealing arrangements. Id. at 157. Not long after, in another Section 2 case, the court similarly reasoned that “a series of independent sales” could be an “exclusive dealing arrangement” if accompanied by certain “economic elements”—i.e., sufficiently large market share and exclusionary conduct. United States v. Dentsply Int’l, Inc., 399 F.3d 181, 193–94 (3d Cir. 2005).

In ZF Meritor, the Third Circuit offered its most thorough discussion of this theory. There, the court held that “an exclusive dealing claim does not require a contract that imposes an express exclusivity obligation” or “a contract that covers 100% of the buyer’s needs” because “de facto exclusive dealing may be unlawful.” ZF Meritor, 696 F.3d at 282 & n.14. The legality of such a contract, the court reasoned, turns on “whether the agreement foreclosed a substantial share of the relevant market such that competition was harmed.” Id. at 283. But even in crediting such a claim, the court acknowledged that “‘partial’ exclusive dealing is rarely a valid antitrust theory” because contracts that are not “100% exclusive” are “generally lawful because market foreclosure is only partial, and competing sellers are not prevented from selling to the buyer.” Id. at 283 (collecting cases rejecting such claims).

In McWane, the Eleventh Circuit became the second circuit court to recognize this theory. McWane—a major player in the iron pipe fittings market—announced that, with limited exceptions, “unless [their distributors] bought all of their domestic fittings from McWane, they would lose their rebates and be cut off from purchases for 12 weeks.” McWane, 783 F.3d at 819. The FTC brought an enforcement action under Section 5 of the FTC Act and ultimately found that McWane’s actions “constituted an illegal exclusive dealing policy.” Id. Critically, the Commission and the ALJ found that distributors were “essential to the domestic fittings market” because there were no “viable alternate distribution channels, including direct sales to end users.” Id. at 834.

Before the Eleventh Circuit, McWane argued that its exclusivity program was “presumptively legal” because it was “short-term and voluntary.” Id. at 833. The court noted that neither its precedent nor precedent from this Court spoke “specifically to this issue,” but it ultimately agreed with the FTC that the de facto exclusive dealing approach from Dentsply and ZF Meritor was “consistent with the Supreme Court’s instruction to look at the ‘practical effect’ of exclusive dealing arrangements.” Id. at 834 (citing Tampa Elec., 365 U.S. at 326–28). Grafting this framework from the Section 3 context onto its analysis, the court considered “market realities” rather than “formalistic distinctions” and rejected “McWane’s argument that the specific form of its exclusivity mandate” made it “presumptively legal” and thus “insulated … from antitrust scrutiny.” Id. at 835.

As all this makes clear, the theoretical underpinnings of the de facto exclusive dealing theory are threadbare. Prior to the decision below, the Third Circuit was the only circuit court that had imported this doctrine into Section 2 cases. Only one opinion—ZF Meritor—had ever extended this doctrine to an exclusive dealing claim under Section 1, and it offered nothing more than ipse dixit and its own Section 3 Clayton Act precedent to do so. As noted, Tampa Electric declined to consider whether such a contract could violate Section 1 or Section 2, see 365 U.S. at 335, so its analysis offers no support for this doctrinal move.

At bottom, the Second and Eighth Circuits, which have both rejected de facto exclusive dealing on the facts presented, see Pet. 9–11, have adopted the approach best aligned with governing antitrust principles. This Court should grant certiorari to endorse their approach and resolve the clear confusion among the lower courts.

B. This Court’s Cases, Historical Context, and Administrability Concerns Counsel Strongly Against Recognizing The De Facto Exclusive Dealing Theory.

De facto exclusive dealing theories like the one adopted below run headlong into this Court’s precedent, the historical development of exclusive-dealing doctrine, and basic administrability limits on antitrust adjudication. The approach of the court below detaches “exclusive dealing” from any meaningful contractual commitment or exclusionary conduct—resting instead on speculative third-party “chilling effects” untethered from the agreements’ text. See Pet. 24a. That move only conflicts with this Court’s warnings that judges are “ill suited” to police “terms of dealing.” Pac. Bell Tel. Co. v. Linkline Commc’ns, Inc., 555 U.S. 438, 452 (2009). The opinion below also lacks any persuasive basis for importing Section 3 of the Clayton Act’s “practical effect” framework into Sherman Act cases, particularly given the Sherman Act’s distinct doctrinal foundations.

Historical practice reinforces the point: Before the Clayton Act, most exclusive-dealing arrangements challenged under the Sherman Act were upheld, and the Clayton Act’s targeted intervention reflected a deliberate shift away from Sherman’s more tolerant baseline. Finally, even if antitrust doctrine disfavored formalism in the abstract, this Court has consistently insisted on clear, administrable rules where open-ended standards would chill ordinary, procompetitive contracting and invite courts to become regulators of commercial relationships.

To start, the court below conceded that the contracts at issue did not “contain [the] rebate or discount terms that create[d] de facto exclusivity” in ZF Meritor and McWane. Pet. 23a. Without a sufficient textual basis in the agreements, the court below instead credited CREXi’s threadbare allegation that the terms “have a chilling effect on brokers’ willingness to work with competitors, for fear that they will run afoul of CoStar’s overbroad terms.” Id. at 24a. The court below overstepped its bounds. Given that this Court has held that courts are “ill suited” to identify proper “terms of dealing,” they are even more inadequately stationed to police “terms of dealing” based on third parties’ reactions to non-exclusive contract terms, including at the motion-to-dismiss stage. Linkline, 555 U.S. at 452. Indeed, prior to the opinion below, no court had entertained such a broad conception of de facto exclusive dealing divorced from express contractual terms and the defendant’s conduct.

Tellingly, including in the opinion below, no court that has adopted the de facto exclusive dealing theory has offered any rationale—let alone a convincing one—for uncritically grafting United Shoe’s and Tampa Electric’s “practical effect” test for Clayton Act Section 3 cases onto Sherman Act cases. While this test arguably flows from the Clayton Act, United Shoe, 258 U.S. at 457, it is not clear that the same can be said for the Sherman Act, see Aerotec, 836 F.3d at 1181. Indeed, given that both United Shoe and Tampa Electric employ an “approach [that] is a relic from a ‘bygone era of statutory construction,’” Food Mktg. Inst. v. Argus Leader Media, 588 U.S. 427, 437 (2019), courts should be—at the very least—skeptical that such an approach accords with the Sherman Act. Far from constituting an “overly formalistic rule,” Pet. 22a, tethering de facto exclusive dealing to the contractual text and the parties’ conduct provides reasonable guardrails against limitless antitrust liability for parties’ ordinary, procompetitive practices.

Historical context likewise cautions against jettisoning the bright-line rule applied by the Second and Eighth Circuits. As the leading antitrust treatise has noted, the historical record shows that before the Clayton Act, exclusive dealing arrangements were analyzed under the Sherman Act and the vast majority were found lawful, “just as they had always been at common law.” Areeda & Hovenkamp, Antitrust Law ¶ 1800c (Aug. 2023); see, e.g., Whitwell v. Cont’l Tobacco Co., 125 F. 454, 461 (8th Cir. 1903) (approving tobacco company’s granting of rebates to dealers who refused to sell competing brands because the arrangement left smaller rivals free to capture business by offering buying “lower prices” or “better terms”); cf. U.S. Tel. Co. v. Cent. Union Tel. Co., 202 F. 66 (6th Cir. 1913) (condemning 99-year exclusive long-distance telephone contract under the Sherman Act).

Moreover, institutional and administrability concerns counsel restraint. To be sure, “[a]ntitrust analysis must always be attuned to the particular structure and circumstances of the industry at issue,” Trinko, 540 U.S. at 411, and “[l]egal presumptions that rest on formalistic distinctions rather than actual market realities are generally disfavored in antitrust law,” Eastman Kodak Co. v. Image Tech. Servs., Inc., 504 U.S. 451, 466–67 (1992). But this Court has “repeatedly emphasized the importance of clear rules in antitrust law.” Linkline, 555 U.S. at 452; see also Town of Concord v. Bos. Edison Co., 915 F.2d 17, 22 (1st Cir. 1990) (Breyer, C.J.) (antitrust rules “must be clear enough for lawyers to explain them to clients”). Indeed, courts are “ill suited ‘to act as central planners, identifying the proper price, quantity, and other terms of dealing.’” Linkline, 555 U.S. at 452 (quoting Trinko, 540 U.S. at 408).

CONCLUSION

For all the foregoing reasons, the petition for certiorari should be granted.

[1] Pursuant to Supreme Court Rule 37.6, counsel for amici curiae states that no counsel for a party authored this brief in whole or in part, and no person or entity other than amici curiae or their counsel made a monetary contribution to this brief’s preparation or submission. All parties have received timely notice of the filing of this brief.

[2] Amici submit this brief in their personal capacities and, accordingly, speak only for themselves personally and not for any entity or other person.

[3] Chase Mfg., Inc. v. Johns Manville Corp., 84 F.4th 1157 (10th Cir. 2023), did not rest on converting facially nonexclusive contract language into exclusivity based on speculative third-party “chilling effects.” Rather, the alleged foreclosure there flowed from Johns Manville’s (an entity which owned more than 97% of the relevant market) affirmative threats to cut off distributors that purchased a rival’s product—i.e., an asserted exclusivity policy, not an inference untethered to contractual text.

COMMENTS & STATEMENTS

Former Antitrust Enforcers Letter to Attorney General Pam Bondi on Merger Review Standards for Netflix-Warner Bros

As former federal antitrust enforcers, we have devoted significant portions of our careers to protecting consumers and competition and we continue to support vigorous enforcement. . . .

As former federal antitrust enforcers, we have devoted significant portions of our careers to protecting consumers and competition and we continue to support vigorous enforcement. We are writing to encourage the Department to review the pending Netflix-Warner Bros. merger based on proven standards that evaluate deals based on their impact on consumer welfare, rather than the progressive analytic framework fabricated during the prior administration.

Specifically, we recommend the following:

  • First, we urge DOJ to evaluate the merger under proven criteria, rather than the 2023 Merger Guidelines. Those Guidelines, adopted on a straight partisan vote, minimize, ignore, or dismiss the benefits of merger efficiencies, rely on outdated structural presumptions, and adopt theories of harm unrelated to established indicia of competition. By relying on these Guidelines, the Department would effectively give the prior administration a say in reviewing this deal.
  • Second, based on a wealth of precedent and empirical evidence, we encourage DOJ to recognize that most mergers, particularly vertical mergers, raise no competitive concerns because they are either benign or promote competition. The Netflix-Warner Bros. merger has both vertical and horizontal elements, but the crux of the deal is vertical in nature. There is a very credible argument that the deal strengthens competition by pairing world-class content creation with global distribution, allowing a newly integrated challenger to compete more effectively in a dynamic market.
  • Third, to the extent that DOJ ultimately harbors some competitive concerns, we encourage it to consider negotiating remedies tailored to address those concerns, including the possibility of behavioral remedies, rather than seeking to block the merger outright. Across both the Department and FTC, the Trump Administration has consistently negotiated reasonable remedies that allow otherwise pro-competitive deals to move forward.
  • Fourth, and perhaps most importantly, we encourage DOJ to avoid reliance on speculative theories, such as those based on notions of foreclosure, potential competition, or structural presumptions, all of which were embraced uncritically by the prior administration. If the evidence shows that a merger would harm consumers, it should be modified to address the consumer harm, and only if that is not possible, Merger review, however, should not be used to attack companies or engineer bureaucratic hurdles to economic freedom, progress, and growth, particularly when, as here, a merger would improve the global position of U.S. companies in critical markets.

These principles hold true for any merger that DOJ might review. We describe them more fully below.

A.     In Evaluating the Merger, DOJ Should Rely on Proven Criteria Rather than the 2023 Merger Guidelines

Adopted by a purely partisan vote during the Biden Administration, the 2023 Merger Guidelines seek to rewrite decades of antitrust policy by declaring structural presumptions against mergers that increase market concentration and by downplaying the possibility of merger efficiencies.[1] The Guidelines rely on selective and outdated cases and economic ideas while ignoring decades of economic learning and recent court decisions that reject these flawed theories.[2] The Guidelines also undermine the rule of law by affording the agencies tremendous discretion to pick winners and losers, dictate market structures, and play to favored constituencies. To date, it appears that no court has cited the Guidelines for any of its more aggressive principles.

Instead of relying on the prior administration’s framework, DOJ should evaluate the merger based on the proven bipartisan criteria of how a merger will affect consumer welfare, including prices, output, quality, variety, and innovation. In this case, credible evidence suggests that the Netflix-Warner Bros. merger may increase output by broadening the availability of Warner Bros.’ existing library and by leading to investment in new production facilities; similarly, the merger could lower prices by reducing the need for millions of consumers to subscribe to both Netflix and HBO Max. In any event, the relevant question should be whether or not the merger is likely to harm competition and consumers. DOJ should evaluate the merger based on established antitrust jurisprudence, economic learning, and the facts and circumstances presented, not “progressive” wish lists labeled as Guidelines.

B.     DOJ Should Recognize that Most Mergers, Particularly Vertical Mergers, Either Promote Competition or are Competitively Benign

In 2023, a review of the existing empirical literature found that “There is zero basis to doubt the once-settled wisdom underpinning the basic framework for merger review: mergers can and do advance procompetitive business objectives.”[3] Based on this type of evidence, former Assistant Attorney General for the Antitrust Division Christine Varney declared that “the vast majority of mergers are either procompetitive and enhance consumer welfare or are competitively benign.”[4]

Similarly, both the Department and FTC have recognized that mergers “are one means by which firms can improve their ability to compete.”[5]

In 2018, Makan Delrahim, then Assistant Attorney General for the Antitrust Division, emphasized that “most mergers are pro-competitive, or at least competitively neutral.” Quoting one of his predecessors, he stressed that “mergers are ‘an important and extremely valuable capital market phenomenon, that they are to be in general facilitated, and that it is socially desirable that uncertainty and risk be removed wherever possible to do so, subject, of course, to the very important limitation that where a merger threatens significantly to lessen competition, it should be halted.’”[6] In the same vein, the FTC’s current Chairman, Andrew Ferguson, has stated that mergers “are a critical way in which capital fuels innovation” and that an acquisition, along with new management, “can unleash new vitality, innovation, and growth.”[7]

In particular, courts have consistently recognized that vertical mergers characteristically promote competition. In FTC v. Microsoft, for example, the court stated that “many vertical mergers create vertical integration efficiencies between purchasers and sellers,” that “vertical integration creates efficiencies for consumers,” and that “Vertical integration is ubiquitous in our economy and virtually never poses a threat to competition when undertaken unilaterally and in competitive markets.”[8] This finding is consistent with the economic literature, which recognizes the efficiencies and welfare-enhancing benefits that tend to be associated with vertical acquisitions.[9]

Although this merger includes both horizontal and vertical elements, the core of the merger is vertical in nature: it will allow Netflix to distribute Warner Bros.’ existing properties to millions of new customers.

C.      If Necessary, DOJ Should Consider the Use of Tailored Remedies

To the extent that the Department ultimately harbors some competitive concerns about the merger, we encourage DOJ to negotiate tailored remedies, including the possibility of behavioral remedies, to resolve those concerns, rather than seek to block the merger outright. Across both the Department and FTC, the Trump Administration has consistently negotiated reasonable remedies that allow otherwise pro-competitive deals to move forward. For example, in Microsoft-Activision Blizzard, Omnicom-Interpublic, and Keysight Technologies-Spirent, the antitrust agencies worked closely with the merging companies to resolve their concerns, all mergers that benefited consumers and that allowed U.S. companies to improve their global competitiveness. In contrast, when the antitrust agencies fully block mergers rather than address specific concerns with tailored remedies, the agencies often reduce competition, harm consumers, and degrade the U.S. economy. For instance, the antitrust agencies’ inflexibility resulted in bankruptcies and lost jobs in both the failed Amazon-iRobot and Jet Blue-Spirit mergers. In this merger, and similar to the deals approved in Microsoft-Activision Blizzard and Amgen-Horizon Therapeutics, Netflix has already committed to licensing Warner Bros.’ properties to other platforms.

D.     DOJ Should Avoid Speculative Theories, Particularly When a Merger Would Improve the Global Position of U.S. Companies in Critical Markets

The prior administration consistently embraced speculative theories, such as those based on notions of foreclosure, potential competition, or structural presumptions, to block mergers that would have enhanced competition. The list is long: Nvidia-Arm, Lockheed-Aerojet, Meta-Within, Illumina-Grail, Amazon-iRobot, and Microsoft-Activision Blizzard. These were all mergers with vertical components that, if consummated, would have enhanced competition and improved the global position of U.S. companies in various critical markets, including chip design, rocket motors for missiles, robotics, the metaverse, cancer treatments, and the gaming industry. In other words, during the prior administration, merger review often reached a point where the antitrust agencies were pursuing speculative theories in ways that undermined our national interests in globally competitive markets.

To be clear, antitrust agencies should examine mergers. After all, antitrust law protects competition and consumers, not companies seeking to merge, nor their competitors. Our laws do not and should not give preferential treatment aimed at promoting “national champions.” If the evidence shows that a merger likely would harm consumers, it should be modified to address the consumer harm, and only if that is not possible, blocked. Merger enforcement, however, should never be used to attack companies, pick winners and losers, or engineer bureaucratic hurdles to economic freedom, progress, and growth, particularly when a merger would improve the global position of U.S. companies in critical markets.

The proposed Netflix–Warner Bros. merger holds the potential to enhance competition, as well as to improve the global competitiveness of U.S. companies in the entertainment sector.[10]

[1] U.S. Chamber, The Final Merger Guidelines: A Nightmare Before Christmas? (Dec. 19, 2023), https://www.uschamber.com/antitrust/the-final-merger-guidelines-a-nightmare-before-christmas.

[2] Jason Furman and Carl Shapiro, How Biden Can Get Antitrust Right, WSJ (July 27, 2023), https://www.wsj.com/opinion/how-biden-can-get-antitrust-right-khan-ftc-justice-department-guidelines-11364639.

[3] U.S. Chamber, Evidence of Efficiencies in Consummated Mergers (June 1, 2023), at https://www.uschamber.com/assets/documents/20230601-Merger-Efficiencies-White-Paper.pdf.

[4] Statement of Ass’t Att’y Gen. Christine Varney, Merger Guidelines Workshops, Third Annual Georgetown Law Global Antitrust Enforcement Symposium (Sept. 22, 2009).

[5] OECD, Conglomerate Effects of Mergers – Note by the United States to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (June 4, 2020) at 5, https://www.ftc.gov/system/files/attachments/us-submissions-oecd-2010-present-other-international-competition-fora/oecd-conglomerate_mergers_us_submission.pdf.

[6] Delrahim, Remarks at the 2018 Global Antitrust Enforcement Symposium (Sept. 25, 2018) (quoting William Baxter), https://www.justice.gov/archives/opa/speech/assistant-attorney-general-makan-delrahim-delivers-remarks-2018-global-antitrust.

[7] Statement of Chairman Ferguson, Joined by Commissioners Holyoak and Meador, In the Matter of Synopsys, Inc. / Ansys, Inc. (May 28, 2025), https://www.ftc.gov/system/files/ftc_gov/pdf/synopsys-ansys-ferguson-statement-joined-by-holyoak-meador.pdf.

[8] FTC. v. Microsoft Corp., No.23-cv-2880-JSC, 2023 WL 4443412 (N.D. Cal. Jul. 10, 2023) (citations omitted).

[9] See, e.g., Francine Lafontaine & Margaret Slade, Vertical Integration and Firm Boundaries: The Evidence, 45 J. ECON. LIT. 629, 677 (2007) (“In spite of the lack of unified theory, over all a fairly clear empirical picture emerges. The data appear to be telling us that efficiency considerations overwhelm anticompetitive motives in most contexts. Furthermore, even when we limit attention to natural monopolies or tight oligopolies, the evidence of anticompetitive harm is not strong.”).

[10] See Asheesh Agarwal, Netflix-Warner Bros. Merger Will Enhance America’s Global Influence, Townhall (Jan. 29, 2026), https://townhall.com/columnists/asheeshagarwal/2026/01/29/netflixwarner-bros-merger-will-enhance-americas-global-influence-n2670259.

ICLE Comments on Amendments to Vietnam Law No. 23/2018/QH14

I. Introduction The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) welcomes the opportunity to comment on the public consultation initiated by the Ministry of Industry . . .

I. Introduction

The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) welcomes the opportunity to comment on the public consultation initiated by the Ministry of Industry and Trade (MOIT) of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam on proposed amendments to Law No. 23/2018/QH14 of June 12, 2018, on Competition (Competition Law).[1] Vietnam has emerged as one of Southeast Asia’s most dynamic and fast-growing digital economies, supported by a regulatory approach that has balanced legal certainty with the flexibility needed for technological experimentation.[2]

The current drafting process, informed by Resolutions No. 57-NQ/TW and No. 68-NQ/TW, aims to strengthen the legal framework for the digital economy. The proposed introduction of prescriptive, ex ante prohibitions targeting digital platforms in Article 27 nonetheless risks reversing this successful trajectory. These provisions draw heavily on regulatory models from the European Union and the United Kingdom that have already produced significant shortcomings and unintended consequences.[3]

The proposed amendments focus on what MOIT characterizes as the abuse of dominant or monopolistic positions by digital platforms.[4] This approach assumes that existing competition law cannot adequately address features of digital markets, such as network effects and data advantages, or that these features inherently signal competitive harm rather than efficient competition. A law & economics perspective points in the opposite direction. Digital markets typically exhibit dynamic rivalry, in which firms compete to displace one another through innovation rather than merely to protect static market positions. As explained below, prohibitions on practices such as self-preferencing, tying, and mandated data access are likely to reduce consumer welfare, deter innovation, and weaken the security of Vietnamese users.

II. Ex Ante Platform Regulation Conflicts with Vietnam’s Dynamic Market Reality

The Party’s guidance on lawmaking, particularly Resolution No. 66-NQ/TW on reforming legislation to meet national development needs, emphasizes that legal frameworks must closely reflect real-world conditions and remain grounded in Vietnam’s specific economic and institutional context.[5] The MOIT’s proposal nonetheless closely tracks the European Union’s Digital Markets Act (DMA) and the United Kingdom’s Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act (DMCCA). These regimes mark a decisive departure from effects-based competition analysis focused on consumer welfare toward a more formalistic, “fairness”-oriented approach that prioritizes the protection of competitors over the competitive process itself. They also reflect political, institutional, and geopolitical priorities specific to the EU and the UK—rather than neutral economic principles—that Vietnam may not share and need not import.

Claims that digital markets require ex ante intervention rest on a static view of competition. Conventional antitrust analysis often treats stable market shares as evidence of durable market power. In digital ecosystems, however, stable shares more often reflect the temporary rewards of successful innovation than insulation from competitive pressure.[6] The constant risk of displacement by superior technologies or business models pushes even leading firms to invest continuously in research and development. Prescriptive and rigid rules in such environments risk locking business models in place and suppressing the dynamic rivalry that enables new entrants to challenge incumbents.

The MOIT’s emphasis on the “intermediary” role of digital platforms further signals concern about so-called bottleneck or gatekeeper power.[7] This framing overlooks the “Host’s Dilemma,” under which platforms must strike a careful balance between openness to third-party complementors and sufficient control to preserve security, quality, and commercial viability. When platforms succeed by offering integrated features, user demand typically reflects that success. Mandated unbundling or enforced neutrality may therefore compel firms with strategic market positions to degrade valued products and services, ultimately harming the consumers the regulation seeks to protect.

III. Self-Preferencing Is Not Presumptively Anticompetitive

Article 27(2)(a) of the MOIT’s proposal would prohibit “self-preferential treatment,” under which a platform prioritizes its own products or services through rankings, algorithms, or technical design choices.[8]  Framed this way, the proposal effectively adopts what ICLE scholars describe as a vertical-discrimination presumption—the view that vertical integration, or closely related conduct, is inherently suspect and presumptively anticompetitive absent compelling justification.[9]

This presumption conflicts with established insights from industrial organization economics. Firms often engage in vertical integration and related forms of self-preferencing to improve efficiency, reduce transaction costs, enhance product quality, enable new functionality, or support cross-subsidies that expand output. Self-preferencing can, in limited circumstances, raise competitive concerns. A categorical prohibition, by contrast, would likely condemn a broad range of conduct that benefits consumers, while doing little to address the narrower set of practices that could plausibly increase quality-adjusted prices or deter innovation.

A. The Host’s Dilemma and Dynamic Platform Design

Much of the intuition behind self-preferencing bans reflects what Jonathan Barnett describes as the “host’s dilemma.”[10] Complementors may grow dependent on a platform’s rules, distribution, and ranking systems, while the platform retains discretion to redesign its environment in ways that favor its own offerings. This dynamic is not unique to digital markets. It arises whenever firms invest under uncertainty, particularly when those investments tie closely to a specific relationship or distribution channel. Transaction-cost economics describes this condition as asset specificity: when investments carry greater value within a particular relationship than outside it, the risk of opportunism rises and governance mechanisms—such as contracts, integration, reputational constraints, or tailored rules—play a central role.[11]

Firms often manage these risks through contracts. In more arm’s-length relationships—e.g., a website that optimizes for search traffic—parties may not negotiate bespoke terms that guarantee stable rankings or interfaces. In those settings, the relevant baseline is not a right to neutrality but an expectation that platform design will evolve over time. Blanket non-discrimination mandates that freeze platform design to protect complementors can introduce their own distortions, including encouraging inefficient overinvestment in business models tailored to static platform rules, rather than to consumer value.[12]

Self-preferencing also commonly reflects standard integration and product-design choices. Coordinating complementary services within a single technical stack can reduce latency, improve reliability, and enable features that loose interoperability cannot easily deliver.[13] In cloud and data-intensive environments, performance often depends on data locality and tightly coupled scheduling. Rules that require “neutrality” by restricting integration can therefore degrade service quality and increase costs.[14] The central point is not that every integration choice is harmless, but that many reflect product improvements and cost reductions that competition policy should hesitate to prohibit categorically.

B. Self-Preferencing Frequently Benefits Consumers

Claims that self-preferencing is typically harmful find little support in the empirical literature. Across a range of platform settings, downstream entry or preferential placement of first-party offerings often coincides with market expansion, greater user awareness, and increased innovation by complementors—outcomes that conflict with a presumption of systematic foreclosure.

Empirical studies illustrate this pattern. Zhuoxin Li and Ashish Agarwal find that Facebook’s integration of Instagram increased demand not only for Instagram itself, but also for photography apps more broadly.[15] The integration raised awareness and expanded the market in ways that benefited independent developers alongside the platform owner. Jens Foerderer et al. similarly show that Google’s entry into photography apps with Google Photos on Android increased user attention and overall demand for photography apps, followed by greater complementor innovation and entry into adjacent categories.[16] Evidence from video-game console ecosystems points in the same direction: strong first-party titles often expand a platform’s installed base, increasing the potential market for third-party developers even when those developers also compete with first-party games.[17]

More recent experimental evidence from e-commerce reinforces these findings. Chiara Farronato, Andrey Fradkin, and Alexander MacKay conduct a field experiment that hides Amazon-owned private-label brands from shoppers and simulates counterfactual equilibria.[18] In the product categories they study, removing Amazon brands reduces consumer surplus by 5.5% in the short run. Only a small share of that loss reflects higher prices by other sellers; most of the welfare reduction stems from lost variety and diminished consumer valuation of private-label options.[19] Notably, the authors also find that attempts to “correct” potential self-preferencing by demoting private labels in search rankings do not generate consumer-surplus gains.[20]

Taken together, this evidence cautions strongly against treating self-preferencing as presumptively harmful. The empirical record instead shows that welfare effects depend on context and often prove positive—precisely the pattern that supports an effects-based approach, rather than a blanket ban.

C. Scale and Coordination Drive Platform Performance

The MOIT’s focus on platform “operating mechanisms” as a basis for intervention risks confusing sources of consumer value with evidence of competitive harm. Many practices that may appear to be “influence” or “steering” reflect scale economies and coordinated investment—the same efficiencies that vertical integration often delivers. The broader empirical literature on vertical integration consistently shows that integration can reduce transaction costs and improve performance, especially where coordination and quality assurance matter.[21]

These effects carry particular weight in platform markets. Integrated logistics, standardized fulfillment, and unified quality-control systems can produce faster delivery, more reliable service, and lower per-transaction costs at scale. Fragmented providers cannot easily replicate these outcomes without similar coordination.[22] Treating such efficiencies as suspect simply because they disadvantage less efficient rivals risks shifting competition policy toward protecting competitors rather than consumers. A more coherent standard would examine whether a specific practice plausibly raises quality-adjusted prices, reduces output, or forecloses efficient entry. It also would require evidence on those effects before condemning integration or preferential design choices.

IV. Technical Critique of Vietnam’s Proposed Article 27 Amendments

Proposed supplemental Article 27(2) introduces five separate clauses, subparagraphs (a) through (e), to regulate the conduct of dominant digital platforms. Each clause warrants careful scrutiny under the error-cost framework[23] because several risk prohibiting conduct that lacks clear evidence of harm and, in some cases, has demonstrated pro-competitive effects.[24] Where conduct produces ambiguous or context-dependent outcomes, competition law’s case-by-case analysis offers a more reliable and proportionate approach than rigid regulatory mandates.

A. Clause (a): Self-Preferencing Through Ranking, Algorithms, or Technical Specifications

A prohibition on prioritizing a platform’s own products or services through rankings, algorithms, or technical design choices overlooks that product design itself is a central dimension of competition. In digital markets, “self-preferencing” often allows platforms to integrate services in ways that improve performance and usability.[25] E.g., when a search engine displays a map directly in response to a restaurant query, it favors its own mapping service, but it also delivers faster, more useful results than a list of links to third-party sites. Treating such design choices as inherently suspect risks harming consumers by forcing platforms to abandon efficient and value-enhancing product improvements.[26].

The MOIT’s proposal also suggests that self-preferencing through pricing algorithms produces negative competitive effects. The economic literature does not support that conclusion. In a comprehensive review, economists Emilie Feyler and Veronica Postal observe that:

There is no consensus from the economic literature on whether procompetitive benefits or possible anticompetitive considerations prevail in the context of self preferencing algorithms used by digital platforms. Nor is there a consensus on the welfare effects of a policy intervention to correct bias in algorithmic recommendations. Determining the net impact of self-preferencing algorithms on competition and consumer welfare requires individualized analysis accounting for the workings of specific algorithms, competitive context, and market environment.[27]

Vietnam’s proposal further cites “technical specifications” as a potential basis for discriminatory conduct. This approach raises serious risks, as it could compel levels of technical interoperability that undermine system integrity and security.[28] In mobile ecosystems, Apple’s decision to keep iMessage proprietary constitutes a form of self-preferencing, yet it supports a tightly integrated and secure user experience that many consumers deliberately choose over more open alternatives.[29] Mandating access to technical specifications without regard to security, branding, or system design would encourage homogenization and erode the product differentiation that drives competition and innovation.[30]

B. Clause (b): ‘Unreasonable’ Terms and Transaction Conditions

The draft would prohibit platforms from “imposing unreasonable terms and conditions” related to pricing, payment methods, warranties, or other contractual provisions. The concept of “unreasonable” lacks clear economic grounding and introduces significant legal uncertainty for regulated firms. As ICLE has noted in the context of European competition policy, standards based on “fairness” or “reasonableness” resist principled definition and risk functioning as open-ended licenses for discretionary regulatory intervention.[31]

Legal tests built on concepts such as “good faith” or “fair dealing” create persistent uncertainty for market participants. A digital platform that charges a 30% commission to fund app-store security, curation, and infrastructure may view that price as efficient and pro-consumer. A regulator could nonetheless deem it “unreasonable” under an undefined standard. Requiring platforms to defend routine commercial terms against a regulator’s subjective view of fairness would, in effect, transform Vietnam’s competition enforcer into a price-setting authority. That uncertainty would likely deter foreign platforms from introducing new features or business models in Vietnam, given the risk of retrospective findings of “unreasonableness.”

C. Clause (c): Tying and Forced Service Registration

The prohibition on “imposing or forcing users to register, use, or maintain one or more additional services” targets tying and bundling practices.[32] In digital markets, however, firms often compete through bundles, and consumers frequently benefit from integrated offerings that reduce transaction costs and user friction.

The MOIT draft does not distinguish between coercive tying that can foreclose rivals and efficiency-enhancing bundling that benefits consumers. In many settings, integration serves technical and security functions rather than exclusionary aims. For example, allowing third-party applications to run in the background without native mobile operating-system controls can materially reduce battery life and weaken data-privacy protections. Mandating unbundling in such cases would degrade device performance and user experience. ICLE’s research on the U.K. Competition and Markets Authority’s mobile-ecosystem inquiry further indicates that users who remain within bundled ecosystems typically do so because they value the integrated experience, not because platforms lock them in.[33]

D. Clause (d): Multi-Homing and Switching Barriers

The draft seeks to prevent practices that limit business users’ ability to access alternative platforms. Although the MOIT frames this concern in terms of “lock-in,” evidence from global markets shows that multi-homing is the norm rather than the exception. Enterprise customers routinely operate across AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud. Developers commonly build for both iOS and Android.[34]

Tools that facilitate data portability and app switching signal active competition, not monopoly power. Firms with durable market power rarely invest in mechanisms that make exit easier; competitors do. Vietnam should therefore approach interoperability mandates with caution. Requirements that push platforms toward a single, homogenized model risk eliminating the diversity of platform approaches—e.g., Apple’s curated ecosystem alongside Google’s more open model—that gives Vietnamese consumers meaningful choice and drives innovation.

E. Clause (e): Mandatory Data Access and Fees

The final proposed clause addresses refusals to provide, or the imposition of allegedly unreasonable conditions or fees for, access to data generated by business users.[35] This provision raises particularly complex technical issues because it intersects directly with data protection, intellectual-property rights, and cybersecurity.

ICLE’s analysis of the European Union’s Digital Markets Act indicates that mandated data access can function as a persistent “live wire” into user accounts.[36] Continuous or real-time access can allow third parties—including potentially malicious actors—to extract communications, media, or location data without further user involvement.[37] Vietnam’s draft does not include adequate safeguards to prevent these risks in the pursuit of increased “contestability.”

Mandated data sharing can also weaken investment incentives. Platforms invest heavily in collecting, cleaning, and structuring data so it can support secure services and advanced analytics.[38] Broad access obligations risk discouraging these investments by forcing firms to share the results of costly data-preparation efforts without clear limits or compensation

V. The Costs and Risks of Importing Ex Ante Digital Regulation

Vietnam’s proposed amendments align with a broader international shift toward ex ante regulation of digital platforms. The EU’s DMA, the UK’s DMCCA, and Germany’s Section 19a regime illustrate this approach, alongside ongoing legislative efforts or debates in jurisdictions such as India, South Korea, Japan, and Brazil.[39]

These frameworks often appear as “best practices” or evidence of global convergence on digital regulation. Closer examination of their implementation, however, reveals significant economic risks, unmet policy objectives, and material geopolitical implications. By adopting this model, Vietnam risks importing an untested and highly contested regulatory framework that may shield less efficient competitors, rather than target demonstrable consumer harm or well-defined market failures.

A. Geopolitical Risks of Targeting Global Digital Platforms

Digital platform regulations, even when not designed to do so, tend to fall disproportionately on U.S.-based companies and therefore carry meaningful geopolitical risk. Critics have characterized the DMA as a politicized instrument—even as a “non-tariff attack,”[40] aimed at constraining U.S. technological leadership.[41] Of the seven gatekeepers designated by the European Commission, five are U.S. companies: Alphabet, Amazon, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft.[42] Regardless of intent, ex ante digital regulation in practice places the greatest compliance burdens on American firms, creating nontrivial geopolitical exposure.

The geopolitical context has shifted sharply following policy changes adopted by the Trump administration in 2025. The U.S. government no longer treats foreign digital regulations as purely domestic policy choices. It now frames them as discriminatory measures—described as “unfair taxes” or “overseas extortion”—directed at U.S. companies. In February 2025, President Donald Trump signed an executive order directing the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative to continue investigations into digital services taxes and to consider responsive measures, including tariffs, against foreign penalties or regulatory actions deemed discriminatory or disproportionate.[43]

Senior U.S. officials have reinforced this stance. Vice President J.D. Vance has publicly warned U.S. allies against expansive regulation of artificial intelligence and digital platforms, explicitly criticizing the DMA, the Digital Services Act (DSA), and the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). Speaking at the AI Action Summit in Paris in February 2025, Vance described European-style digital regulation as an innovation deterrent that the United States would not accept.[44]

These geopolitical risks are no longer theoretical. In December 2025, Secretary of State Marco Rubio announced visa restrictions on five European individuals, including a former EU commissioner, whom the U.S. State Department linked to the development and enforcement of the DSA.[45] Rubio described the targeted officials as “agents of the global censorship-industrial complex” who had pressured U.S. platforms and harmed American firms. Whatever the merits of this action, it signals a U.S. willingness to respond not only through trade measures but also by imposing personal consequences on foreign regulators associated with laws perceived as adverse to U.S. interests.

Basic law & economics principles counsel that regulation is justified only when expected benefits exceed expected costs. In the current geopolitical environment—especially given the more confrontational posture of the U.S. administration—these macroeconomic and diplomatic risks warrant careful consideration in any serious cost–benefit assessment of Vietnam’s proposed digital competition amendments.

B. Regulatory Drag and the EU’s Digital Productivity Gap

The Draghi Report observes that “the productivity gap between the U.S. and the EU is largely explained by the tech sector.”[46] The United States has fostered an environment of permissionless innovation, while Europe has layered on dense regulatory constraints.[47] The outcome is visible: Europe has produced no counterparts to Google, Apple, or Amazon.

The Digital Markets Act has also reshaped products in ways that reduce consumer welfare. To comply with the DMA, Google altered the integration of Google Maps into Google Search in the EU. European users now see a static thumbnail with limited functionality rather than a fully interactive map, creating a slower and more fragmented experience that requires additional, unintuitive steps to complete routine tasks.[48] The same negative effect is visible regarding search results for flights and hotels, where additional, counter-intuitive steps were added due to DMA’s prohibition of “self—preferencing.” Similar degradation appears in flight and hotel search results, where the DMA’s restrictions on self-preferencing have reduced integration and usability.[49]

Regulatory uncertainty under the DMA has also delayed the rollout of advanced AI features in Europe and imposed what functions as an “innovation tax” on designated gatekeepers. When firms face unpredictable compliance obligations and potential fines tied to global turnover, they rationally delay, narrow, or geo-fence product launches. This “regulatory chill” lowers the expected value of experimentation and raises the option value of waiting. The practical cost of regulation thus extends beyond compliance spending to include foregone or postponed product improvements for local users.

Recent examples illustrate this pattern. Apple paused the release of Apple Intelligence in the EU amid concerns that DMA interoperability requirements could force design changes that weaken device security.[50] Meta delayed the launch of Threads in the EU for several months, citing uncertainty over DMA limits on combining user data across services such as Instagram and Threads, and redesigned the product to comply.[51] Google has similarly reported that DMA-related reengineering and documentation burdens can delay EU launches—particularly AI-driven search features and integrated modules—by up to a year.[52] These delays reinforce a broader pattern of digital lag in Europe relative to markets such as the United States.

Vietnam’s digital transformation depends on rapid adoption and deployment of advanced technologies developed worldwide. Prescriptive rules that degrade consumer experience, lock business models in place, and deter experimentation would slow that transformation. Countries seeking sustained economic growth should avoid regulatory approaches that substitute rigidity for innovation and evidence-based competition policy.

C. Lessons from the UK’s DMCC

Observers sometimes describe the U.K.’s Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act (DMCC) as a more flexible form of ex ante regulation.[53] The U.K.’s experience in 2025 nonetheless highlights the political and institutional instability that discretionary regimes can create.[54]

In response to economic stagnation, the U.K. government applied sustained political pressure on regulators to adopt an explicit “pro-growth” mandate. Prime Minister Keir Starmer publicly emphasized that regulators must place economic growth at the center of their decision-making,[55] and the government required agencies to commit to measurable actions that support business confidence and investment.[56] In parallel, the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) introduced a package of institutional and procedural reforms—branded as the “4 Ps” of pace, predictability, proportionality, and process. These reforms included changes to merger-review timelines, clearer jurisdictional thresholds, and a new mergers charter designed to align regulatory practice with the government’s growth objectives.[57]

The government’s strategic guidance also stressed accountability, predictability, and collaboration with industry, and urged regulators to exercise new DMCC powers with “particular care,” especially in fast-moving technology markets. This episode shows that even in the United Kingdom—a jurisdiction with relatively strong legal and administrative institutions—ex ante digital regimes remain politically fragile and subject to rapid recalibration.

Vietnam’s institutional environment is less insulated from these pressures. Broad, discretionary platform rules therefore carry a heightened risk of unintended consequences, including innovation drag, rising compliance costs, weaker consumer outcomes, and slower productivity growth. Regulatory modesty—through narrowly tailored, evidence-based intervention—offers a more durable and prudent path than ambitious, early-stage, and untested regulatory frameworks.

VI. The Risks of Imposing a De Facto Duty to Deal in Data

The MOIT proposal would prohibit dominant digital platforms from “abusing business user data,” including by “refusing to provide or imposing unreasonable conditions or fees” on access to data generated through legitimate business activities on the platform. As discussed in Section IV.B, this provision grants Vietnam’s competition authority broad remedial discretion. Enforcement could therefore result in mandatory data sharing or interoperability obligations that risk harming consumers rather than promoting competition.[58]

The proposal also creates a serious risk of regulatory overlap with the Law on Digital Transformation (LODT).[59] The LODT establishes a sector-specific framework for regulating digital platforms, including rules governing data access and portability for designated “dominant platforms.”[60] If MOIT adopts the proposed amendments, platforms could face parallel investigations and sanctions for the same conduct under two separate legal regimes administered by different authorities. As Giuseppe Colangelo has explained in the context of the DMA, overlapping enforcement without clear boundaries breeds fragmentation and legal uncertainty.[61] When a specialized regime already governs conduct such as data access, layering competition-law remedies on top undermines the coherence and effectiveness of that framework.

This duplication creates more than procedural inefficiency. It imposes substantive compliance burdens that can chill investment and innovation. A platform could comply fully with the LODT’s data-access requirements and still face competition-law liability for allegedly “unreasonable” conditions under the Competition Law. That regulatory fog makes compliance unpredictable and deters long-term investment. MOIT should therefore remove these platform-specific data provisions and rely on existing competition-law tools to address demonstrable exclusionary conduct on a case-by-case basis. Policymakers should also subject the LODT’s data-access provisions to a regulatory impact assessment after implementation.[62]

The proposed amendments also risk imposing a de facto duty to deal in data, premised on the assumption that data generated on a platform functions as a public good, rather than as a proprietary asset created through substantial investment. In practice, the value of business-user data often derives from a platform’s aggregation, analytics, and security capabilities. Mandating access to data “generated from business activities” raises fundamental questions about ownership and scope.[63] E.g., when a user enters payment information for an in-app purchase, that data reflects the platform’s payment infrastructure as much as the developer’s activity.

Forcing platforms to share such data for free or under regulated “reasonable” fees would institutionalize free riding. Business users would have incentives to rely on the platform’s infrastructure instead of investing in their own data capabilities.[64] Platforms, in turn, would reduce investment in data collection, cleaning, and security if competitors can immediately appropriate the results. That outcome would undermine innovation and conflict with Vietnam’s broader digital-transformation goals.

The vague prohibition on “unreasonable conditions” also threatens privacy and cybersecurity. Platforms often restrict third-party data access to protect users and preserve system integrity. Broad access mandates—backed by antitrust liability—expand attack surfaces and create new risks. Strong privacy and security protections represent valued product features,[65] not pretexts for exclusion.[66] Forcing platforms to interoperate with numerous third parties that lack robust safeguards increases the likelihood of breaches and system failures.[67]

Recent experience illustrates these risks. In July 2024, a faulty software update from CrowdStrike triggered one of the largest Windows outages on record, disrupting airports, hospitals, and other critical services worldwide.[68] That incident followed longstanding European Commission requirements that Microsoft grant third-party security vendors privileged system access. Competition intervention increased supplier access, but it also amplified systemic risk. By contrast, Apple limits kernel access precisely to preserve security and reliability. Vietnam should approach data-access mandates with similar caution, particularly where consumer trust, privacy, and cybersecurity are at stake.[69]

VII. Conclusion: Innovation-Friendly Competition Policy for Vietnam

Vietnam has strong reasons to foster its digital economy through targeted and agile measures rather than by importing an untested regulatory model whose costs already appear in other jurisdictions. The Law on Digital Transformation and proposed amendments to the Competition Law should place consumer welfare and innovation ahead of concerns about redistributing profits among competitors.

Vietnam should therefore maintain an effects-based competition policy grounded in the following principles:

  • Prioritize Consumer Welfare: Distinguish conduct that disadvantages rivals because of superior products from conduct that harms consumers by restricting choice or raising quality-adjusted prices.
  • Respect Platform Autonomy: Recognize that firms design their platforms and face the strongest incentives to deliver services that users value.
  • Adopt Evidence-Based Standards: Avoid vague concepts such as “unreasonable” or “fair.” Base enforcement on economic analysis, empirical evidence, and industry-specific conditions.
  • Favor Light-Touch Remedies: Prefer targeted cease-and-desist orders over prescriptive mandates that force product redesign and risk stifling innovation.
  • Protect Privacy and Security: Ensure that competition interventions do not weaken data protection or create new “live wire” vulnerabilities for users.

Regulation should remain a measure of last resort, applied only where markets demonstrably fail. By maintaining a clear, predictable, and proportionate regulatory framework, Vietnam can continue to attract investment and promote dynamic competition that supports long-term growth and digital transformation. This approach reflects not only sound economics but also strategic foresight: innovation flourishes where rules provide clarity and restraint, not where regulation becomes a blunt tool for market engineering.

[1] Ministry of Industry & Trade (Viet.), Policy Dossier for the Draft Law Amending and Supplementing Several Articles of Law No. 23/2018/QH14 of June 12, 2018, on Competition (Competition Law) (Jan. 21, 2026), https://moit.gov.vn/du-thao-van-ban/ho-so-chinh-sach-du-an-luat-sua-du-an-luat-sua-doi-bo-sung-mot-so-dieu-cua-luat-thuong-mai-luat-canh-tranh-luat-quan-ly-.html [hereinafter “Public Consultation”]. Our comments were based primarily on the proposed statutory text available in the Download section, File No. 5, of the above link for the Public Consultation.

[2] Lazar Radic, Comments of the International Center for Law & Economics: Vietnam’s Draft Law on Digital Transformation—A Road to Hell Paved with Good Intentions, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (Oct. 20, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Vietnam-open-letter.pdf.

[3] Id.

[4] Public Consultation, supra note 1.

[5] To Lam, Institutional and Legal Breakthroughs Are Needed for the Country to Thrive, Viet Bao (May 4, 2025), https://vietbao.vn/en/tong-bi-thu-to-lam-dot-pha-the-che-phap-luat-de-dat-nuoc-vuon-minh-540884.html.

[6] See generally Nicolas Petit, Big Tech and the Digital Economy: The Moligopoly Scenario (2020).

[7] These concepts originate from European-style regulation (e.g., the Digital Markets Act). See Giuseppe Colangelo, DMA Begins, 11 J. Antitrust Enf’t 116 (2023).

[8] Public Consultation, supra note 1.

[9] Geoffrey A. Manne, Against the Vertical Discrimination Presumption, Concurrences No. 2-2020, art. no. 94267 (May 1, 2020).

[10] Jonathan M. Barnett, The Host’s Dilemma: Strategic Forfeiture in Platform Markets for Informational Goods, 124 Harv. L. Rev. 1861 (2011).

[11] Oliver E. Williamson, Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations, 22 J.L. & Econ. 233 (1979).

[12] See, e.g., Manne, supra note 9.

[13] Brian Albrecht & Geoffrey A. Manne, Self-Preferencing Isn’t a Sin. It’s Often the Way Competition Works., Truth on the Market (Aug. 20, 2025).

[14] Id.

[15] Zhuoxin Li & Ashish Agarwal, Platform Integration and Demand Spillovers in Complementary Markets: Evidence from Facebook’s Integration of Instagram, 63 Mgmt. Sci. 3438 (2017).

[16] Jens Foerderer et al., Does Platform Owner’s Entry Crowd Out Innovation? Evidence from Google Photos, 29 Info. Sys. Res. 444 (2018).

[17] Carmelo Cennamo, Hakan Ozalp & Tobias Kretschmer, Platform Architecture and Quality Trade-offs of Multihoming Complements, 29 Info. Sys. Res. 461 (2018).

[18] Chiara Farronato, Andrey Fradkin & Alexander MacKay, Vertical Integration and Consumer Choice: Evidence from a Field Experiment, Nat’l Bureau of Econ. Research Working Paper No. 34135 (Aug. 2025).

[19] Id.

[20] Id.

[21] Francine Lafontaine & Margaret Slade, Vertical Integration and Firm Boundaries: The Evidence, 45 J. Econ. Literature 629 (2007).

[22] See, e.g., Sam Bowman & Geoffrey A. Manne, Platform Self-Preferencing Can Be Good for Consumers and Even Competitors, Truth on the Market (Mar. 4, 2021).

[23] “The objective of the error-cost framework is to ensure that regulatory rules, enforcement decisions, and judicial outcomes minimize the expected cost of (1) erroneous condemnation and deterrence of beneficial conduct (‘false positives,’ or ‘Type I errors’); (2) erroneous allowance and under-deterrence of harmful conduct (‘false negatives,’ or ‘Type II errors’); and (3) the costs of administering the system (including the cost of making and enforcing rules and judicial decisions, the costs of obtaining and evaluating information and evidence relevant to decision-making, and the costs of compliance).” Geoffrey A. Manne, Error Costs in Digital Markets, in The GAI Report on the Digital Economy 34 (2020).

[24] See, infra, Section III.B. Most practices the proposal would ban are vertical restraints—agreements or other constraints between firms at different levels of the production chain—and therefore warrant analysis under a rule-of-reason framework. See Jonathan Barnett, Does the European Union’s Digital Markets Act Provide an Appropriate Model for Maintaining Competition in California’s Innovation Economy? 15 (report commissioned by the Chamber of Progress, Dec. 2023), http://www.clrc.ca.gov/pub/2024/MM24-05.pdf.

[25] Manne, supra note 23, at 38-39.

[26] See, infra, Section VI regarding Google’s downstream effects on users following implementation of the DMA’s prohibition on self-preferencing.

[27] Emilie Feyler & Veronica Postal, Can Self-Preferencing Algorithms Be Pro-Competitive?, CPI Antitrust Chron. 5 (June 2023), https://www.competitionpolicyinternational.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/5-can-selfpreferencing-algorithms-be-pro-competitive-emilie-feyler-veronica-postal.pdf.

[28] Miko?aj Barczentewicz, The Digital Markets Act Shouldn’t Mandate Radical Interoperability, Truth on the Market (May 19, 2021), https://truthonthemarket.com/2021/05/19/the-digital-markets-act-shouldnt-mandate-radical-interoperability.

[29] Geoffrey A. Manne, Dirk Auer & Mário A. Zuñiga, Comments of the International Center for Law & Economics on CMA’s Proposal to Designate Apple and Google with Strategic Market Status, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (Aug. 20, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/icle-comments-to-uk-cma-on-sms-designations-for-mobile-ecosystems.

[30] Id.

[31] Giuseppe Colangelo, Fairness and Ambiguity in EU Competition Policy, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (ICLE White Paper No. 2023-02-15), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/fairness-and-ambiguity-in-eu-competition-policy.

[32] Public Consultation, supra note 1.

[33] Geoffrey A. Manne, Dirk Auer & Mário A. Zuñiga, Comments of the International Center for Law & Economics on CMA’s Proposal to Designate Apple and Google with Strategic Market Status, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (Aug. 20, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/icle-comments-to-uk-cma-on-sms-designations-for-mobile-ecosystems.

[34] Sami Hyrynsalmi, Arho Suominen & Matti Mäntymäki, The Influence of Developer Multi-Homing on Competition Between Software Ecosystems, 111 J. Syst. Softw. 119 (2016).

[35] Public Consultation, supra note 1.

[36] Miko?aj Barczentewicz, ICLE Comments on the Interplay Between DMA and GDPR, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (Dec. 4, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/icle-comments-on-the-interplay-between-dma-and-gdpr.

[37] Id.

[38] Nathalie Jorzik, Paula J. Kirchhof & Frank Mueller-Langer, Industrial Data Sharing and Data Readiness: A Law and Economics Perspective, 57 Eur. J. L. & Econ. 181 (2024).

[39] Geoffrey A. Manne et al., ICLE Comments to the U.K. Competition & Markets Authority on SMS Designations for Mobile Ecosystems, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (Aug. 20, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/icle-comments-to-uk-cma-on-sms-designations-for-mobile-ecosystems.

[40] Robert D. Atkinson, Letter to the Trump Administration Regarding Non-Tariff Attacks on U.S. Tech Firms and Industries, Info. Tech. & Innovation Found. (July 2, 2025), https://itif.org/publications/2025/07/02/letter-regarding-non-tariff-attacks-on-ustech-firms-and-industries.

[41] Miko?aj Barczentewicz, The Digital Markets Act as an EU Digital Tax: When Compliance Costs Dwarf Regulatory Estimates, Truth on the Market (July 8, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/the-digital-markets-act-as-an-eu-digital-tax-whencompliance-costs-dwarf-regulatory-estimates.

[42] European Comm’n, Gatekeepers, https://digital-markets-act.ec.europa.eu/gatekeepers_en (last visited Jan. 27, 2026).

[43] The White House, Defending American Companies and Innovators from Overseas Extortion and Unfair Fines and Penalties, Presidential Actions (Feb. 21, 2025), https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/02/defending-american-companies-and-innovators-from-overseas-extortion-and-unfair-fines-and-penalties.

[44] Siladitya Ray, JD Vance Knocks EU’s Regulation of U.S. Tech Giants: “America Cannot Accept That”, Forbes (Feb. 11, 2025), https://www.forbes.com/sites/siladityaray/2025/02/11/jd-vance-knocks-eus-regulation-of-us-tech-giants-america-cannot-accept-that.

[45] Kim Marcrael, U.S. Sanctions Former EU Official Over Digital-Content Law, Wall St. J. (Dec. 24, 2025), https://www.wsj.com/world/europe/u-s-sanctions-former-eu-official-over-digital-content-law-c41f574c.

[46] Mario Draghi, The Future of European Competitiveness – Part A: A Competitiveness Strategy for Europe 5 (European Comm’n Sept. 2024), https://commission.europa.eu/document/download/97e481fd-2dc3-412d-be4c-f152a8232961_en?filename=The%20future%20of%20European%20competitiveness%20_%20A%20competitiveness%20strategy%20for%20Europe.pdf.

[47] Id. at 6 (“The problem is not that Europe lacks ideas or ambition. We have many talented researchers and entrepreneurs filing patents. But innovation is blocked at the next stage: we are failing to translate innovation into commercialisation, and innovative companies that want to scale up in Europe are hindered at every stage by inconsistent and restrictive regulations”).

[48] Impact of the Digital Markets Act (DMA) on Consumers Across the European Union: Results from a Survey with 5,000 Consumers, Nextrade Grp. (Sept. 2025), https://www.nextradegroupllc.com/impact-of-the-dma-on-eu-consumers.

[49] Id.

[50] Akshaya Asokan, Apple to Delay AI Rollout in Europe, BankInfoSecurity (June 21, 2024).

[51] Egl? Markevi?i?t?, Consumer Waiting Game: Why Do Tech Products Launch Later in Europe?, Euronews (Sept. 26, 2025), https://www.euronews.com/next/2025/09/26/consumer-waiting-game-why-do-tech-products-launch-later-in-europe.

[52] Cynthia Kroet, Google’s AI Feature on Hold in Most EU Member States Due to “Strict Rules”, Euronews (Apr. 1, 2025), https://www.euronews.com/next/2025/04/01/googles-ai-feature-on-hold-in-most-eu-member-states-due-to-strict-rules.

[53] Mario Zúñiga, Parsing Brazil’s ‘More Flexible’ Approach to Digital Markets, Truth on the Market (Feb. 5, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/02/05/parsing-brazils-more-flexible-approach-to-digital-markets.

[54] Dario Oliveira Neto, Lessons from the UK for Brazil’s Digital Market Strategy, Truth on the Market (July 22, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/07/22/lessons-from-the-uk-for-brazils-digital-market-strategy.

[55] Alistair Smout, UK Pledges Regulatory Overhaul to Try to Win Over Investors, Reuters (Oct. 14, 2024), https://www.reuters.com/world/uk/uk-promises-regulation-overhaul-bid-court-wary-investors-2024-10-13.

[56] HM Treasury, New Approach to Ensure Regulators and Regulation Support Growth (Oct. 22, 2025), https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/a-new-approach-to-ensure-regulators-and-regulation-support-growth/new-approach-to-ensure-regulators-and-regulation-support-growth-html.

[57] Id.

[58] See Competition Law ch. IX, art. 110(4).

[59] Law No. 148/2025/QH15 (Dec. 11, 2025) (Viet.) (effective July 1, 2026).

[60] See Huu Tuan Nguyen & Alex Do, Vietnam’s Draft Digital Transformation Law Proposes “Far-Reaching” Paradigm for Digital Platforms, IAPP (Sept. 17, 2025), https://connectontech.bakermckenzie.com/vietnam-vietnams-draft-digital-transformation-law-proposes-far-reaching-paradigm-for-digital-platforms; see also Lazar Radic, ICLE Comments on Vietnam’s Law on Digital Transformation, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (Oct. 20, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/icle-comments-on-vietnams-digital-transformation-bill.

[61] Giuseppe Colangelo, The Digital Markets Act and EU Antitrust Enforcement: Double & Triple Jeopardy, ICLE White Paper (Mar 23, 2022), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/the-digital-markets-act-and-eu-antitrust-enforcement-double-triple-jeopardy

[62] Ongoing monitoring and evaluation are core regulatory best practices. They improve regulatory quality and provide an essential check on the exercise of regulatory power. See OECD, Regulatory Impact Assessment 29 (2020), https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2020/02/regulatory-impact-assessment_0bf78a03/7a9638cb-en.pdf.

[63] See Geoffrey A. Manne & Dirk Auer, Antitrust Dystopia and Antitrust Nostalgia: Alarmist Theories of Harm in Digital Markets and Their Origins, 28 Geo. Mason L. Rev. 1279, 1351 (2021). (“The challenge for firms in data-reliant industries is multidimensional. Not only must they acquire data (and this is not merely a matter of ‘data network effects’), but just as importantly they must also develop the expertise to analyze this data, draw useful insights from it, and turn these insights into successful products. In doing so, acquiring the right data and getting the best out of a firm’s engineers is at least as important as controlling a large amount of data or engineering expertise… Under this light, the resounding success of certain technology platforms appears to be down to their respective ‘dynamic capabilities’ rather than the operation of positive feedback loops.”)

[64] Brian Albrecht & Dirk Auer, Free Riding in Mobile Ecosystems, Int’l Ctr. for L. & Econ. (Dec. 2, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/free-riding-in-mobile-ecosystems.

[65] In Epic Games, Inc. v. Apple Inc., the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals recognized that security and privacy play a decisive role in consumer choice. The court noted that 50% to 62% of iPhone users and 76% to 89% of iPad users worldwide consider security and privacy important when purchasing a device. Even Epic’s CEO testified that he chose an iPhone over an Android device in part because it offers “better security and privacy.” The district court further found that Apple’s creation of a “trusted app environment” leads users to make greater use of their devices. See Epic Games, Inc. v. Apple Inc., No. 25-2935, 53 (9th Cir. 2025).

[66] See Margrethe Vestager, A Whack-a-Mole Approach to Big Tech Won’t Do, Says Europe’s Antitrust Chief, Economist (June 4, 2024), https://www.economist.com/by-invitation/2024/06/04/a-whack-a-mole-approach-to-big-tech-wont-do-says-europes-antitrust-chief (arguing that “asking platforms to open up their ecosystem, for instance, does not mean they have to compromise the security of their service”).

[67] See Miko?aj Barczentewicz, Does the DMA Let Gatekeepers Protect Data Privacy and Security?, Truth on the Market (Apr. 4, 2024), https://truthonthemarket.com/2024/04/04/does-the-dma-let-gatekeepers-protect-data-privacy-and-security; Mario Zúñiga, The EU Is Determined to Tear Down Apple’s ‘Walled Garden’, Truth on the Market (May 6, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/05/06/the-eu-is-determined-to-tear-down-apples-walled-garden.

[68] Bobby Allyn, Brian Mann, Bill Chappell & Fatima Al-Kassab, What We Know About the Computer Update Glitch Disrupting Systems Around the World, Nat’l Pub. Radio (July 19, 2024), https://www.npr.org/2024/07/19/g-s1-12222/microsoft-outage-banks-airlines-broadcasters.

[69] Jowi Morales, Microsoft’s EU Agreement Means It Will Be Hard to Avoid CrowdStrike-Like Calamities in the Future, Tom’s Hardware (July 22, 2024), https://www.tomshardware.com/software/windows/microsofts-eu-agreement-means-it-will-be-hard-to-avoid-crowdstrike-like-calamities-in-the-future.

ICLE Comments to the Virginia Senate on SB 85

My name is Kristian Stout, and I serve as director of innovation policy at the International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE), a nonprofit, nonpartisan . . .

My name is Kristian Stout, and I serve as director of innovation policy at the International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE), a nonprofit, nonpartisan research center that promotes the rule of law and sound economic principles in technology and competition policy. Our work focuses on the legal, economic, and institutional implications of digital regulation. I write today to share my expertise in privacy law, platform governance, and the constitutional limits of state technology regulation.

In particular, I am writing to express serious concerns about SB 85, which would amend Virginia’s Consumer Data Protection Act to require social-media platforms and artificial-intelligence (AI) model operators to implement data portability and interoperability interfaces. While empowering users to access and transfer their data is a reasonable goal, SB 85 goes much further. Its mandates are sweeping, likely unconstitutional, and unworkable in practice.

SB 85 would effectively force platforms to “open the gates” of their systems by requiring them to provide user personal data—including complete social graph data covering a user’s connections and interactions—in a portable format, while also maintaining continuous, third-party-accessible interfaces for near real-time data sharing. This level of mandated interoperability is unprecedented at the state level. It would impose extraordinary technical complexity and create serious risks to privacy and security.

Privacy and Security Risks

Forcing platforms to share detailed social graph data and AI “contextual data” with third parties creates substantial privacy risks. As ICLE Senior Scholar Mikolaj Barczentewicz has explained, mandated interoperability often exposes not only the data of users who opt in, but also the posts, comments, and interactions of other users who never consented to such sharing. If I export my social-media data to another service, that transfer would inevitably include comments and interactions from others connected to me. Those individuals did not consent to having their data shared on a different platform, yet their privacy would be compromised by design.

Even in the European Union—hardly a reluctant regulator of digital platforms—policymakers have raised concerns about mandatory interoperability for social networks. Those concerns focus on risks to user privacy, weakened security protections such as end-to-end encryption, and increased difficulty enforcing existing data-protection laws like the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).[1]

SB 85 appears to assume that data can be shared without tradeoffs in privacy or security. In reality, it would create a major loophole. Once user data leaves a platform, the recipient is governed only by its own privacy policies. That weakens the protections Virginia’s current privacy law provides and could encourage bad actors or irresponsible firms to entice users into transferring sensitive data to services that handle it carelessly or exploitatively. In practical terms, SB 85 risks turning personal information into an open book, accessible far beyond its original context.

These risks grow when platforms cannot meaningfully vet or block harmful third parties, including foreign actors or fly-by-night operators. Broad access points create attractive attack vectors, while enforcement mechanisms often lack the ability to detect and stop abuse in real time.[2] Even strong privacy laws depend on effective enforcement, and misuse of broadly mandated interoperability would be difficult to detect or prosecute—especially when bad actors operate outside the United States.[3]

Constitutional and Legal Concerns

SB 85 would fundamentally reshape how major online platforms operate nationwide, if not globally. By imposing sweeping design and data-sharing mandates at the state level, the bill raises serious Dormant Commerce Clause concerns.[4] It would burden interstate commerce and regulate conduct far beyond Virginia’s borders, an area the U.S. Constitution reserves to Congress.

In effect, Virginia would be dictating data-sharing architecture for platforms used across the country. Courts are likely to view that as unconstitutional overreach. The bill may also implicate other constitutional protections by compelling private companies to provide broad access to their systems and user data, potentially raising Takings Clause or First Amendment issues. At a minimum, SB 85 invites legal challenge and preemption, given existing federal laws and regulatory orders that already govern aspects of data sharing and privacy. The General Assembly should be cautious about enacting legislation that would trigger costly litigation and is unlikely to survive judicial scrutiny.

Practical Difficulties

Beyond its legal and privacy flaws, SB 85 presents severe practical problems. Compliance would require platforms to redesign their systems to support continuous, near real-time data portability through open protocols—effectively forcing them to build and maintain open APIs for competitors and third parties. That kind of redesign would divert substantial resources away from innovation and toward compliance, while delivering limited real-world benefits.[5]

The challenge becomes even greater given the bill’s expanded scope, which now includes AI model operators. Companies would need to ensure encryption in transit, implement robust authentication systems, and continuously monitor third-party recipients to prevent abuse. SB 85 would impose an unfunded mandate that turns platforms into full-time privacy and security gatekeepers for an ecosystem they cannot control. The practical result may be fewer privacy protections, more vulnerability, and less innovation.[6]

These obligations would not be one-time. They would be ongoing, forcing companies to police how external actors use exported data indefinitely. Although the bill allows “reasonable” limits on frequency and volume, those provisions do little to reduce the engineering and compliance burden of real-time interoperability. Smaller or newer firms may not be able to absorb these costs, while even large platforms may choose to limit services in Virginia rather than accept the legal and technical risks.

Including AI model operators adds still more uncertainty. Unlike social-media data, there are no standardized formats or protocols for transferring a user’s complete AI-interaction history across systems. Forcing near real-time interoperability could degrade functionality, undermine security, or expose proprietary aspects of AI models. It also conflicts with user expectations about how AI interactions are stored and used.

Conclusion

SB 85 seeks to promote user choice and competition, but its approach carries serious unintended consequences. The bill threatens user privacy, stretches constitutional limits on state authority, and demands technical feats that are impractical or counterproductive. Forced interoperability at this scale is a risky and untested approach that could expose Virginians to significant privacy harms while offering uncertain benefits.

I respectfully urge the committee to reconsider SB 85. Protecting consumer data and fostering competition are important goals, but this proposal relies on a heavy-handed mandate that is likely unlawful, unworkable, and ultimately harmful to Virginians’ privacy and the Commonwealth’s digital economy.

[1] See generally Kasia Söderlund et al.Regulating High-Reach AI: On Transparency Directions in the Digital Services Act, 13 Internet Pol’y Rev. 1 (2024), https://doi.org/10.14763/2024.1.1746.

[2] Mikolaj Barczentewicz, Privacy and Security Risks of Interoperability and Sideloading Mandates, Truth on the Mkt. (Jan. 26, 2022), https://truthonthemarket.com/2022/01/26/privacy-and-security-risks-of-interoperability-and-sideloading-mandates.

[3] Miko?aj Barczentewicz, Privacy and Security Implications of Regulation of Digital Services in the EU and in the US (Stan.-Vienna Transatlantic Tech. L.F. Working Paper No. 84, 2022), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/TTLF-WP-84_Barczentewicz.pdf.

[4] Geoffrey A. Manne et al.Comments of the International Center for Law & Economics: OLP182—RFI on State Laws Having Significant Adverse Effects on the National Economy or Interstate Commerce (Sep. 15, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Comment_-State-Laws-with-Out-Of-State-Economic-Impacts.pdf.

[5] Barczentewicz, supra, note 3.

[6] Barczentewicz, supra, note 2.

Comments of ICLE and New America on Space Modernization for the 21st Century

Introduction Over the past two decades, the space industry has evolved at warp speed. Access to orbits and resources beyond the Karman Line has become . . .

Introduction

Over the past two decades, the space industry has evolved at warp speed. Access to orbits and resources beyond the Karman Line has become more available, cost-effective, and competitive than ever before. New products and industries are rapidly emerging. And critically, satellite connectivity that can meet the needs of modern Internet applications and users is being realized in low-Earth orbit. This progress has emerged despite a licensing regime that is precisely the opposite: anachronistic and incompatible with modern realities. As the Commission acknowledges, its current licensing process is a remnant of a bygone era, and “a modern, efficient space licensing system that enables innovation and exploration” is overdue.[1]

The International Center for Law & Economics (“ICLE”) and New America’s Open Technology Institute (“OTI”) applaud the Commission’s comprehensive proposal for space licensing reform. The Commission’s proposals align with many of the insights and recommendations offered in a recent report by the bipartisan LEO Policy Working Group co-chaired by our two organizations. The report, Low Earth Satellites: Policies to Promote Spectrum Sharing, Foster Competition, and Close Digital Divides, was the culmination of a nearly year-long process of research and discourse by a diverse group of individuals with industry, public policy, academic, and regulatory experience with the shared goal of “explor[ing] the challenges facing the development and deployment of LEO satellites for universal connectivity.”[2]

The report is attached to these comments as an Exhibit. Chapter 1 of the report focuses on spectrum policy and the discusses policy considerations and tradeoffs related to the imperative to streamline satellite licensing and modifications. Excerpts of the report and accompanying commentary are provided below as a brief summary in response to the proposals and questions raised by the Commission.

1. A Modernized Space Licensing Process Is Necessary

The NPRM’s ultimate aim is “to align our rules with the pace, growth, and innovation in the space economy[.]”[3] Doing so will require extensive reform that gets to the core of the licensing process rather than merely creating change at the margins. As our report recognizes, “[t]he FCC’s current framework for spectrum allocation and licensing was not designed for this emerging dense and dynamic LEO environment.”[4] Instead, LEO operators must weather a process mired in delay, inflexibility, and uncertainty by requiring “[h]ighly customized application requirements, duplicate processes between the FCC and ITU filings, and the combination of technical, spectrum, and orbital debris reviews [that] lead to a long process and restrictive, sometimes inconsistent licensing conditions.”[5]

The NPRM’s “three pivots” for modernizing the licensing process are a necessary first step toward meeting many of the report’s suggested proposals for reform. Specifically:

Presumed Acceptable Criteria. The NPRM asks whether the licensing process should shift to bright-line performance metrics the Commission presumes to be acceptable, rather than prescriptive rules and individualized assessments.[6] The answer is unequivocally yes. As the report proposes:[7]

One overarching reform would be adoption of the presumption that NGSO applications that comply with existing FCC rules, especially those related to technical and sustainability standards, are in the public interest. This would reduce the need for case-by-case bespoke reviews and conditions. . . . Instead of tailoring conditions to each operator, standardized operational rules—including for space sustainability—could provide clarity and predictability. Applicants seeking deviations from the rules would be required to seek waivers, creating a more rule-bound and transparent system.

The Commission’s suggested presumption of acceptability and reliance on objective metrics matches this recommendation to the letter.

Enhanced Application Design. With streamlining and automation in mind, the NPRM asks whether a more standardized process with modular features would be more responsive to operator needs.[8] As the report notes, “[r]eforms that seek to better standardize and streamline authorizations through clear, uniform ex-ante rules and conditions, while shifting to target ex post enforcement as needed”[9] remove the common constraints of “overly slow, bespoke, and burdensome”[10] review. In enacting such reforms, the Commission “would promote a more streamlined and consistent process, similar to how terrestrial wireless services are licensed.”[11]

Increased Freedom. The NPRM notes the prior practice of “over-prescrib[ing]” system design features and the imposition of bespoke conditions on individual system approvals.[12] A byproduct of this failure, as recognized in the report, is that licenses cannot be altered or modified without losing their priority status[.]”[13] Operators’ ability to nimbly respond to system needs or consumer demands without regulatory delay is paramount.

2. Processing Timelines Should Be Tightened and Standardized

The Commission notes that the time required for full action on a satellite operator’s application has varied from one day to six years.[14] This degree of uncertainty surrounding application processing is untenable. To address this problem, the report supports a the adoption of a shot clock with limited exceptions. “A ‘shot clock’ for application review should provide operators with more certainty about licensing timelines.”[15] A definitive and uniform timeline, such as the Commission’s proposed 60-day framework, accomplishes that. At the same time, “[f]lexibility mechanisms could be included, such as pausing the clock in unusual review cases or if applicants fail to provide necessary information[,]” as offered in the report.

The report also raises a complementary proposal for accelerating applications that do not satisfy its certification requirements, but nonetheless warrant rapid response. As the report suggests, “some systems could seek a waiver of shot-clock rules to allow more time-sensitive applications to be addressed first.”[16]

3. Processing-Round Reform Will Require More Work

The NPRM proposes restructuring the processing round structure so that rounds are initiated automatically and for a set duration each calendar year. This reform remedies one glaring shortcoming of the processing round regime. As the Working Group Report explains:[17]

Applicants may face significant delays if they are forced to wait for a new round to open after a lead applicant files, or risk missing a narrow filing window if they are not prepared. These dynamics, while intended to ensure fairness and spectrum sharing among competitors, are frequently cited as a primary source of delay for NGSO licensing.

A consistent processing round window avoids many of these problems. Still, larger issues remain embedded within the processing round regime, as the report notes:[18]

[T]he framework fails to provide security of expectations to existing systems. For example, aggregate interference limits cannot be defined because there is no telling how many lower-priority systems may contribute to interference, or how many processing rounds may occur within a given satellite band. It leads to the inevitable question: What happens to the spectrum sharing framework when a third processing round emerges in the Ka-band? A fourth? It seems foolish to presume that the framework’s sunsetting of priority system protections will take hold before these realities emerge.

While the industry consensus has been that aggregate interference limits are premature and the Commission’s dual-protection criteria are enough,[19] that sentiment may be quickly waning as the initial assumptions underlying the processing round framework begin to unravel.[20]

4. Milestone Requirements Should be More Incremental

For NGSO systems, the Commission proposes mirroring the ITU’s bring-into-use (“BIU”) benchmarks.[21] As the report acknowledges, “[a] key concern is whether these milestone requirements strike the right balance between facilitating market entry and deterring frivolous or infeasible applications,”[22] and “[t]he primary issue is how the FCC should distinguish systems that are legitimately trying to meet buildout requirements versus purely speculative or frivolous applications.”[23] It is unclear how the BIU benchmark strikes this balance or if it does so effectively.

Another option, and one that the report recommends, is that “[d]eployment requirements could also be restructured into more graduated, measurable steps.” At the same time, the Commission could require that larger “performance bonds [be] structured to release funds as verified buildout milestones are met [to] reinforce deployment incentives.”[24] If necessary, “[e]xtensions would only be granted for deployment requirements in extenuating circumstances.”[25]

5. Earth Station Light-Licensing and Database Coordination Will Accelerate Deployments

The NPRM proposes shifting to a nationwide, non-site licensing of fixed earth stations.[26] This is a welcome reform. As the report recognizes, “[a]s LEO constellations scale, gateway siting and authorization have become a key bottleneck. . . . through the FCC’s traditional process.”[27] In alignment with the NPRM’s view, the report notes that “[i]ntegrating satellite [earth stations] into [a] database-coordination could streamline the process, enabling faster, scalable NGSO-gateway deployments; reduce the burden of application development and processing on satellite operators and FCC staff; and help facilitate coexistence between terrestrial and satellite systems.”[28]

A reference framework is already available. As the report offers:

[The Commission] could also leverage the FCC’s existing 70/80/90 GHz lightweight coordination database, which for many years has successfully coordinated terrestrial fixed links (and, now, high-altitude platform links) operating in the 71–76, 81–86, and 92–95 GHz bands. This existing model allows for rapid, relatively easy registration and interference checking through third-party coordination without a full Part 25 review. This model is well-suited for sharing between satellite and terrestrial users, such as in the lower 37 GHz band, where the FCC has already requested comment on moving to a “lightly licensed” and automated coordination of terrestrial fixed and mobile network siting.

[1] In re Space Modernization for the 21st Century, SB Docket No. 25-306, at ¶ 2 (rel. Oct. 29, 2025) (“NPRM”).

[2] Low Earth Orbit Satellites: Policies to Promote Spectrum Sharing, Foster Competition, and Close Digital Divides, LEO Policy Working Group, Int’l Ctr. for Law & Econ. & New America, at 2 (Oct. 30, 2025) (“LEO Working Group Report”), https://www.newamerica.org/oti/wireless-future-project/reports/leo-satellites/.

[3] NPRM at ¶ 6.

[4] LEO Working Group Report at 20.

[5] Id. at 21.

[6] NPRM at ¶¶ 14-18.

[7] LEO Working Group Report at 25.

[8] NPRM at ¶¶ 19-23.

[9] LEO Working Group Report at 21.

[10] Id. at 8.

[11] LEO Working Group Report at 25.

[12] NPRM at ¶ 24.

[13] LEO Working Group Report at 28.

[14] Id. n 17.

[15] LEO Working Group Report at 25.

[16] Id. at 26.

[17] LEO Working Group Report at 25.

[18] Id. at 50.

[19] 47 C.F.R. § 25.261.

[20] See In re Revising Spectrum Sharing Rules for Non-Geostationary Orbit, Fixed-Satellite Service Systems, SB Docket No. 21-456, at ¶¶ 51-61 (rel Nov. 15, 2024).

[21] NPRM at ¶¶ 169-74.

[22] LEO Working Group Report at 24.

[23] Id.

[24] LEO Working Group Report at 26.

[25] Id.

[26] NPRM at ¶ 90.

[27] LEO Working Group Report at 27.

[28] Id.

ICLE Comments to the FCC on Advancing IP Interconnection

I. Introduction and Overview The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments in response to the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) notice of . . .

I. Introduction and Overview

The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments in response to the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) on advancing internet-protocol (IP) interconnection. ICLE is a nonprofit, nonpartisan research center that promotes the use of law & economics methodologies to inform public policy. ICLE’s work is intended to ensure that competition policy and regulation are grounded in sound economic analysis and promote consumer welfare, particularly in dynamic, technology-driven markets such as media and telecommunications.

The transition to all-IP networks offers substantial benefits for both providers and consumers. Maintaining legacy copper networks imposes significant and growing costs that divert resources away from new services and infrastructure. Copper networks have limited remaining value and require continued investment in aging, active components. By contrast, passive fiber networks cost less to maintain, operate more efficiently, and deliver higher-quality service.

Current FCC rules require incumbent carriers to maintain legacy time-division multiplexing (TDM) switches so that rural and competitive local exchange carriers can continue to serve their customers. These requirements impose real costs. They force incumbents to support obsolete infrastructure, constrain investment in next-generation networks, and ultimately raise prices for consumers. The rules also distort incentives by allowing providers that continue to rely on TDM technology to benefit from intercarrier compensation arrangements, reducing their incentive to upgrade even when doing so would benefit their customers.

For these reasons, the FCC should forbear from applying the Section 251(c)(2) and Section 251(c)(6) interconnection requirements, as proposed in the NPRM. The commission has both the legal authority and a strong policy rationale to adopt these changes. Doing so would remove barriers to investment, accelerate the transition to IP-based networks, and better serve consumers in an increasingly broadband-centric communications market.

II. Advancing IP Interconnection Requires Modernizing Legacy Rules

The FCC has taken several steps to facilitate the transition to IP-based networks. These include eliminating the “functional equivalency” test for replacement services, streamlining the Section 214 discontinuance process, and updating consumer protections, such as requiring providers to offer backup battery options.[1] The commission adopted these reforms to capture the substantial benefits that all-IP networks deliver to both providers and consumers.[2] As the FCC considers changes to its interconnection rules, it should weigh any potential risks against the significant economic and consumer benefits of completing the transition.

A. Dynamic Competition Requires Removing Barriers to IP Transition

In prior comments, ICLE highlighted the dynamic competition that has driven creative destruction in voice markets.[3] As the FCC considers changes to its interconnection rules—particularly their effects on rural and competitive carriers—it should facilitate, not hinder, this process by removing barriers to innovation and market entry.

Dynamic competition analysis treats competition as an ongoing process of innovation and adaptation, not a static comparison among existing providers. New products and services often displace older ones entirely, delivering better performance and greater value to consumers.[4] This perspective encourages regulators to look beyond today’s market participants and consider how emerging technologies can replace legacy offerings.

Voice markets illustrate this dynamic clearly. Mobile and voice-over-internet-protocol (VoIP) services have largely replaced traditional switched-access lines, increasing competition and improving consumer welfare.[5] Yet in this proceeding, the FCC is considering rules that would effectively prevent carriers from completing the transition to all-IP networks simply because some competitors choose not to upgrade. While the commission should carefully assess the effects of any rule changes, it should do so with the understanding that modern IP-based voice and data services can fully replace legacy landline communications—and will continue to do so until the next technological shift occurs.

B. Retiring Copper Networks Unlocks Cost Savings and Investment

Transitioning to all-IP networks will significantly reduce operating costs and free resources for greater investment and expanded coverage. The largest savings come from replacing legacy copper infrastructure with fiber.[6]

Copper networks rely on electrically powered equipment distributed throughout neighborhoods to maintain signal quality.[7] Data travels through copper as electrical pulses, and resistance in the wire degrades the signal over distance. To compensate, providers must deploy repeaters, amplifiers, remote terminals, and TDM switches to clean and retransmit the signal.[8] These active components drive up maintenance, power, and labor costs.

Fiber networks operate differently. They rely primarily on passive infrastructure between the central office or interconnection point and the customer’s premises.[9] Fiber transmits data as pulses of light, which travel much longer distances without signal degradation. Aside from equipment at the central office and the customer’s modem, fiber networks require little powered infrastructure in the field.

This shift reduces operating expenses in several key ways. First, fiber networks cost less to maintain than aging copper systems, which depend on numerous active components and a shrinking pool of specialized technicians.[10] Second, fiber networks consume far less electricity because they eliminate power-hungry TDM switches and neighborhood-level electronics.[11] Third, IP networks allow providers to bypass large central offices filled with copper termination and switching equipment, enabling consolidation and lower real-estate costs. Finally, copper networks face frequent theft and vandalism, forcing providers to replace facilities more often;[12] fiber infrastructure is far less vulnerable.

The transition to IP networks also reduces costs by eliminating the need to operate parallel systems. Until full IP migration is achieved, providers must maintain both circuit-switched networks for voice and packet-switched networks for data.[13] Running dual networks requires separate technical expertise, supply chains, and power arrangements. Rules that force providers to retain TDM switches for interconnection prevent full network convergence and lock in unnecessary costs.

Beyond cost savings, IP and fiber networks strengthen competition. Higher bandwidth and improved service quality increase average revenue per user and reduce customer churn.[14] As competitors migrate to fiber and modern cable platforms, retaining legacy voice infrastructure puts providers at a competitive disadvantage.

Finally, retiring copper networks creates additional value. Providers can recover revenue through copper salvage, helping offset removal costs and further encouraging network upgrades in more communities.

C. IP Networks Deliver Clear Consumer Benefits

The benefits providers gain from transitioning to IP networks flow directly to consumers through broader coverage, better service quality, and lower costs.

IP-based networks deliver greater reliability than legacy TDM systems. Aging copper lines are highly sensitive to rain, humidity, and temperature changes, which introduce noise and degrade service quality.[15] Fiber networks transmit signals as light and rely on far fewer active components. As a result, environmental conditions that disrupt copper networks do not impair call quality on fiber-based IP networks.[16]

IP networks also offer higher call quality. Copper systems compress audio into narrow channels, while IP networks support wideband audio that provides greater clarity and more natural sound.[17] Clearer calls particularly benefit consumers who are hard of hearing or who struggle to understand speakers with strong accents.[18] In addition, deploying fiber enables providers to offer advanced data services that copper networks cannot support.

As the NPRM recognizes, IP networks also play a critical role in combating robocalls.[19] Robocalls remain the FCC’s top consumer complaint, and effective implementation of STIR/SHAKEN requires IP-based infrastructure.[20] STIR/SHAKEN attaches an encrypted digital signature to calls to verify caller identity. When verification fails, providers can label calls with a spam-risk warning.[21] TDM networks cannot carry these signatures, and even a single TDM hop can strip the authentication information. As long as legacy copper networks remain in service, robocallers can exploit them to evade detection and make their traffic appear legitimate.

D. Current Interconnection Rules Block Full IP Transition

To realize the full benefits of all-IP networks, providers must retire large, energy-intensive TDM switches and replace them with more efficient IP equipment. As the FCC notes, however, many competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs) and rural local exchange carriers (RLECs) still rely on copper-based TDM networks to complete calls.[22] While these carriers can interconnect with IP networks, current rules effectively prevent incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs) that have migrated to IP from fully retiring their legacy copper infrastructure.

Under the existing framework, ILECs must maintain media gateways to convert IP calls for delivery to TDM networks. These gateways are costly to operate and retain many of the same inefficiencies as legacy systems, including high power consumption and the need to maintain large central offices for interconnection.

The core problem is not simply that ILECs must keep some conversion equipment, but how much of it they must maintain. Legacy copper networks interconnected at the local loop, requiring hundreds of local switches and offering competitors many points of interconnection. By contrast, an all-IP network can replace hundreds of local switches with a single regional IP router.[23] If the FCC preserves the current rules, it will force ILECs to maintain extensive copper infrastructure even in markets where they have already deployed fiber to every home.[24]

As the commission considers rule changes and potential forbearance in this proceeding, it should weigh the transitional costs to CLECs and RLECs against the substantial efficiency gains for ILECs and the broader communications network. Allowing full IP transition would reduce unnecessary costs, accelerate modernization, and better serve consumers across the network.

E. Intercarrier Compensation Rules Distort Investment Incentives

Current interconnection rules do more than impose costs on ILECs that have transitioned to IP networks. They also encourage CLECs and RLECs to retain legacy copper systems that deliver little value to consumers. Many of these carriers rely on higher per-minute access charges available under TDM-based intercarrier compensation rules.[25] Those rules treat local and long-distance calls differently and pay higher compensation for terminating long-distance traffic.

In an all-IP environment, the distinction between local and long-distance calls disappears. IP networks support a “bill-and-keep” framework, under which providers recover costs directly from their own customers rather than through per-minute termination charges.[26] This model aligns incentives toward efficiency, investment, and consumer value.

If the FCC’s goal is to deliver better service at lower cost, its rules should encourage network upgrades rather than regulatory arbitrage that extracts rents and creates deadweight loss. The current framework effectively requires ILECs to subsidize CLECs’ and RLECs’ decisions to delay modernization.

Forbearance from Section 251(c)(2) would correct these incentives. CLECs and RLECs would either need to upgrade their networks to IP or operate their own gateways to convert TDM traffic before interconnecting with ILEC IP networks. Without the ability to rely on intercarrier compensation arbitrage, carriers would face stronger incentives to transition to IP, accelerating modernization across the network and ultimately benefiting consumers.

III. Weighing Transitional Costs Against the Benefits of IP Interconnection

Rule changes that allow providers to retire TDM switches will impose transition costs on carriers that still rely on legacy infrastructure to serve their customers. As the FCC considers forbearance from its interconnection rules, it should weigh these transitional costs against the substantial economic and consumer benefits of completing the shift to IP-based networks.

A. Who Should Bear the Costs of TDM–IP Interconnection?

The central issue in this proceeding is how to allocate the costs of interconnecting legacy TDM networks with all-IP networks. Under the current rules, ILECs that have upgraded to fiber-based IP networks effectively subsidize CLECs and RLECs by maintaining multiple TDM tandem switches to support legacy interconnection.

If the FCC adopts the proposed forbearance, those costs would shift to CLECs and RLECs. Without a continuing duty to interconnect “at any technically feasible point,” ILECs could retire legacy TDM switches and rely instead on a smaller number of regional IP routers. This change would affect CLECs and RLECs in two ways: it would limit their ability to rely on TDM-based intercarrier compensation, and it would encourage them to upgrade their own networks to reach IP interconnection points that may sit farther from existing TDM facilities.

Higher costs for CLECs and RLECs following these rule changes would not mean that the rules themselves caused those costs, nor would they justify requiring ILECs to subsidize continued reliance on legacy technology. Market forces are driving the transition to IP networks because they offer clear efficiency and consumer benefits. Carriers that choose not to upgrade make a business decision, but other providers should not bear the cost of that choice.

B. Managed IP Networks Ensure Voice Quality and Reliability

The NPRM raises concerns that voice traffic routed over the public internet could suffer degradation under a “best-efforts” quality-of-service model, particularly during congestion or outages. Those concerns, while understandable, overstate the practical risks.

First, most IP voice traffic does not traverse the open public internet. Carriers typically transport calls over private, managed fiber-backhaul networks using multiprotocol label switching (MPLS).[27] These networks incorporate high redundancy and reliability standards and often deliver better call quality than legacy copper-based systems. Beyond individual carrier networks, the industry has coordinated interconnection through common technical standards, most notably IP Exchange (IPX).[28] IPX functions as a global private interconnection framework that allows carriers to interconnect through highly reliable hubs, rather than negotiate bilateral peering arrangements. Where call quality and reliability matter, carriers can and do enforce performance through contractual commitments.

Second, IP networks allow operators to prioritize traffic based on use case.[29] Under the current Title I framework, providers can offer specialized services that give voice traffic higher priority when needed. This capability ensures that time-sensitive communications, such as voice calls, receive appropriate treatment without degrading overall network performance.

Third, forbearance would improve public-safety communications. Allowing full transition to IP networks would extend the reliability and quality of IP-based communications to public-safety calls. Improved call quality can have direct, positive effects for consumers and first responders alike. As the NPRM notes, Next Generation 911 (NG911) relies on IP-based architecture and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP), not legacy circuit switching.[30] Carriers that delay network upgrades risk limiting the effectiveness and functionality of NG911 services.

IV. Forbearance from Legacy Interconnection Rules Is Consistent with the Telecommunications Act

Section 10 of the Telecommunications Act directs the FCC to forbear from applying statutory requirements when specific conditions are met. The act provides that the FCC shall forbear if it determines that:

(1) enforcement of the requirement is not necessary to ensure that the charges, practices, classifications, or regulations by, for, or in connection with that telecommunications carrier or telecommunications service are just and reasonable and are not unjustly or unreasonably discriminatory; (2) enforcement of that requirement “is not necessary for the protection of consumers”; and (3) forbearance from applying such provision or regulation is consistent with the public interest.[31]

The FCC’s forbearance authority does not operate in isolation. Section 706 further instructs that “[t]he Commission … shall encourage the deployment on a reasonable and timely basis advanced telecommunications capability to all Americans.”[32] Section 706 thus provides the proper framework for evaluating forbearance. The commission should remove outdated regulatory requirements that impede innovation and delay the deployment of advanced services, including IP-based voice networks.

Forbearance from Section 251(c)(2) and relevant portions of Section 251(c)(6) satisfies these statutory standards.

A. COMPTEL Confirms Forbearance Is Appropriate in Competitive Voice Markets

The first prong of the forbearance analysis focuses on preventing market-power abuse and protecting competition. COMPTEL v. FCC provides useful guidance.[33] In that case, as in this proceeding, the court reviewed forbearance from Section 251 obligations—specifically requirements related to leasing network elements to CLECs and “avoided-cost resale.”[34] Congress adopted those provisions to promote competitive entry into telecommunications markets.

The court concluded, however, that market conditions had changed. ILECs compete vigorously for voice services in a national market, and any advantage from legacy copper infrastructure is “of rapidly declining importance.”[35] As a result, the court rejected the notion that continued regulatory obligations were necessary to constrain market power.

The concern raised by opponents of forbearance from Section 251(c)(2) does not rest on a credible risk that ILECs will exploit market power to extract supracompetitive rents from CLECs or RLECs. Instead, the concern is that CLECs and RLECs will lose access to subsidized interconnection with a larger legacy voice network. As the court explained, “it is myopic to look at the incumbents’ possession of copper loops as giving them meaningful market power in the national voice market,” and there is no sound economic justification for forcing incumbents to provide legacy facilities to competitors at subsidized rates.[36] While the interconnection obligations at issue here do not impose explicit price subsidies, they function in much the same way by requiring ILECs to support CLECs’ and RLECs’ continued reliance on obsolete TDM infrastructure.

The court also confirmed that the FCC may reasonably rely on a national market perspective when making national policy. As it explained, although competitive alternatives may be less robust in isolated geographic areas, the commission is not required to assess market power on a locality-by-locality basis when adopting nationwide rules.[37] That reasoning applies here. The FCC is setting national policy to encourage deployment of advanced telecommunications capabilities, and a national market framework provides an appropriate and reasonable basis for its forbearance analysis.

B. Forbearance Promotes Consumer Welfare

The second prong of the forbearance analysis focuses on consumer protection. Forbearance from the FCC’s interconnection rules would not harm consumers; it would benefit them.

As discussed above, current interconnection requirements force ILECs to maintain legacy TDM-based voice networks to support interconnection with CLECs and RLECs. These obligations impose significant costs on ILECs, and those costs ultimately fall on consumers.

First, legacy interconnection rules impose technical constraints that limit the benefits of all-IP networks, particularly in areas where voice traffic still travels over copper facilities. TDM networks require audio to be “down sampled” to narrowband, reducing call quality. Consumers often attribute poor call quality to their provider, which undermines trust and satisfaction. TDM networks also prevent consumers from fully benefiting from IP-based protections, such as STIR/SHAKEN and Rich Call Data, which improve caller identification and reduce unwanted calls. In addition, TDM systems generally do not support end-to-end encryption, limiting the availability of modern privacy and security features.

Second, these requirements divert resources away from investment in advanced telecommunications services that deliver greater value to consumers. Broadband networks support data-intensive applications such as video streaming, gaming, and web access, and IP-based voice networks enable Next Generation 911 (NG911), which does not operate over copper infrastructure. When the FCC requires providers to maintain legacy TDM switches to accommodate carriers that choose not to upgrade, it constrains investment that would otherwise improve service quality, coverage, and reliability for consumers.

Third, forcing carriers to operate parallel legacy and IP networks increases costs that consumers ultimately bear. Allowing the market to converge on a single, more efficient IP standard would reduce operating costs and improve efficiency. In the competitive voice market described in COMPTEL, providers have strong incentives to pass those savings on to consumers through lower prices, improved quality, or both.

C. Public-Interest Analysis Focuses on Competition, Not Competitors

The FCC’s public-interest analysis for forbearance begins with the text of the Telecommunications Act. The act directs the FCC to consider whether forbearance “will promote competitive market conditions, including the extent to which such forbearance will enhance competition among providers of telecommunications.”[38] In this context, the public interest turns on competition—specifically, whether forbearance strengthens competitive conditions.

Modern antitrust law offers useful guidance. The Supreme Court has long distinguished competition from the fortunes of individual competitors.[39] Conduct that disadvantages a particular firm may still promote competition if it improves efficiency, lowers prices, or increases quality. Antitrust analysis therefore evaluates competition through the lens of consumer welfare.

The FCC’s public-interest inquiry should follow the same approach. Forbearance should promote consumer welfare, consistent with Section 706’s directive to encourage the deployment of advanced telecommunications capability. When assessing whether forbearance serves the public interest, the commission should give substantial weight to policies that expand access to modern, IP-based communications services and accelerate network investment.

V. Conclusion

Forbearance from Sections 251(c)(2) and relevant portions of Section 251(c)(6), as proposed in the NPRM, would remove these barriers. Allowing providers to retire obsolete TDM switches would accelerate network modernization, reduce operating costs, and promote efficient interconnection based on IP architecture. As the FCC has recognized, IP-based networks offer superior reliability, improved call quality, stronger robocall mitigation through STIR/SHAKEN, and essential support for next-generation services such as NG911.

Forbearance would also better align regulatory incentives with market realities. Competitive voice markets no longer depend on legacy copper infrastructure, and continued reliance on outdated interconnection mandates risks subsidizing delay rather than encouraging innovation. Carriers that choose to maintain legacy networks may continue to do so, but the FCC should not require other providers to bear the costs of that decision.

Adopting the proposed forbearance would advance the commission’s statutory objectives under Sections 10 and 706 of the Telecommunications Act. It would promote competition, enhance consumer welfare, and encourage the timely deployment of advanced telecommunications capability to all Americans. For these reasons, the FCC should move forward with the proposed forbearance and allow the transition to all-IP networks to proceed.

[1] See Accelerating Wireline Broadband Deployment by Removing Barriers to Infrastructure Investment, Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling, and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, WC Docket No. 17-84 (2017), https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-17-154A1.pdf; see also Ensuring Continuity of 911 Communications, Report and Order, PS Docket No. 14-147 (Aug. 7, 2015), https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-15-98A1.pdf.

[2] Statement of Ajit Pai, Accelerating Wireline Broadband Deployment by Removing Barriers to Infrastructure Investment, Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling, and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, WC Docket No. 17-84 (2017), https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-17-154A1.pdf (“One study found that a package of reforms-including many we adopt today- would make it economically viable for the private sector to deploy fiber to the premises in millions of additional rural locations….The FCC can either strand investments in the modern equivalent of the fax machine, or it can deliver value for consumers, today and tomorrow.”)

[3] Comments of the International Center for Law & Economics, Reducing Barriers to Network Improvements and Service Changes; Accelerating Network Modernization, Docket No. 25-209, Docket No. 25-208 (Aug. 22, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Comments-on-Copper-Retirement.pdf.

[4] Id. at 2.

[5] Id. at 3-4.

[6] Comments of Corning Inc., Accelerating Wireline Broadband Deployment by Removing Barriers to Infrastructure Investment, WC Docket No. 17-84, Attach. A (Jun. 15, 2017), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/106151419705353/1 (“All told, copper retirement can result in savings of $45-50 per home passed per year. This too may be conservative, as in 2006 Verizon estimated that in a full decommission scenario they may be able to save $110 of opex per line per year.”)

[7] Paroma Sanyal et al., Economic Benefits of Fiber Deployment, Brattle Group (Nov. 20, 2024), at 20, https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=5370089.

[8] Operational Expenses for All-Fiber Networks are Far Lower Than for Other Access Networks, Fbr. Broadband Ass’n (Jun. 2020), at 7, https://fiberbroadband.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Access-Network-OpEx-Analysis-White-Paper.pdf (“Fiber OpEx White Paper”).

[9] Sanyal et al., supra note 7, at 5.

[10] Fiber OpEx White Paper, supra note 8, at 8.

[11] Id. at 7-8.

[12] Comments of USTelecom – The Broadband Association, Reducing Barriers to Network Improvements and Service Changes et al., WC Docket No. 25-209 et al. (Sep. 29, 2025), at 17, https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/109291513505400/1.

[13] NPRM at ¶ 13.

[14] FFB Week 44: Two Decades of Broadband Growth: How Fiber is Powering Modern Life, Fbr. Broadband Ass’n (Oct. 29, 2025), https://fiberbroadband.org/2025/10/29/ffb-week-44-two-decades-of-broadband-growth-how-fiber-is-powering-modern-life/#:~:text=Consumers%20consistently%20rank%20fiber%20highest,higher%20average%20revenue%20per%20user.

[15] How Fiber Internet Stays Reliable in Bad Weather Conditions, C Spire (Jan. 2, 2025), https://blog.cspire.com/home-fiber-tv-phone/how-fiber-internet-stays-reliable-in-bad-weather-conditions.

[16] Id.

[17] Williard Joshua Jose, AMRConvNet: AMR-Coded Speech Enhancement Using Convolutional Neural Networks, arXiv (Aug. 2020), at 1, https://arxiv.org/pdf/2008.10233.

[18] Linda Kozma-Spytek & Christian Vogler, Factors Affecting the Accessibility of Voice Telephony for People with Hearing Loss: Audio Encoding, Network Impairments, Video and Environmental Noise, 14 ACM Trans. Access. Comput. 21:30 (Oct. 2021), https://dl.acm.org/doi/epdf/10.1145/3479160.

[19] NPRM at ¶ 14.

[20] CGB – Consumer Complaints Data, FCC Open Data (updated Jan. 14, 2026), https://opendata.fcc.gov/Consumer/CGB-Consumer-Complaints-Data/3xyp-aqkj/about_data; NPRM at ¶ 14.

[21] Comments of Cloud Communications Alliance, Call Authentication Trust Anchor et al., WC Docket No. 17-97 et al. (May 15, 2020), at 2, https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/1051525807181/1.

[22] NPRM at ¶ 12.

[23] Petition of AT&T, AT&T Petition to Launch a Proceeding Concerning the TDM-to-IP Transition at 12 (Nov. 7, 2012), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/6017153130/1.

[24] Jericho Casper, Twenty-One States Push to Scrap Carrier-of-Last-Resort Laws, Broadband Breakfast (Apr. 11, 2025), https://broadbandbreakfast.com/twenty-one-states-push-to-scrap-carrier-of-last-resort-laws.

[25] Updating the Intercarrier Compensation Regime to Eliminate Access Arbitrage, Report and Order and Modification of Section 214 Authorization, WC Docket No. 18-155 ¶¶ 1-2 (Sep. 27, 2019), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/0927225032050/4.

[26] Comments of the Digital Progress Institute, In Re Delete, Delete, Delete, GN Docket No. 25-133 (Apr. 14, 2025), at 5, https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/1041199587219/1.

[27] Joseph Gillan & David Malfara, The Transition to an All-IP Network: A Primer on the Architectural Components of IP Interconnection, NRRI 12-05 (May 2012), at 5-6, https://pubs.naruc.org/pub/FA866A60-BB97-47F1-16BE-8520597FF45F.

[28] IP eXchange, GSMA (last visited Jan. 14, 2026), https://www.gsma.com/get-involved/working-groups/networks-group/ip-exchange.

[29] See Restoring Internet Freedom, Declaratory Ruling, Report and Order, and Order, WC Docket No. 17-108 ¶¶ 253–260 (2018), (explaining that bans on prioritization block “efficient pricing” and prevent operators from guaranteeing quality of service (QoS) for latency-sensitive applications, thereby effectively reducing overall consumer welfare.).

[30] NPRM at ¶ 12.

[31] 47 U.S.C. § 160(a).

[32] 47 U.S.C. § 1302.

[33] COMPTEL v. FCC, 978 F.3d 1325 (D.C. Cir. 2020).

[34] Id. at 1328.

[35] Id. at 1332.

[36] Id.

[37] Id.

[38] 47 U.S.C. § 160.

[39] Sam Bowman, The Consumer Welfare Standard: Bringing Objectivity to Antitrust, Int’l Ctr. for Law & Econ. (Feb. 2021), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/tldr-Consumer-Welfare-Standard.pdf.

ICLE Comments to FCC on Permissive Use of the ‘Next Generation’ Broadcast Television Standard

I. Introduction and Overview The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments in response to the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) on the...

I. Introduction and Overview

The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments in response to the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) on the permissive use of the ATSC 3.0 “Next Generation Television” standard.[1] ICLE is a nonprofit, nonpartisan research organization that promotes the use of law & economics methodologies to inform public policy. ICLE’s work is intended to ensure that competition policy and regulation are grounded in sound economic analysis and that they promote consumer welfare, particularly in dynamic, technology-driven markets such as media and telecommunications.

Broadcast television has long played a vital role in American households and communities. As technology evolves, the FCC must ensure that its rules allow broadcasters to improve service quality and respond to changing consumer and community expectations.[2] The commission’s decision to permit a voluntary transition from ATSC 1.0 to ATSC 3.0 reflects this goal and has already enabled broadcasters to begin offering new capabilities and higher-quality service.[3]

ATSC 3.0 offers clear potential benefits. Unlike prior broadcast standards, it combines an internet protocol (IP) based broadcast signal with broadband connectivity. This architecture enables significantly improved audio and video quality, more efficient spectrum use, and more reliable coverage. It also supports interactivity, personalization, targeted advertising, and enhanced emergency alerts through consumers’ broadband connections. At a time when broadcast television faces intense competition from digital alternatives, these features could help broadcasters meet modern consumer expectations and increase the value of advertising-supported services.

Despite these benefits, the voluntary transition to ATSC 3.0 has proceeded slowly. In its recent petition, the National Association of Broadcasters asked the FCC to adopt regulatory changes intended to accelerate adoption, including allowing broadcasters to shut off legacy ATSC 1.0 service. The petition frames this as a “chicken-and-egg” problem: broadcasters hesitate to invest without widespread consumer adoption, while consumers delay purchasing new equipment until broadcasters fully deploy ATSC 3.0.[4]

While these concerns are understandable, the FCC should avoid distorting the market to favor a single set of stakeholders. One straightforward explanation for limited consumer adoption is that, for many households, ATSC 3.0 does not yet deliver enough incremental value to justify the added cost of new equipment. If consumers remain satisfied with ATSC 1.0 service, the case for rapid transition weakens.

The FCC therefore should not mandate adoption. Instead, it should preserve regulatory flexibility that allows broadcasters to manage their services in ways that align with their business models and audience demand. The NPRM’s tentative conclusion to continue a voluntary transition appropriately relies on market signals to determine when and where ATSC 3.0 deployment makes sense.[5]

Where ATSC 3.0 creates sufficient value—whether through improved viewer experiences or more effective advertising—broadcasters will adopt it. Many stations already have done so, either through direct deployment or through shared “lighthouse” arrangements in local markets.[6] Even so, consumer adoption of ATSC 3.0 equipment remains limited, and viewing habits have not shifted in meaningful ways.[7] Broadcasters, not regulators, should bear the responsibility of persuading consumers that the new standard merits investment.

The burden also should not shift to equipment manufacturers. Consumer demand for ATSC 3.0 functionality remains modest, and many television manufacturers therefore continue to exclude ATSC 3.0 receivers from their products.[8] Uncertainty surrounding encryption and the costs associated with compliance further raise barriers to inclusion.[9] Some consumers may rationally prefer lower-cost displays without broadcast tuners at all, relying instead on streaming services or multichannel video providers.

In short, the FCC’s continued commitment to a voluntary, market-driven transition best protects consumer choice and avoids imposing costs that the market has not yet shown a willingness to bear.

A. Preserve a Voluntary Transition by Expanding Regulatory Flexibility

While the FCC should not mandate a transition to ATSC 3.0, it should give broadcasters greater flexibility to manage that transition. The commission can do so through several targeted reforms.

First, the FCC should eliminate the simulcasting requirement. When the commission authorized the voluntary transition to ATSC 3.0, it required broadcasters to continue simulcasting their programming in ATSC 1.0.[10] Because ATSC 3.0 transmission equipment cannot broadcast ATSC 1.0 simultaneously, broadcasters must rely on simulcast arrangements with other stations. These arrangements raise costs and can degrade signal quality, particularly for ATSC 3.0 services.[11] Removing the simulcast requirement would reduce these costs and allow broadcasters to deploy ATSC 3.0 more efficiently. If consumers continue to prefer ATSC 1.0, broadcasters will have strong incentives to maintain simulcasts voluntarily to avoid losing audience share and advertising revenue.

Second, the FCC should eliminate the “substantially similar” programming rule. That rule effectively requires broadcasters to air the same content on both ATSC 1.0 and ATSC 3.0, limiting their ability to experiment with interactive features or application-specific programming that the new standard enables.[12] Greater flexibility would allow broadcasters to differentiate ATSC 3.0 offerings and better demonstrate their value to consumers. Even if ATSC 1.0 service quality declines modestly, consumers could choose whether to upgrade, while those who rely on ATSC 1.0 would continue to receive service.

Finally, the FCC should permit MPEG-4 compression for ATSC 1.0 signals. More efficient compression would mitigate the quality loss associated with “lighthousing” ATSC 1.0 signals and improve overall spectral efficiency. This change would reduce transition costs without forcing consumers or broadcasters into premature adoption of ATSC 3.0.

B. Encryption and Copyright Issues in the ATSC 3.0 Transition

As the industry transitions to ATSC 3.0, copyright protection becomes increasingly important. Content piracy has long challenged broadcasters, and the IP-based architecture of ATSC 3.0 makes unauthorized copying and retransmission easier for bad actors. Congress has already considered proposals that would expand broadband providers’ obligations to identify and remove pirated content, underscoring the salience of these risks.[13]

ATSC 3.0 allows broadcasters to encrypt signals and manage access in ways that can help deter piracy.[14] The FCC should allow the industry to determine how best to deploy these tools. Market incentives already discipline overuse of encryption. If consumer equipment cannot decrypt signals, broadcasters will lose viewers. If certification or licensing requirements raise costs for manufacturers, fewer devices will reach consumers, slowing adoption. A continued voluntary transition works best if FCC rules allow these market forces to balance access, security, and adoption.

If competitive concerns arise from the standards-setting or implementation process, existing antitrust law provides an adequate backstop. The U.S. Justice Department (DOJ) can investigate and, where appropriate, bring enforcement actions. Courts can then assess alleged anticompetitive conduct, alongside any procompetitive justifications, to determine whether the net effect harms competition.

Finally, the use of encryption does not transform ATSC 3.0 into a different category of media for legal or regulatory purposes. Even as distinctions between broadcast and other media platforms continue to blur, broadcasters still transmit signals directly to the public free of charge, and consumers with approved equipment can receive any available signal.[15]

C. Application of Retransmission-Consent Rules to ATSC 3.0

The FCC asks whether retransmission-consent and must-carry obligations should extend to ATSC 3.0 signals.[16] As the record reflects, requiring carriage of ATSC 3.0 would impose significant additional costs on cable operators, while consumer demand for the new standard remains limited.[17] Although uniform application of FCC rules can offer administrative simplicity, the commission should weigh these costs carefully against any potential benefits to consumers and to broadcasters’ transition efforts.

Rather than creating separate retransmission-consent regimes for different technologies, the FCC should consider modernizing its existing rules across platforms. Congress enacted the Cable Act at a time when cable operators were thought to exercise bottleneck control over video distribution.[18] Today, with the growth of internet-based and alternative distribution channels, cable systems no longer hold that position, if they ever did.[19]

While retransmission-consent and must-carry requirements remain statutory, Congress granted the FCC discretion to define and enforce “good faith” negotiation standards, establish collective bargaining mechanisms for smaller multichannel video programming distributors (MVPDs), and prevent coercive contract provisions.[20] The commission could use this authority to update its approach—for example, by strengthening good-faith negotiation requirements or adopting final-offer arbitration—so that broadcast stations negotiate retransmission consent on terms comparable to those faced by other content providers.[21]

D. Improving Spectrum Efficiency Through ATSC 3.0

ATSC 3.0 enables more efficient compression, allowing broadcasters to use spectrum more effectively. Because the primary broadcast stream requires less bandwidth than a station’s licensed allocation, broadcasters gain flexibility to offer additional subchannels, enhanced programming, or new services.[22] If broadcasters identify other innovative ways to use their licensed spectrum, the FCC should support those efforts by granting regulatory flexibility. Doing so will encourage continued gains in spectral efficiency and free additional capacity for expanded programming and other consumer-facing services.

II. Market Realities Support a Voluntary, Consumer-Driven ATSC 3.0 Transition

The FCC rightly proposes to continue a voluntary transition to ATSC 3.0. As a guiding principle, the commission should ensure that its rules allow market forces—not mandates—to drive technological change. Consumers who value ATSC 3.0 will choose to purchase compatible equipment. If they do not, the FCC should not compel them to upgrade.

A. The Modern Media Marketplace Has Changed

Many of the FCC’s broadcast and cable rules reflect market conditions that no longer exist. Broadcast-ownership limits, for example, arose from concerns that limited distribution options would allow a small number of stations to control public access to information.[23] Congress enacted the Cable Act in part because policymakers believed cable operators could act as bottlenecks for video distribution, leaving broadcasters with little leverage in retransmission negotiations.[24]

Today’s media marketplace looks very different. No single technology dominates video distribution, and the internet has sharply reduced barriers to entry for content creators.[25] Nielsen data show that broadcast and cable television together account for roughly 41.6% of viewing time, while streaming services account for about 46.4%. At the same time, no individual streaming service captures more than 13.1 of total viewing, underscoring the competitive and fragmented nature of the market.[26]

Content producers now reach consumers through multiple independent channels. Broadcast networks distribute programming directly through their own streaming platforms. Smaller creators can rely on open platforms such as YouTube or negotiate distribution through virtual MVPDs like Sling TV. These options give content providers far more flexibility and bargaining power than in prior decades.

Consumers likewise enjoy unprecedented choice. Where viewers once had to watch programs at scheduled broadcast times or subscribe to cable for broader access, they can now watch free content on social media and streaming platforms or subscribe to services offering premium television and film libraries. Consumers also increasingly substitute other forms of entertainment—such as video games, podcasts, and interactive media—for traditional broadcast programming.

B. The Role of Consumer Demand in the ATSC 3.0 Transition

Concerns about a “chicken-and-egg” problem in the transition to ATSC 3.0 have some merit.[27] Without access to robust ATSC 3.0 content, viewers have little reason to upgrade their equipment. At the same time, broadcasters hesitate to invest in ATSC 3.0 programming when they lack a sufficient audience, especially while they must continue to simulcast in ATSC 1.0.

That dynamic, however, represents only part of the challenge. Increased competition in the video marketplace further reduces consumers’ incentives to upgrade their broadcast-television equipment. Faced with the choice between upgrading to ATSC 3.0 or losing access to a broadcast channel, many viewers may instead turn to streaming services, online video platforms, or other forms of entertainment. As a result, broadcasters must ensure that ATSC 3.0 delivers enough incremental value to compete with these alternatives. This market discipline ensures that broadcasters adopt the new standard only when it provides consumer benefits sufficient to sustain viewership.

A mandated transition would bypass this market test. For some stations, continued operation under ATSC 1.0 may provide sufficient value to viewers, making an upgrade economically unjustified. If the FCC forces a transition before consumer demand develops, viewers may not follow, and some broadcasters could face significant financial harm. Even with a mandate, consumer adoption is not guaranteed, creating the risk of substantial deadweight loss.

A voluntary transition better aligns incentives. It encourages broadcasters to develop and deploy ATSC 3.0 services that reflect consumer preferences and to demonstrate the value of the new standard to both viewers and device manufacturers. Without a mandate, broadcasters must address concerns about encryption, digital rights management, and equipment certification by offering solutions that are affordable, efficient, and responsive to market demand.

A voluntary approach also encourages broadcasters to use ATSC 3.0 to its full potential. Broadcasters have noted that “lighthousing” often requires additional compression, which can limit ATSC 3.0 functionality and reduce consumer benefits.[28] Combined with reforms to simulcasting rules, a voluntary transition would give broadcasters stronger incentives to deploy ATSC 3.0 in ways that fully realize its technical capabilities—if, and only if, those capabilities deliver meaningful benefits to consumers.

While broadcasters face real challenges, the FCC should not shift the costs of transition onto consumers, particularly where they have not expressed a clear desire to upgrade.

C. Legacy Authority Does Not Justify an ATSC 3.0 Tuner Mandate

Congress granted the FCC authority to require that consumer television equipment include broadcast receivers.[29] The National Association of Broadcasters asks the commission to use that authority to require manufacturers to include ATSC 3.0 tuners in all new television sets.[30]

ATSC 3.0 tuners add meaningful cost to consumer devices, which helps explain why manufacturers continue to prioritize ATSC 1.0 receivers. External ATSC 3.0 tuners typically cost between $80 and $250, compared to roughly $30 to $70 for ATSC 1.0 tuners.[31] To keep prices low, many entry-level and midrange televisions therefore include only ATSC 1.0. The Consumer Technology Association has noted that most televisions on the market still lack ATSC 3.0 tuners and that models including them cost more than 23% more on average.[32] While these price differences may also reflect other premium features, the evidence suggests that consumers who want ATSC 3.0 capability must pay more for it.

Congress enacted the All-Channel Receiver Act in 1962 to address a facially similar concern.[33] At the time, the FCC allocated broadcast frequencies across Very High Frequency (VHF) and Ultra High Frequency (UHF) bands,[34] but consumers hesitated to buy UHF-capable equipment because little UHF programming existed.[35] The statute thus aimed to promote competition, localism, diversity, and consumer choice by ensuring that viewers could receive all broadcast signals.[36]

Those market conditions no longer exist. The logic underlying the FCC’s authority in 1962 does not translate well to today’s media environment.

First, the statute sought to promote competition by enabling smaller and independent stations to reach viewers and compete with the dominant broadcast networks—ABC, CBS, and NBC. Today, improved compression allows broadcasters to carry multiple subchannels, and content producers that wish to avoid large networks can distribute programming through cable channels, virtual MVPDs, or the internet.[37] A mandate requiring ATSC 3.0 tuners could actually serve to push price-sensitive consumers away from broadcast television altogether and toward alternative platforms, undermining competition rather than promoting it.

Second, mandating ATSC 3.0 tuners would do little to advance localism or diversity. Local broadcast stations already reach viewers through ATSC 1.0, and consumers can access that content today. Higher equipment costs could deter some consumers from purchasing televisions with broadcast capability at all, leading them to rely exclusively on streaming or other technologies. Moreover, local news and community content increasingly reach audiences through podcasts, local websites, and social media.[38] A tuner mandate would not meaningfully expand the range of content available to consumers.

A voluntary transition offers a better path to lower costs and broader adoption. One significant barrier to ATSC 3.0 equipment deployment is approval by A3SA, the private entity created by broadcasters and networks to manage the ATSC 3.0 security framework, including encryption and digital-rights-management standards.[39] Those standards have prevented some devices from decoding ATSC 3.0 signals, even when they otherwise functioned effectively.[40] For example, certain network tuners that allow consumers to access broadcast signals throughout the home previously supported ATSC 3.0 but lost that capability after failing to obtain A3SA approval.[41]

A voluntary transition also better aligns incentives for standards bodies to approve devices that pose no consumer harm while continuing to block genuinely problematic ones. Broader device availability would increase competition among manufacturers, lower prices, and expand consumer adoption—outcomes far more likely to advance the goals of the transition than a blanket equipment mandate.

III. Market-Driven Transition Requires Relief from Simulcasting Rules

The FCC correctly declines to mandate a transition to ATSC 3.0. Moreover, the NPRM’s proposals to grant broadcasters additional flexibility will allow market forces to determine the appropriate transition timeline.

Today’s broadcast market effectively requires stations that adopt ATSC 3.0 to continue simulcasting in ATSC 1.0. Advertising provides the primary source of broadcast revenue, and without a sufficient audience capable of receiving ATSC 3.0 signals, an ATSC 3.0–only approach would sharply reduce viewership and advertising value. Without that revenue, many broadcasters could not remain viable.

At the same time, simulcasting imposes significant costs. Because stations cannot transmit ATSC 3.0 and ATSC 1.0 signals from the same facilities, broadcasters must enter channel-sharing arrangements—commonly known as “lighthousing”—to maintain both signals.[42] These arrangements increase operational costs but, to date, have generated little additional revenue. In a highly competitive media marketplace, these added costs further disadvantage broadcasters relative to well-capitalized digital competitors.

More importantly, the FCC’s simulcasting rules actively impede the ATSC 3.0 transition. Lighthousing requires multiple broadcasters to share limited bandwidth, which forces additional compression and reduces signal quality and functionality.[43] In theory, a broadcaster could instead lighthouse its ATSC 1.0 signal. In practice, commission rules require the ATSC 1.0 simulcast to cover the station’s entire community of license and remain substantially similar to the ATSC 3.0 signal.[44] Meeting those requirements through a shared facility would often degrade service quality or reduce coverage, exposing stations to regulatory risk.

As a result, broadcasters have largely been forced to lighthouse their ATSC 3.0 signals. This choice shifts the technical constraints onto the very service meant to showcase the new standard. As the “Future of Television Initiative Report” explains, ATSC 3.0 lighthouses can offer only a limited subset of the standard’s full capabilities.[45] When stations attempt to deploy advanced ATSC 3.0 features, compliance with the “substantially similar” rule becomes even more difficult. Consumers who access ATSC 3.0 today therefore experience only a fraction of its potential benefits, weakening incentives for broader adoption.

The FCC should promote flexibility by eliminating mandatory simulcasting requirements. Paired with the substantial similarity rule, mandatory simulcasting distorts the broadcast market and offers little additional benefit to consumers. Broadcasters should instead retain discretion over whether and how long to simulcast ATSC 1.0.

First, broadcasters will not adopt changes that undermine their own viability. If viewers cannot receive a signal, broadcasters will not make the switch. Eliminating mandatory simulcasting would simply allow stations to retire ATSC 1.0 signals that no longer deliver meaningful value to consumers.

Second, voluntary simulcasting may increase overall consumer welfare even if a small number of viewers do not transition. If ATSC 3.0 meaningfully improves service quality and functionality, the benefits to the vast majority of viewers may outweigh the costs to a shrinking minority, who may turn to other local stations or digital alternatives. Broadcasters—rather than regulators—are best positioned to judge when their communities are ready for that shift.

Third, if the Commission retains any simulcasting requirement, it should ease compliance. Eliminating the substantial similarity rule and allowing more advanced compression for ATSC 1.0 signals would enable broadcasters to preserve legacy service while fully deploying ATSC 3.0. For example, a station that can reach most of its market through a lighthouse could dedicate its primary channel to ATSC 3.0 without having to meet rigid coverage or programming constraints, allowing it to deliver the quality and interactivity needed to drive consumer adoption.

By removing these regulatory barriers, the FCC can best facilitate a successful transition to ATSC 3.0—one guided by consumer demand and competitive conditions, rather than regulatory compulsion.

IV. Allow Market-Driven Use of Encryption and DRM

If the FCC adopts flexible simulcasting rules and maintains a voluntary transition to ATSC 3.0, it should not impose new rules governing encryption or digital rights management (DRM).

Broadcasters today compete directly with a wide range of internet-based services and face growing pressure from digital rivals. Encryption and DRM give broadcasters tools to protect their content and develop new revenue models that can sustain free, over-the-air service. The FCC should allow broadcasters to decide whether and how to deploy these tools.[46]

First, DRM helps prevent unauthorized redistribution of valuable content, including live sports and primetime programming. In 2024, episodic television piracy generated an estimated 96.8 billion visits worldwide, with global digital piracy imposing costs of roughly $75 billion.[47] Cable operators and streaming platforms already rely on DRM to protect their services, while broadcasters historically have lacked comparable tools. ATSC 3.0 closes that gap by limiting unauthorized copying and redistribution and by enabling compliance with licensing requirements imposed by studios and major sports leagues.[48] Without DRM, broadcasters risk losing access to premium content, pushing viewers further toward digital alternatives.

Second, DRM enables technical restrictions that were not possible under ATSC 1.0, such as limits on DVR functionality, commercial skipping, or content-retention periods. Some commenters argue that these capabilities could degrade the user experience or infringe fair use.[49] But broadcasters cannot adopt DRM practices that alienate viewers without harming their own business. If ATSC 3.0 reduces functionality that consumers value, audiences will migrate elsewhere. At the same time, certain restrictions may better support broadcast economics. For example, limiting ad skipping can increase the value of advertising, generating revenue that supports content investment and innovation. Broadcasters, not regulators, are best positioned to strike the appropriate balance between consumer access and economic sustainability.

Claims that DRM necessarily violates fair use also misread relevant precedent. Public Knowledge cites Sony Corp. of America v. Universal City Studios to argue that restricting recording features infringes consumer fair-use rights.[50] But Sony addressed whether a device manufacturer could be held liable for copyright infringement for enabling recording—not whether broadcasters must allow recording in the first place.[51] DRM does not impose liability on device manufacturers and does not require broadcasters to provide any particular functionality. Fair-use doctrine therefore does not compel FCC intervention here.

Third, DRM enables broadcasters to experiment with paywalled or subscription-based content. As consumers increasingly skip or avoid advertisements, ad-supported revenue becomes less reliable. Other media industries have responded by developing subscription models, and broadcasters may need similar flexibility. ATSC 3.0 could support premium or subscription content delivered over broadcast subchannels, or more targeted advertising enabled by secure, internet-connected devices.

Although broadcasting traditionally has been free to consumers, nothing in the public-interest standard requires that it remain so indefinitely. Congress charged the FCC with regulating spectrum in the public interest, not with mandating a particular pricing model. If broadcasters cannot sustain operations, communities lose access to local content altogether. Because ATSC 3.0 remains a broadcast service with limited geographic reach, stations will continue to tailor offerings to local audiences.

If the FCC remains concerned that subscription offerings could blur the distinction between broadcasting and other services, it could require licensees to maintain at least one free, over-the-air primary channel. That approach would preserve the core attributes of broadcast service while allowing broadcasters to use additional subchannel capacity—made possible by improved compression—for optional premium offerings.

Outdated assumptions about broadcast business models risk harming consumers by limiting broadcasters’ ability to compete. The FCC should therefore allow broadcasters the flexibility to deploy encryption, DRM, and new monetization strategies as part of a market-driven transition to ATSC 3.0.

V. Defining ‘Broadcasting’ in the Context of Encrypted ATSC 3.0 Services

The NPRM asks whether the current ATSC 3.0 encryption regime—administered by A3SA and implemented by broadcasters—qualifies as “broadcasting” under the Communications Act.[52] The statute defines broadcasting as the dissemination of radio communications intended for reception by the public. FCC rules further explain that this definition applies to services meant to be received indiscriminately by the public.[53]

The FCC has identified several indicia relevant to that determination. These include whether the service is receivable on a conventional television without requiring a programmer-provided special antenna or signal converter; whether encryption prevents viewers from enjoying the programming without proprietary decoding; and whether the service depends on a private contractual relationship between the provider and the viewer.[54]

A. Encrypted ATSC 3.0 Transmissions Remain ‘Broadcasting’

Some commenters argue that encryption and DRM, as implemented through A3SA, transform ATSC 3.0 into a functionally and legally distinct service from broadcasting. Public Knowledge, for example, contends that ATSC 3.0 requires viewers to use A3SA-certified devices and that this framework imposes technological and contractual barriers inconsistent with what has historically been a free and open medium.[55] On that basis, Public Knowledge claims that encryption and DRM are incompatible with the legal definition of broadcasting as a service to the general public.[56]

These arguments fail for two reasons.

First, encryption and DRM operate as part of the technical standards governing ATSC 3.0–capable equipment, not as station-specific access controls. This requirement is no different in principle from the need to own a television capable of receiving ATSC 1.0 signals. While not all manufacturers may choose to meet A3SA specifications, those that do can produce devices capable of receiving any ATSC 3.0 broadcast. The presence of technical standards does not convert broadcasting into a restricted service.

Second, the contractual arrangements cited apply to broadcasters and device manufacturers, not to viewers.[57] The A3SA broadcaster agreement governs access to security credentials used to encrypt and sign ATSC 3.0 signals.[58] The A3SA adopter agreement governs manufacturers’ access to the credentials needed to decrypt those signals in compliant devices.[59] Neither agreement creates a contractual relationship between broadcasters and consumers. Once a consumer purchases compliant equipment, they may receive any ATSC 3.0 signal without entering into a private contract.

Public Knowledge correctly notes that the FCC has authority to distinguish broadcast from non-broadcast services, citing National Ass’n for Better Broadcasting v. FCC.[60] But that case does not support the conclusion that encrypted ATSC 3.0 transmissions fall outside the definition of broadcasting. NABB addressed subscription-based services that required consumers to pay for access to programming. ATSC 3.0, by contrast, does not require consumers to subscribe or contract with broadcasters to receive signals. As such, encrypted ATSC 3.0 transmissions remain fundamentally different from the services at issue in NABB and continue to meet the statutory definition of broadcasting.

B. Broadcasting Need Not Be Free to Be ‘Public’

Even if ATSC 3.0 broadcasters offer paid services, the FCC retains both the authority and the responsibility to revisit its definition of “broadcasting.” National Ass’n for Better Broadcasting v. FCC relied in part on Chevron deference to uphold the commission’s interpretation of the statute.[61] With Chevron now overruled, courts no longer defer automatically to agency interpretations. In that context, courts could reasonably conclude that the statutory phrase “intended to be received by the public” does not turn on whether programming is funded by advertisers or paid for directly by consumers.[62]

The legislative history of the Radio Act—the predecessor to the Communications Act—supports a broader reading. Congress anticipated the development of subscription-based radio and other future broadcast services. Sen. Clarence Dill (D-Wash.), coauthor of both statutes, emphasized that “legislation [is] imperative if government is to retain jurisdiction over radio transmission in its many present and developing forms.”[63] That principle remains relevant as broadcasting continues to evolve.

ATSC 3.0 represents an advancement in broadcast technology and broadcast business models, not a departure from broadcasting itself. Although the FCC has previously treated paid services as distinct from broadcasting, the statute addresses communications transmitted over the airwaves and intended for reception by the public. It does not require that broadcasting be free of charge, nor does it codify a distinction between advertiser-supported and consumer-paid models.

Requiring broadcasters to rely exclusively on advertising—at a time when advertising revenue increasingly flows to competing digital platforms—could undermine the long-term viability of broadcast service. Such a constraint risks reducing consumer choice as more content migrates to over-the-top alternatives.

VI. MVPD Carriage and Retransmission Consent in the ATSC 3.0 Transition

The transition to ATSC 3.0 raises broader questions about the continued role of MVPD carriage and retransmission-consent rules in a rapidly evolving video marketplace. Any consideration of ATSC 3.0 carriage should occur within a larger reform framework. Absent such reform, the FCC should not extend must-carry or retransmission-consent obligations to ATSC 3.0 signals.

A. Modernizing MVPD Carriage and Retransmission-Consent Rules

The FCC asks whether it should modify MVPD carriage rules in light of proposals to eliminate the ATSC 1.0 simulcasting requirement.[64] Although much of the NPRM focuses on whether to extend mandatory carriage rights to ATSC 3.0 signals, this proceeding—along with related broadcast-reform efforts, such as the quadrennial review—highlights the need for broader reforms to carriage and retransmission-consent rules.

Ongoing reforms to broadcast-ownership limits will inevitably affect retransmission-consent negotiations. Regulation in this area reallocates bargaining power, but that reallocation is not inherently harmful.[65] The relevant question is whether reform increases consumer choice, lowers prices, and improves efficiency.

As the FCC revises broadcast-ownership rules and broadcasters deploy ATSC 3.0 services, the commission should consider broader changes to the carriage and retransmission framework. One option is to sunset retransmission-consent and must-carry obligations altogether. Doing so would treat broadcast programming like other video content, allowing MVPDs to select programming based on consumer demand and market value. Although this approach would present legal and political challenges, it offers the greatest potential to improve consumer welfare.

If the FCC chooses instead to extend carriage or retransmission rules to ATSC 3.0, it should adopt incremental reforms to limit market distortion. These could include strengthening good-faith negotiation requirements, restricting automatic fee-escalation clauses, adopting final-offer arbitration, and implementing targeted arbitration mechanisms to address disputes during high-value programming periods.[66] These measures would preserve the core objectives of the retransmission regime while minimizing distortions as the FCC modernizes broadcast regulation and facilitates the transition to ATSC 3.0.

B. Do Not Extend Must-Carry Obligations to ATSC 3.0

Until the FCC adopts a broader carriage and retransmission-consent framework that reflects today’s media marketplace, it should not extend must-carry obligations to ATSC 3.0 signals. The NPRM asks whether broadcast stations should be allowed to assert mandatory-carriage rights for ATSC 3.0 in light of proposals to eliminate the simulcasting and substantially similar rules. The commission should decline to do so for two reasons. First, mandatory carriage of ATSC 3.0 would require MVPDs to make technical upgrades that increase costs for consumers. Second, the market—not regulation—should determine the value and demand for ATSC 3.0 carriage.

As NCTA explains, mandatory ATSC 3.0 carriage would impose significant technical burdens, including costly system and equipment changes.[67] Broadcasters may use ATSC 3.0 to deliver enhanced audio and video features that many existing cable set-top boxes do not support.[68] Carriage could also require additional bandwidth, straining cable systems and increasing the risk of service disruptions, consumer confusion, and degraded performance.[69] MVPDs would ultimately pass these costs on to subscribers, either through higher prices or reduced service quality. Faced with those tradeoffs, some consumers may abandon MVPD services altogether, weakening competition in the video marketplace.

More fundamentally, if the FCC allows broadcasters to transition to ATSC 3.0 based on market demand, it should also allow market forces to determine whether MVPDs carry ATSC 3.0 signals. Consumers value access to broadcast programming, but ATSC 3.0 carriage may impose additional costs on MVPD subscribers. If consumers do not value those features, the FCC should not force them to pay for them. Conversely, if consumers value ATSC 3.0 enough to justify the cost, MVPDs will have strong incentives to make the necessary investments. Extending must-carry to ATSC 3.0 would short-circuit that market test and risk distorting outcomes to the detriment of consumers.

VII. Broadcast Spectrum Should Serve Its Highest-Value Use

The FCC seeks comment on the appropriate use of broadcast spectrum in the ATSC 3.0 era.[70] Some commenters express concern that ATSC 3.0 allows broadcasters to devote a substantial portion of their licensed bandwidth to data-based services at the expense of the primary broadcast feed.[71] The commission has also stated that the fundamental use of television broadcast spectrum is to provide free, over-the-air television service, and it asks how much capacity stations should reserve for that purpose after transitioning to ATSC 3.0.

This framing assumes that free, over-the-air broadcasting represents the primary and best use of broadcast spectrum. Broadcast television undoubtedly provides value to local communities. But dedicating spectrum to free television necessarily forecloses alternative uses that may generate greater consumer benefits. The relevant question is not whether free broadcasting has value, but whether it represents the highest-value use of that spectrum in all circumstances.

If a broadcaster can deliver greater value by using part of its licensed capacity for nonbroadcast services, the FCC should allow that flexibility rather than impose arbitrary capacity limits. Doing so would enable broadcasters to maximize consumer value and would encourage more efficient use of scarce spectrum resources. At a minimum, the commission should require only that each station provide a single free, over-the-air broadcast stream, while allowing licensees discretion over how they use the remainder of their allocated bandwidth.

Technical constraints may limit the viability of alternative services in some cases, and many broadcasters will continue to prioritize traditional free television. But the FCC should not predetermine outcomes that the market can resolve. While the FCC must protect licensees from harmful interference, it should otherwise grant broadcasters the flexibility to deploy their spectrum in its highest and best use.

VIII. Conclusion

The FCC should continue to pursue a voluntary, market-driven transition to ATSC 3.0 while removing regulatory barriers that slow adoption and limit consumer benefits. In particular, the FCC should end mandatory simulcasting and the related “substantially similar” requirements, which impose significant costs, constrain ATSC 3.0 functionality, and dilute the very features that could make the new standard valuable to viewers. Allowing broadcasters to decide when and how to transition—based on audience demand, competitive conditions, and local market needs—will better align incentives and promote efficient investment.

A flexible approach also recognizes the realities of today’s media marketplace. Broadcasters compete not only with one another, but with streaming platforms, social media, and other digital services that face far fewer regulatory constraints. Rules that force broadcasters to maintain legacy services, limit spectrum use, restrict encryption and monetization strategies, or mandate carriage and equipment adoption risk pushing consumers toward those alternatives rather than preserving free, over-the-air television.

The FCC should therefore resist mandates that shift transition costs onto consumers, MVPDs, or equipment manufacturers, and instead allow market signals to guide adoption. Where consumer demand exists, broadcasters will deploy ATSC 3.0, manufacturers will supply compatible devices, and MVPDs will carry new services. Where demand does not exist, regulation should not compel investment that consumers have not chosen to make.

By focusing on flexibility rather than prescription, the FCC can facilitate a successful ATSC 3.0 transition that preserves local broadcasting, encourages innovation, and maximizes the value of broadcast spectrum, all without distorting markets or undermining consumer choice.

[1] Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, GN Docket No. 16-142 (2025), https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/DOC-415053A1.pdf (“NPRM”).

[2] 47 U.S.C. § 303.

[3] ATSC 3.0 Is Now On-The-Air in 45 Markets, Reaching More than 40% of U.S. TV Viewers. 70 Television Models Now Come Equipped with NEXTGEN TV Electronics, and More Are on the Way, Adv. Television Sys. Comm. (2022), https://www.atsc.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/ATSC-CES-Market-Map-web.pdf.

[4] Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation Broadcast Television Standard,” Petition for Rulemaking, GN Docket No. 16-142 (Feb. 26, 2025), https://nab.org/documents/newsRoom/pdfs/Petition_for_Rulemaking_ATSC3.pdf (“NAB Petition”).

[5] NPRM at 14.

[6] NPRM at 16.

[7] The Future of Television Initiative Report, at 5–6, GN Docket No. 16-142 (Jan. 17, 2025).

[8] Id. at 5.

[9] Letter from Alisa Valentin, Broadband Policy Director Public Knowledge, Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, GN Docket No. 16-142 (Oct. 20, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/1020046267433/1.

[10] 47 C.F.R § 73.3801(b).

[11] NAB Petition at n. 24.

[12] Id. at 11.

[13] Foreign Anti-Digital Piracy Act, H.R. 791, 119th Cong. (2025), https://www.congress.gov/bill/119th-congress/house-bill/791/text#:~:text=Introduced%20in%20House%20(01%2F28,Ms.; Block Bad Elec. Art & Recording Distribs. Act of 2025 (discussion draft released Jul. 30), https://www.tillis.senate.gov/services/files/24A0311C-E658-4440-A259-AA8A876115E6.

[14] Paving the Way for Enhanced Security, ATSC 3.0 Sec. Auth. (last visited Jan. 8, 2026), https://a3sa.com.

[15] 47 C.F.R. § 2.1(c).

[16] NPRM at ¶ 44-57.

[17] Comments of NCTA – The Internet & Television Association, Authorizing Permissive Use of the ”Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, at 9-17, GN Docket No. 16-142 (May 7, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/10508334120287/1.

[18] Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992, Pub. L. No. 102-385, 106 Stat. 1460 (codified as amended in scattered sections of 47 U.S.C.).

[19] Eric Fruits, Geoffrey A. Manne, & Kristian Stout, Broadcast Ownership, Retransmission, and the Case for Comprehensive Reform, Int’l Ctr. for Law & Econ. (Nov. 18, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/resources/broadcast-ownership-retransmission-and-the-case-for-comprehensive-reform.

[20] Id.

[21] Id.

[22] Promoting Broadcast Internet Innovation through ATSC 3.0, Report and Order, MB Docket No. 20-145 para. 4 (Dec. 10, 2020), https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-20-181A1.pdf.

[23] Ben Sperry, First Amendment Jurisprudence Should Reflect Economic Reality: Why Red Lion and Pacifica Must Fall, Truth on the Mkt. (Oct. 14, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/10/14/first-amendment-jurisprudence-should-reflect-economic-reality-why-red-lion-and-pacifica-must-fall.

[24] See Fruits, Manne, & Stout, supra note 19.

[25] See Comments of the International Center for Law and Economics, FCC Quadrennial Regulatory Review of Broadcast-Ownership Rules, MB Docket No. 22-459 (Dec. 17, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/FCC-Broadcast-Ownership-NPRM-2025.pdf.

[26] See Comments of the International Center for Law and Economics, FCC Quadrennial Regulatory Review of Broadcast-Ownership Rules, MB Docket No. 22-459 (Dec. 17, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/FCC-Broadcast-Ownership-NPRM-2025.pdf.

[27] NPRM at n. 106.

[28] Rick Ducey, ATSC 3.0’s Road from Lighthouse to Cutover: Discussion with NAB’s Lynn Claudy on Leading Local Insights Podcast, BIA Advis. Svcs. (Mar. 14, 2023), https://www.bia.com/blog/atsc-3-0s-road-from-lighthouse-to-cutover-discussion-with-nabs-lynn-claudy-on-leading-local-insights-podcast (“If you have five broadcasters that want to participate, and only one lighthouse in the market, that means each broadcaster only gets access to essentially 20% of the data rate of that channel. And that’s going to be true until we can turn off what I sometimes call POD TV, or Plain Old DTV. This leads to the issue of when you can turn off ATSC 1.0 and not have mass viewer disenfranchisement, and how do you make sure no viewer is left behind. When you can get rid of ATSC 1.0 television, then each station gets their own six MegaHertz channel. Then they can have all the flexibility of ATSC 3.0 and all the data rate that the channel is capable of, for their own station. The implications of this for the services that are available currently, are that it’s really hard to support things like 4K, Ultra HDTV, for example, because stations are sharing their data capacity, and 4K takes up a lot of data space.”)

[29] All-Channel Receiver Act, Pub. L. No. 87-529, 76 Stat. 150 (1962) (codified as amended at 47 U.S.C. § 303(s)).

[30] NAB Petition at 17.

[31] Jim Kimble, ATSC 3.0 (NextGen TV): What It Is and Whether It’s Worth It, Antenna Land (Jul. 8, 2025), https://www.antennaland.com/what-is-nextgen-tv-should-you-try-it/#:~:text=ATSC%203.0%20is%20not%20backward,There’s%20Still%20Time%20to%20Wait.

[32] Comments of Consumer Technology Association, Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Standard, MB Docket No. 16-142 (May 7, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/10507299146733/1.

[33] 47 U.S.C. § 303(s).

[34] Thomas W. Hazlett, The U.S. Digital TV Transition: Time to Toss the Negroponte Switch? (AEI-Brookings Joint Ctr. for Regul. Stud. Working Paper No. 01-15, Nov. 2001), at 27-28, https://ssrn.com/abstract=294206.

[35] Id.

[36] Id.

[37] Jon Lafayette, Diginets’ Future May Just Be Now, Next TV (Feb. 9, 2015), https://www.nexttv.com/news/diginets-future-may-just-be-now-137823.

[38] See Comments of the International Center for Law and Economics, FCC Quadrennial Regulatory Review of Broadcast-Ownership Rules, MB Docket No. 22-459 (Dec. 17, 2025), https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/FCC-Broadcast-Ownership-NPRM-2025.pdf.

[39] Matthew Keys, Broadcast Group, SiliconDust Trade Blame Over NextGen TV DVR Issue, TheDesk.net (Jul. 21, 2025), https://thedesk.net/2025/07/silicondust-pearl-tv-hdhomerun-atsc-3.

[40] Comments of Public Knowledge, Petition for Rulemaking and Future of Television Initiative Report Filed by the National Association of Broadcasters, at 3, MB Docket No. 16-142 (May 7, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/105071750416733/1.

[41] Jared Newman, NextGen TV’s DRM Puts Future of the Over-the-Air DVR in Doubt, TechHive (Jul. 28, 2023), https://www.techhive.com/article/2009693/nextgen-tv-drm-puts-future-of-the-over-the-air-dvr-in-doubt.html.

[42] Next Generation Television (ATSC 3.0) Station Transition Guide, Nat’l Ass’n Broad. (2020), https://www.atsc.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/05/NAB-ATSC-3.0-Guide_Final.pdf.

[43] Ducey, supra note 28.

[44] 47 C.F.R. § 73.3801(b)(1), (f)(5).

[45] The Future of Television Initiative Report, at 18, GN Docket No. 16-142 (Jan. 17, 2025).

[46] Comments of Sinclair Inc., Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, at 12, GN Docket No. 16-142 (May 7, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/1050739202137/1.

[47] What 216 Billion Visits to Piracy Sites Reveal About Global Media in 2024, MUSO (Jun. 12, 2025), at 2, https://www.muso.com/blog/what-216-billion-visits-to-piracy-sites-reveal-about-global-media-in-2024.

[48] George Winslow, Securing the Future of Broadcast TV in the U.S., tvtech (Dec. 9, 2025), https://www.tvtechnology.com/news/securing-the-future-of-broadcast-tv-in-the-u-s.

[49] See, e.g., Comments of Manoj George, Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, at 12, GN Docket No. 16-142 (Dec. 29, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/search/search-filings/filing/12290840709265.

[50] Public Knowledge, supra note 40 at 18.

[51] See Sony Corp. of America v. Universal City Studios, 464 U.S. 417 (1984).

[52] NPRM at ¶ 37.

[53] 47 U.S.C. § 153(6)-(7); Subscription Video, 52 Fed. Reg. 6123, 6153 (1987), aff’d sub nom. Nat’l Ass’n for Better Broad. v. FCC, 849 F.2d 665 (D.C. Cir. 1988).

[54] Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, Report and Order and Further Norice of Proposed Rulemaking, GN Docket No. 16-142 ¶ 9 (Nov. 16, 2017), https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-17-158A1.pdf.

[55] Public Knowledge, supra note 40 at 23.

[56] Id.

[57] Id.

[58] Security Systems for NextGen TV Broadcasts: Executive Summary, A3SA (Mar. 24, 2022), at 1, A3SA.com.

[59] Id. at 2.

[60] 849 F.2d 665 (D.C. Cir. 1988).

[61] See id. at 668.

[62] 47 U.S.C. § 153(7).

[63] 67 Cong. Rec. 12,351 (1926) (statement of Sen. Dill), https://www.congress.gov/bound-congressional-record/1926/06/30/senate-section.

[64] NPRM at ¶ 44.

[65] Fruits, Manne, & Stout, supra note 19.

[66] Id.

[67] Comments of NCTA – The Internet & Television Association, Authorizing Permissive Use of the “Next Generation” Broadcast Television Standard, at 2, GN Docket 16-142 (May 7, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/10508334120287/1.

[68] Id. at 11.

[69] Id. at 14.

[70] NPRM at ¶ 68.

[71] Id.

ICLE Reply Comments to FCC on Eliminating Barriers to Wireless Deployments

I. Introduction and Summary The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments in response to the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) notice of . . .

I. Introduction and Summary

The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments in response to the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) on rules to streamline wireless broadband deployment.[1] ICLE is a nonprofit, nonpartisan research organization that applies law & economics methodologies to inform public policy, with the goal of promoting competition and consumer welfare in dynamic, technology-driven markets, including telecommunications.

The FCC has made substantial progress in reducing regulatory burdens on broadband providers and encouraging investment in next-generation networks.[2] These reforms have been especially important as wireless providers upgrade and densify their networks through both small wireless facilities and macro-cell deployments using mid-band spectrum. Nevertheless, existing rules do not fully address the continued use of state and local permitting processes to delay or effectively block network deployment and densification. Given current spectrum constraints, such barriers impede timely 5G deployment and risk harming consumer welfare and U.S. competitiveness.

As the FCC considers rule changes in this proceeding, it should focus on reducing both the direct and indirect costs that state and local permitting authorities impose on collocations, infrastructure modifications, and new deployments.[3] In particular, the commission should: (1) codify the concealment-element interpretations adopted in the 2020 Declaratory Ruling to ensure that aesthetic considerations only limit modifications that would defeat true stealth designs; and (2) extend the shot clocks and fee caps applicable to small wireless facilities to macro-cell sites supporting mid-band operations.

Congress expressly directed the FCC to preempt state and local actions that prevent the provision of personal wireless services.[4] Modern wireless networks require substantial investment to upgrade equipment and densify coverage in order to make efficient use of limited spectrum resources.[5] By lowering unnecessary regulatory costs and delays, the commission can enhance the incentives for investment directly and accelerate deployment.[6] Accordingly, the FCC should adopt the proposed reforms to prevent state and local measures that impose unjustified costs, delays, or prohibitions on wireless deployment.

II. Wireless Deployment Progress and the Remaining Barriers to Densification

The FCC’s prior wireless infrastructure reforms were premised on widespread deployment of small wireless facilities to support the transition from 4G to 5G.[7] Although significant progress has been made, network densification has not yet reached early industry expectations, for a variety of technical and economic reasons.[8] As the commission considers rule changes in this proceeding, it should not lose sight of that original objective or interpret the pace of deployment to date as a policy failure. Rather, the FCC should continue to promote a regulatory environment that enables network upgrades consistent with technical and economic realities, so that providers can meet growing consumer demand for wireless services.

A. Non-Permitting Cost Drivers Continue to Constrain Small-Cell Deployment

The FCC’s permitting reforms have significantly reduced deployment costs, particularly for small wireless facilities. Permitting costs, however, represent only one component of total deployment expenses. A range of non-permitting cost drivers continues to constrain network densification. While the commission cannot eliminate these costs entirely, it can adopt targeted regulatory reforms that better align costs with deployment benefits.

Early 5G business cases understated several non-permitting cost drivers, most notably power. Densification requires substantially more grid interconnection points, increasing the need for reliable power access. Utilities frequently require a dedicated meter for each connection point, which can be infeasible on decorative light poles due to space or local aesthetic constraints.[9] In addition, providing power often requires trenching that can cost more than $200 per linear foot.[10] These “last-meter” power costs are largely fixed on a per-site basis. While macro sites can amortize these costs across broader coverage areas and higher traffic volumes, the same per-node costs materially increase the average cost of small-cell deployment and can push projects below investment hurdle rates, effectively foreclosing deployment.

Fiber backhaul requirements further compound these challenges. In dense urban areas, fiber access is often readily available. In suburban areas, however, individual poles frequently lack nearby fiber, requiring lateral builds that can cost between $4 and $24 per foot.[11] For a macro site serving thousands of users, an additional $50,000 per mile in fiber costs may still support a viable investment. For a small cell serving a limited footprint, the same expense can extend payback periods from months to years. Although FCC action can reduce administrative barriers and facilitate fiber expansion, it cannot overcome the underlying economics of construction. Where fiber is not proximate, lateral build costs remain a binding constraint on small-cell deployment.

Labor constraints also continue to raise deployment costs. The Fiber Broadband Association estimates a shortage of up to 30,000 skilled technicians nationwide.[12] Power-related work further requires licensed electricians, who are in high demand across competing sectors, such as electric-vehicle (EV) infrastructure and data-center construction.[13] Moreover, regulatory requirements governing rights-of-way access, pole attachments, metering, and make-ready work are often administered in isolation. Even when each requirement is reasonable on its own terms, their combined effect increases transaction costs, complicates coordination across trades, and heightens the risk of delays. This uncertainty, coupled with lower per-site margins, makes it more difficult for small wireless facilities to secure crews and can render otherwise viable deployments uneconomic.

B. Overbroad Concealment Standards Undermine Section 6409(a)

Although the FCC has made substantial progress in streamlining wireless permitting, additional reform is needed. While the 2018 Order and much of the 2020 Declaratory Ruling were upheld on judicial review, several provisions—particularly those at issue in this proceeding—were vacated or limited, creating uncertainty in the Section 6409(a) framework.

A central dispute under Section 6409(a)’s “eligible facilities request” regime concerns the scope of “concealment elements.” Under existing rules, a modification that “defeats concealment” may be treated as a “substantial change” and denied. In League of California Cities v. FCC, the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals rejected the FCC’s interpretation that “concealed” and “stealth” facilities should be treated as synonymous, observing that the 2014 Order used the terms distinctly.[14] As a result, state and local governments now have greater latitude to treat a broad range of aesthetic conditions as protected concealment, expanding the set of modifications that can be deemed “substantial changes” and denied under the Section 6409(a) framework.[15]

In practice, some localities have adopted “invisibility” standards that effectively prohibit any new or modified equipment. For example, Albemarle County, Virginia, requires denial of wireless applications unless facilities are designed to minimize visibility.[16] Similar approaches elsewhere make collocation on existing structures difficult or impossible.

Localities have also adopted expansive definitions of what constitutes “defeating” a concealment method.[17] Where a concealment element is defined as an entire structure or a specific silhouette, even minor alterations can be deemed a defeat of concealment, functioning as a de facto bar on upgrades.

These concealment and aesthetic requirements increasingly conflict with modern 5G network architecture. Unlike 4G systems, which relied on passive antennas and remote radio heads that generated little heat, 5G deployments use active antenna units that integrate radio and antenna components to enable beamforming.[18] These units generate significantly more heat and often cannot be fully enclosed in stealth canisters or shrouds without creating safety or performance issues.

Similarly, 5G’s use of massive multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technology[19] requires physical separation of antenna elements to enable beamforming.[20] If localities treat modest dimensional changes—such as widening a “stealth” flagpole to accommodate additional antennas—as defeating concealment, those structures can be locked into legacy 4G configurations. This approach yields minimal aesthetic benefit while imposing substantial costs on providers and consumers, particularly where FCC rules already tolerate limited dimensional increases.[21]

These restrictions impose direct and indirect costs on wireless providers. Some applications are denied outright, such as when T-Mobile sought to expand a concealment shroud from 18 to 38 inches to accommodate new antennas.[22] Others become prolonged and costly, such as when Verizon faced objections to modifying a faux-pine-tree pole based on perceived “branch density.”[23] In one extreme case, permit conditions in Adirondack Park, New York imposed ongoing landscaping obligations, including requirements to replace screening vegetation lost to natural causes.[24]

Lengthy, uncertain, or prohibitive permitting processes increase project-level fixed costs and regulatory risk, raising providers’ cost of capital and required investment hurdle rates. The predictable result is reduced network investment: fewer small-cell deployments, fewer macro-site collocations, and fewer upgrades at the margin. Reduced deployment intensity, in turn, limits network density and coverage, degrading service quality and consumer welfare.

C. Mid-Band Spectrum Mitigates Deployment Costs but Remains Constrained

In response to the high costs associated with deploying small wireless facilities to support higher-frequency bands, wireless providers have increasingly shifted their deployment strategies toward mid-band spectrum. Mid-band frequencies offer comparable bandwidth and latency to higher-frequency bands, while providing broader coverage due to more favorable propagation characteristics.

This shift has allowed providers to rely more heavily on existing macro-cell infrastructure. Rather than deploying large numbers of new small cells, providers can upgrade approximately 250,000 existing macro-cell sites in a more cost-effective manner.[25]

Mid-band spectrum, however, is already heavily encumbered. Federal users rely on mid-band frequencies for mission-critical applications, including high-power radar for air and missile defense, tactical data links for unmanned aircraft systems, and radio telemetry for testing.[26] Commercial users also operate extensively in these bands, supporting functions such as radio altimeters, unlicensed services, vehicle-safety systems, and public-safety communications.

As a result, even with increased reliance on mid-band spectrum, interference constraints and sharing requirements continue to necessitate additional network investment to ensure reliable service and capacity.

D. Rising Demand Requires Continued Network Investment and Densification

Wireless providers have upgraded and densified their networks where economically feasible, even if deployment has not yet reached early industry expectations. As of 2025, providers have deployed 166,264 small wireless facilities nationwide, representing approximately 6% year-over-year growth.[27]

At the same time, network usage has increased substantially. Video content now accounts for approximately 82% of all internet traffic, and rising upload demand has begun to strain wireless networks.[28] In addition, a growing number of households are relying on fixed wireless access in place of traditional cable or fiber service, further increasing network load.[29]

To meet this growing demand, wireless providers must continue to upgrade equipment and further densify their networks. Modern 5G equipment allows more efficient use of existing spectrum and increases throughput, but these upgrades require collocation on existing structures and remain subject to the cost constraints described above. In high-traffic areas, providers will also continue to rely on the streamlined treatment of small wireless facilities to support additional densification.

These investments will proceed only where expected returns justify the associated costs. While some costs are fixed and unavoidable, the FCC can reduce others through targeted reforms, thereby improving investment incentives and supporting continued network upgrades and densification.

E. Targeted Commission Action Is Needed to Effectuate Congressional Intent

Congress directed the FCC to reduce barriers to broadband deployment and to ensure that state and local zoning authorities do not use zoning processes to delay or prevent network construction. The commission’s prior reforms have helped foster substantial investment, but as discussed above, some localities continue to exploit gaps in the rules to impede deployment. The FCC should adopt the proposals outlined below to prevent such practices from undermining congressional intent.

In addition, many of the protections applicable to small wireless facilities do not extend to macro-cell projects, even though macro-cell upgrades and collocations are now central to 5G deployment. The FCC should therefore apply existing small-cell shot clocks and fee caps to applications for macro tower collocations, modifications, and new deployments.

Most importantly, the FCC should preempt state and local measures that prohibit or effectively prevent network densification. Sections 253 and 332 direct the commission to preempt laws that impede the provision of personal wireless services, and as explained above, densification is essential to the deployment of next-generation networks.

By adopting targeted regulatory reforms, the FCC can better enable wireless providers to make the investments necessary to upgrade their networks and meet consumer demand.

III. Codifying Concealment Standards to Preserve Section 6409(a)’s Purpose

The FCC should codify the concealment definitions adopted in the 2020 Declaratory Ruling to ensure that “concealment” does not become a discretionary veto under Section 6409(a). Much of the commission’s broader deployment policy addresses new construction, where local siting concerns are naturally more significant. Section 6409(a), by contrast, is specifically designed to expedite collocations and modifications on existing structures.

In many collocation cases, siting concerns are materially reduced because the structure is already in place and the proposed change is incremental, often limited to the addition of antennas or related equipment. Reflecting this premise, Section 6409(a) requires state and local governments to approve eligible modification requests unless they would result in a “substantial change,” including a substantial change to the physical dimensions of the tower or base station.

A. Section 6409(a) Focuses on Physical Dimensions, Not Aesthetic Judgments

Section 6409(a) refers only to changes in the physical dimensions of a tower or base station. In implementing the statute, the FCC concluded in the 2014 Order that certain changes defeating concealment elements of stealth facilities could constitute a “substantial change.”[30] Notably, however, the statutory term “substantial change” is expressly limited to changes in “the physical dimensions of such tower or base station.”[31] Read naturally, this language encompasses objective measurements—such as height, width, depth, or length—not broader aesthetic or design considerations. Treating the defeat of a concealment element as a “substantial change” in physical dimensions therefore risks extending beyond the text of the statute.

League of California Cities v. FCC did not resolve this underlying statutory question. Instead, the 9th Circuit addressed only whether the FCC’s interpretation of its own rules was entitled to deference. The court focused on whether the 2014 Order treated “concealed” and “stealth” facilities as a single category or as distinct concepts.[32] Challenges to the 2014 Order itself similarly argued that the commission’s interpretation did not go far enough in defining what constitutes a “substantial change,” not that the FCC lacked authority to consider factors beyond physical dimensions.

If the FCC elects to further interpret Section 6409(a), it should codify the definitions adopted in the 2020 Declaratory Ruling. The NPRM proposals that track the 2020 Declaratory Ruling would treat a “defeat of concealment” as a substantial change only for true stealth facilities—such as poles designed to appear as something other than a tower or base station. That approach more closely aligns with Congress’ focus on physical dimensions, because modifications to such facilities often alter dimensions in ways that undermine the concealment design itself.

To the extent localities are concerned that modifications may make existing towers more visible, Congress explicitly considered that possibility and nonetheless chose to prioritize deployment.[33] Congress recognized that some approved modifications would affect appearance but determined that non-substantial changes should not prevent wireless providers from upgrading facilities and deploying service.

B. Aesthetic Conditions Are Being Used to Circumvent Section 6409(a)

Permitting authorities too often use aesthetic considerations to delay or deny modification requests. The record contains numerous examples. CTIA reports that one California county limits wireless facility height to 60 feet or less based on “visual impact.”[34]  AT&T describes a case in New York in which a town denied eligible facilities request status for a lattice-tower modification because an exterior cable run was deemed to defeat concealment of interior cabling.[35] AT&T also cites an example in Oregon where a city treats antenna height itself as a concealment element.[36]

To address these practices, the FCC should clarify that a modification implicates a concealment element—and may constitute a substantial change—only where the concealment element is part of a true stealth facility, such as a pole designed to appear as something other than a tower or base station. The commission should further clarify that siting conditions based on aesthetics may not be used to deny modifications that otherwise comply with 47 C.F.R. § 1.6100(b)(7)(i)–(iv), which define the dimensional changes that constitute a “substantial change.”

As wireless providers continue to upgrade equipment and collocate facilities to densify their networks, aesthetic-based delays and denials will increasingly constrain deployment. When approval costs are uncertain or the risk of denial is significant, providers may forego otherwise efficient upgrades altogether. Congress made clear its intent to promote wireless deployment, and clarifying the FCC’s rules would provide greater certainty for investment and planning.

Allowing localities to use aesthetic criteria to circumvent Section 6409(a) would also discourage providers from deploying higher-frequency technologies and small wireless facilities. Reduced deployment in these bands would place additional strain on already-encumbered mid-band spectrum and increase pressure for reallocation. Given the wide range of existing mid-band uses—including Wi-Fi, public safety, and government operations—such constraints risk slowing the development of 5G and 6G networks while also affecting other critical services.

IV. Extending Small-Cell Deployment Protections to Macro-Cell Sites

As discussed above, wireless providers are increasingly relying on macro-cell towers to collocate and deploy 5G equipment using mid-band spectrum. The FCC’s recent infrastructure reforms, however, have focused primarily on small wireless facilities, resulting in different regulatory treatment for different deployment technologies. The commission should use this proceeding to update its rules to apply the same shot clocks and fee caps to macro-cell sites that currently apply to small wireless facilities. Doing so would reduce deployment costs, encourage additional investment, and promote more efficient use of limited mid-band spectrum resources.

A. Permitting Delays Impose Significant Costs and Warrant Updated Shot Clocks

Unreasonable permitting delays impose significant costs on wireless providers, both at the individual project level and across the industry as a whole. At the site level, delays can prevent providers from deploying upgraded equipment and more resilient networks, undermining service quality and competitive positioning. Delay risk also increases uncertainty around new collocations and builds, including the risk that approval may never be granted. When approval timelines extend by even a few months, capital tied to a pending project may remain unavailable for other investments until the site is approved and deployed. Where disputes result in litigation, delays can extend for years, leaving providers with “dead capital” that generates no revenue for extended periods.

At scale, these site-specific delays accumulate and slow the broader deployment of 5G networks. As 5G increasingly competes with traditional fixed broadband and supports new services and usage patterns, permitting delays at individual sites can materially constrain network expansion.[37] Available data indicate that deployment delays can result in billions of dollars in lost consumer value annually and have a direct, negative effect on U.S. gross domestic product (GDP).[38]

The FCC should therefore update its existing shot clocks for macro-cell sites to align with the 60-day and 90-day shot clocks that apply to small wireless facilities.

First, doing so would better align with Section 332, which provides that state and local regulation of wireless facilities “shall not prohibit or have the effect of prohibiting the provision of personal wireless services.”[39] Lengthy permitting delays can effectively preclude service at a specific location and, by increasing time-to-revenue and tying up capital, reduce investment across a provider’s broader network footprint.[40] Both effects ultimately reduce consumer welfare.

Second, there is little practical justification for treating small wireless facilities and macro towers differently with respect to review timelines, particularly as permitting workflows have modernized.[41] Some municipalities report that review processes that once took months have been reduced to days through the use of digital permitting platforms and AI-assisted prescreening.[42] These developments should allow localities to conduct any additional review required for macro-cell applications in a fraction of the time currently asserted.

At the same time, some localities may lack the infrastructure needed to implement these tools. The FCC’s Broadband Deployment Advisory Committee (BDAC) found that, during the COVID-19 pandemic, certain local offices struggled to process applications due to inadequate digital infrastructure.[43] Where appropriate, the commission should support state and local governments by identifying best practices and facilitating adoption of modern permitting tools, including AI-assisted review.

Ultimately, however, Congress placed the responsibility on local permitting authorities to review applications in a timely manner. Updating macro-cell shot clocks would encourage permitting offices to modernize their processes, benefiting local communities, the wireless industry, and U.S. leadership in wireless technologies.

B. Above-Cost Fees Depress Investment and Warrant Cost-Based Caps

The FCC’s approach to small wireless facilities rests on a core economic principle: capital available for network investment is finite, and costs imposed on one deployment necessarily reduce investment elsewhere.[44] That principle applies equally to macro-tower modifications and small wireless facilities. Because local governments control access to public rights-of-way and face little competitive discipline in granting that access, they can impose fees that materially exceed the direct and reasonable costs of application processing and rights-of-way management.[45]

The economic rationale underlying the FCC’s deployment policy remains valid today. Wireless providers must make large, upfront capital investments with long payback periods, and investment decisions are governed by the net present value of expected cash flows, discounted by the firm’s cost of capital. In practice, providers’ ability to deploy capital is constrained by balance-sheet limits, free cash flow, and investor risk tolerance. As a result, firms must prioritize among competing projects, allocating scarce capital to deployments with the highest risk-adjusted returns and the most predictable payback periods. When regulatory costs reduce expected returns below a firm’s cost of capital, investment is deferred or redirected to other sectors.

In practice, this means that high-return locations are prioritized, and local governments in those areas may be able to extract economic rents.[46] When fees materially exceed cost-based levels, however, they operate as transfers that reduce capital available for other network investments.[47] In competitive markets with elastic demand, such fees cannot be fully passed through to consumers without reducing usage. Instead, they are largely absorbed by providers and result in reduced deployment.[48] Excessive fees can also deter entry by new competitors, including cable operators seeking to expand wireless offerings.

The FCC should therefore adopt fee caps for macro-cell sites that limit charges to the direct and incremental costs of processing applications and administering access to the rights-of-way. While it is appropriate for providers to compensate localities for the reasonable costs associated with managing public rights-of-way, fees should not be used as a general revenue source. Allowing recovery of unrelated or common costs would improperly shift expenses that benefit multiple users onto wireless providers alone, creating cross-subsidies and enabling above-cost charges that function as economic rent extraction.

Imposing cost-based fee caps would reduce barriers to macro-cell deployment. Excessive fees not only discourage individual projects but also depress investment more broadly by making marginal deployments in other communities less attractive. Limiting such fees is consistent with congressional intent, promotes broadband deployment, and still allows local governments to recover reasonable costs associated with rights-of-way access.

The FCC should also prohibit localities from imposing unrelated fees as a condition of permitting approval. As the NPRM notes, these may include consulting fees or gross-revenue-based charges that bear no relationship to the costs of processing an application. Fees unrelated to actual permitting costs should be barred.

Finally, to the extent that some states continue to impose de facto moratoria on new collocations or deployments, the FCC should use this proceeding to preempt inconsistent state laws that prohibit or delay the acceptance and approval of broadband applications.

C. Preventing Network Densification Constitutes a Prohibition of Service

As discussed above, network densification is essential to the provision of modern wireless services, particularly given the scarcity of spectrum resources. Sections 253 and 332(c)(7) prohibit state and local governments from using zoning authority to prevent the provision of personal wireless services and grant the FCC authority to preempt laws and regulations that have that effect. As the commission observes in the NPRM, some state and local governments condition approval on whether a “coverage gap” exists. Such criteria necessarily impede densification, because providers must deploy additional facilities within already-served areas to improve capacity, reliability, and service quality.

By restricting network densification, these requirements effectively prevent the provision of personal wireless services. The FCC should therefore preempt state and local regulations that restrict or prohibit densification.

V. Conclusion

The FCC’s wireless infrastructure reforms have produced meaningful progress, but additional action is needed to sustain network investment and deployment. Wireless providers must continue to upgrade equipment and densify their networks to meet rising demand and to make efficient use of limited spectrum resources. Yet state and local permitting practices continue to impose unnecessary costs, delays, and uncertainty that constrain investment, particularly for collocations and upgrades on existing macro-cell sites.

As the record demonstrates, permitting delays, above-cost fees, and expansive aesthetic and concealment standards can raise project-level costs, increase regulatory risk, and push otherwise viable deployments below investment hurdle rates. These burdens divert scarce capital away from network upgrades, slow densification, and ultimately reduce service quality and coverage for consumers. Although the FCC cannot eliminate all deployment costs, it can address those that are regulatory in origin.

Targeted reforms—such as clarifying concealment standards under Section 6409(a), extending existing shot clocks and fee caps to macro-cell deployments, and preempting state and local measures that effectively prohibit densification—would directly reduce deployment costs and uncertainty. Aligning the regulatory treatment of macro-cell sites with that of small wireless facilities would reflect current 5G deployment realities, lower barriers to investment, and promote more efficient use of mid-band spectrum.

By building on its prior reforms and closing remaining regulatory gaps, the FCC can better effectuate congressional intent, encourage continued private investment in wireless infrastructure, and ensure that next-generation networks are deployed in a timely and economically sustainable manner.

[1] Build America: Eliminating Barriers to Wireless Deployments, WT Docket No. 25-276 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (Sep. 30, 2025), https://docs.fcc.gov/public/attachments/FCC-25-67A1.pdf.

[2] Accelerating Wireless Broadband Deployment by Removing Barriers to Infrastructure Investment, WT Docket No. 17-79, Declaratory Ruling and Third Report and Order, 33 FCC Rcd 9088 (2018) (“2018 Order”); Implementation of State and Local Governments’ Obligation to Approve Certain Wireless Facility Modification Requests Under Section 6409(a) of the Spectrum Act of 2012, WT Docket No. 19-250, Declaratory Ruling and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 35 FCC Rcd 5977 (2020) (“2020 Declaratory Ruling”).

[3] See 2020 Broadband Scorecard Report, R St. Inst. (2020), https://www.rstreet.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/updated-final-2020-Broadband-Scorecard.pdf.

[4] 47 U.S.C. §§ 253(a), 332(c)(7)(B)(i)(II).

[5] USTelecom’s 2024 Broadband Capex Report indicates that broadband providers invested $89.6 billion in network infrastructure in 2024 alone. As wireless providers increasingly densify their networks to address spectrum constraints, overall investment levels are likely to continue to rise. 2024 Broadband Capex Report, USTelecom (Oct. 2025), https://ustelecom.org/research/2024-broadband-capex-report; see also White Paper: 6G Spectrum – Enabling the Future Mobile Life Beyond 2030, Ericsson (Dec. 2025), https://www.ericsson.com/49ac9c/assets/local/reports-papers/white-papers/2024/6g-spectrum.pdf.

[6] For example, the implementation of Title II classification was associated with a measurable decline in broadband investment. See George S. Ford, Net Neutrality, Reclassification, and Investment: A Counterfactual Analysis, Phoenix Ctr. for Adv. L. & Econ. Pub. Pol. Stud. (Apr. 25, 2017), https://www.phoenix-center.org/perspectives/Perspective17-02Final.pdf.

[7] 2018 Order, supra note 2, ¶ 3.

[8] John Celentano, Outdoor Small Cells Grow with Escalating Mobile Data Demand, Inside Towers (Jun. 28, 2024), https://insidetowers.com/outdoor-small-cells-grow-with-escalating-mobile-data-demand (“Our previous analysis concluded that once the first phase 5G wide area buildout with low-band spectrum on macrocells plateaued, then the MNOs would ramp up small cell deployments using both mid-band spectrum and millimeter wave frequencies to densify their networks as the anticipated mobile data demand escalates. It turns out that both Verizon (NYSE: VZ) and AT&T (NYSE: T), having invested heavily in C-band and 3.45 GHz mid-band spectrum, each with 100 MHz wide channels, and T-Mobile (NASDAQ: TMUS) using 2.5 GHz, found that much of the increased capacity demand could be handled from macrocells. As a consequence, the projected high-volume small cell rollout slowed or certainly has been deferred. Outdoor small cell installations in network applications are expected to stay muted through 2024 and into mid-2025, when network densification starts to pick up.”)

[9] Small Cell Siting Challenges and Recommendations, 5G Americas (Aug. 1, 2018), p. 18, https://www.5gamericas.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Small_Cell_Siting_Challenges__Recommendations_Whitepaper_final.pdf.

[10] For example, a conduit-trenching project in Berkeley was estimated to cost between $150 and $200 per linear foot. Memorandum from Christine Daniel, City Manager, City of Berkeley, to Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council, Broadband Infrastructure Report and Recommendations, at 4 (Jun. 23, 2015), https://newspack-berkeleyside-cityside.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/2015-06-23-Item-11-Broadband-Infrastructure.pdf.

[11] Fiber Deployment Annual Report, Fiber B.B. Ass’n (2023), https://fiberbroadband.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Fiber-Deployment-Annual-Report-2023_FBA-and-Cartesian.pdf.

[12] Broadband Market Workforce Needs, Continuum Capital (Jun. 26, 2024), https://fiberbroadband.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/PCCA_FBA_6-26-2024_vFinal_1.pdf.

[13] See Tamima Elbashbishy & Islam El-adaway, Skilled Worker Shortage Across Key Labor-Intensive Construction Trades in Union versus Nonunion Environments, 40 J. Mgmt. Eng’g. 1, 15 (2024) (“Findings show that plumbing and electrical trades experience the highest levels of skilled labor shortages among the identified labor-intensive trades….”).

[14] League of Cal. Cities v. FCC, 118 F.4th 995, 1027 (9th Cir. 2024).

[15] The Spectrum Act requires state and local governments to approve eligible facilities requests unless the proposed modification would result in a “substantial change” to the physical dimensions of a tower. Concealment elements are relevant to that determination. In practice, however, many localities have expanded these concepts to treat nearly any modification as implicating concealment, effectively bypassing the act’s mandatory-approval requirement. See Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012, Pub. L. No. 112-96, § 6409, 126 Stat. 156, 232–33.

[16] Albemarle County, Virginia, Zoning Ordinance § 5.1.40.

[17] Comments of CTIA, Implementation of State and Local Governments’ Obligation to Approve Certain Wireless Facility Modification Requests Under Section 6409(a) of the Spectrum Act of 2012, WT Docket No. 19-250 at 8 (Oct. 29, 2019), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/10290388730901/1.

[18] Advanced Antenna Systems for 5G, 5G Americas White Paper (Aug. 2019), https://www.5gamericas.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/5G-Americas_Advanced-Antenna-Systems-for-5G-White-Paper.pdf.

[19] Massive MIMO for New Radio, Samsung (Dec. 2020), https://images.samsung.com/is/content/samsung/assets/global/business/networks/insights/white-papers/1208_massive-mimo-for-new-radio/MassiveMIMOforNRTechnicalWhitePaper-v1.2.0.pdf.

[20] Claire Masterson, Massive MIMO and Beamforming: The Signal Processing Behind 5G Buzzwords, Analog Devices (Jun. 2017), https://www.analog.com/media/en/analog-dialogue/volume-51/number-3/articles/massive-mimo-and-beamforming-the-signal-processing-behind-the-5g-buzzwords.pdf.

[21] See Reply Comments of the Wireless Infrastructure Association, Implementation of State and Local Governments’ Obligation to Approve Certain Wireless Facility Modification Requests Under Section 6409(a) of the Spectrum Act of 2012, WT Docket No. 19-250 (Nov. 20, 2019), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/1120077802948/1.

[22] See Bd. of Cnty. Comm’rs v. Crown Castle USA, Inc., 2020 WL 109208 (D. Colo. Jan. 9, 2020).

[23] Although the request was ultimately approved, the application remained pending for more than 18 months before Verizon received approval. Verizon Wireless Fort Rosecrans. Process Three Decision, City of Berkeley Off. of the City Manager, Report No. HO-17-082 (Dec. 13, 2017), https://www.sandiego.gov/sites/default/files/ho-17-082.pdf.

[24] In particular, the permit was approved subject to a condition requiring Verizon to restore “substantial invisibility” through revegetation or redesign if natural causes resulted in the partial loss of vegetation providing screening or backdrop for the antennas. Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless , and Thomas E. Jenkin & Mary Joan Jenkin, Adirondack Parak Agency Permit 2013-128, Condition 9 (Jul. 3, 2014), https://ru.apa.ny.gov/meeting/2014/07/FullAgency/P2013-0128-20140703-Verizon-permit-mlr.pdf.

[25] Mike Dano, Small Cells Cool Off While Midband 5G Buildouts Begin, LightReading (May 11, 2021), https://www.lightreading.com/5g/small-cells-cool-off-while-midband-5g-buildouts-begin; Tracy Ford, Wireless Infrastructure By the Numbers: 2024 Key Statistics, WIA – Wirel. Infrastructure Ass’n (May 7, 2025), https://wia.org/wireless-infrastructure-by-the-numbers-2024.

[26] 47 C.F.R. § 2.106 (2024).

[27] Summary of CTIA’s Annual Wireless Industry Survey, CTIA (Aug. 2025), https://api.ctia.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/2025-CTIA-Survey-Summary-and-Background.pdf.

[28] Naveem Kumar, 93 Latest Video Marketing Statistics 2026 [Data & Trends], Demandsage (Nov. 24, 2025), https://www.demandsage.com/video-marketing-statistics; Mobility Report, Ericsson (Nov. 2025), at 30 (“Ericsson Mobility Report”), https://www.ericsson.com/4aca6f/assets/local/reports-papers/mobility-report/documents/2025/ericsson-mobility-report-november-2025.pdf.

[29] Id. at 6.

[30] Acceleration of Broadband Deployment by Improving Wireless Facilities Siting Policies, WT Docket Nos. 13-238 and 13-32, WC Docket No. 11-59, Report and Order, 29 FCC Rcd 12865 (2014) (“2014 Order”).

[31] 47 U.S.C. § 1455(a).

[32] The 2014 Order used both “concealed” and “stealth.” In the 2020 declaratory ruling, those terms are interpreted as synonymous. The court applied Auer deference in assessing whether that interpretation was entitled to judicial deference. The court’s decision applied Auer deference to determine whether the interpretation should receive deference. See League of Cal. Cities v. FCC, 118 F.4th at 1014.

[33] The House Report on the Spectrum Act makes clear that, although state and local governments retain authority to apply zoning procedures to modification requests, the act intended to preempt those procedures when they operate as barriers to wireless deployment. H.R. Rep. No. 112-399, at 133 (2012), https://www.congress.gov/committee-report/112th-congress/house-report/399/1?outputFormat=pdf.

[34] Comments of CTIA, Build America: Eliminating Barriers to Wireless Deployments, at 22, WT Docket No. 25-276 (Dec. 31, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/12312417000463/1.

[35] Comments of AT&T, Build America: Eliminating Barriers to Wireless Deployments, at 6-7, WT Docket No. 25-276 (Dec. 31, 2025), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/123130126615/1.

[36] Id. at 7.

[37] Ericsson Mobility Report, supra note 28, at 6.

[38] Debra J. Aron & Olga Ukhaneva, Economic Impacts of Delayed 5G Deployment and Adoption in the US, Charles River Assocs. (last visited Jan. 6, 2025), https://www.crai.com/engagements/economic-impacts-of-delayed-5g-deployment-and-adoption-in-the-us.

[39] 47 U.S.C. §332(c)(7)(B)(i)(II).

[40] T. Randolph Beard, George S. Ford, & Michael Stern, Infrastructure Investment and Franchise Fee abuse: A Theoretical Analysis, Phoenix Ctr. Pol’y Bull. No. 45 (2019), at 3, https://www.phoenix-center.org/PolicyBulletin/PCPB45Final.pdf.

[41] Karyn Hede, Faster, More Informed Environmental Permitting with AI-Guided Support, Pacific Northwest Nat’l Lab’y (Dec. 3, 2024), https://www.pnnl.gov/news-media/faster-more-informed-environmental-permitting-ai-guided-support#:~:text=PNNL%20data%20scientists%20collected%20and,Share%3A.

[42] Although not specific to telecommunications permitting, Honolulu’s adoption of online permitting portals and AI-based prescreening reduced review times from approximately six months to two to three days. Ludo Fourrage, How AI Is Helping Government Companies in Honolulu Cut Costs and Improve Efficiency, nucamp (Aug. 19, 2025), https://www.nucamp.co/blog/coding-bootcamp-honolulu-hi-government-how-ai-is-helping-government-companies-in-honolulu-cut-costs-and-improve-efficiency; see also Use AI to Transform City Operations, Nat’l League of Cities (Jul. 31, 2025), https://www.nlc.org/article/2025/07/31/use-ai-to-transform-city-operations/#:~:text=In%20Honolulu%2C%20the%20city%20added,months%20to%202%2D3%20days.

[43] Report and Recommendations: COVID-19 Response, Disaster Response and Recovery Working Group of the Broadband Deployment Advisory Committee (Oct. 29, 2020), 12-13, 38,  https://www.fcc.gov/sites/default/files/bdac-disaster-response-recovery-approved-rec-10292020.pdf.

[44] 2020 Declaratory Ruling, supra note 2, at ¶ 60.

[45] Petition for Rulemaking to Accelerate Wireless Broadband Deployment by Amending the Rules Implementing Section 6409 of the Spectrum Act of WIA – The Wireless Infrastructure Association, RM-11849 at 12 (Aug. 27, 2019), https://www.fcc.gov/ecfs/document/108273047516225/1.

[46] Anita Thronipara, Rolf Sternberg, Till Proeger, & Lukas Haefner, Digital Divide Craft Firms’ Websites and Urban-Rural Disparities – Empirical Evidence from a Web-Scraping Approach, 43 Rev. Reg. Res. 69, 76 (2023).

[47] For example, imposing spectrum-auction fees unrelated to the costs of repurposing the spectrum reduces the amount of spectrum made available for use. T. Randolph Beard, George S. Ford, Michael Stern, Innovation in Spectrum Repurposing: The C-Band as a Principle-Agent Problem, Phoenix Ctr. Pol’y Bull. No. 4 (Sep. 2019), at 12, https://www.phoenix-center.org/PolicyBulletin/PCPB47Final.pdf.

[48] 2018 Order, supra note 2, ¶ 62.

ICLE Comments on FCC Comments on Changes to Broadband Labels for Consumers

Executive Summary The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) proposes to streamline its broadband-consumer label requirements by eliminating five mandates that impose costs exceeding their benefits to . . .

Executive Summary

The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) proposes to streamline its broadband-consumer label requirements by eliminating five mandates that impose costs exceeding their benefits to consumer decision making. The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) supports these reforms, which preserve all information relevant to purchase decisions while removing requirements that convey information ineffectively, create post-sale confusion, or serve purposes unrelated to helping consumers choose service plans.

The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (IIJA) directed the commission to require broadband labels disclosing information about service plans, referencing the FCC’s 2016 public notice. The commission’s 2022 implementing rules exceeded this mandate by adding requirements not contemplated by the referenced notice. After three years of implementation experience, the FCC now proposes targeted corrections.

Research in behavioral economics suggests the effectiveness of disclosures depends not on the volume of information presented, but whether it enables better consumer decisions. The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) Bureau of Economics has concluded that disclosures providing “too much, irrelevant, or unnecessary information” may induce consumers to ignore the information completely.

The five proposed changes address specific documented problems. Eliminating the telephone-reading requirement corrects a mismatch created when a visual-comparison tool designed for quick scanning is forced into a sequential oral format.

Allowing aggregation of location-variable fees reduces compliance burdens and consumer confusion. The current rules require itemizing fees that vary across jurisdictions, forcing providers to generate numerous label variations. Lengthy fee lists make comparing total monthly costs more difficult.

Eliminating customer-portal display removes a post-sale mandate that creates confusion, as point-of-sale labels become outdated when promotional rates expire or customers modify plans. Monthly bills and existing account disclosures already provide accurate current information.

Eliminating machine-readable format requirements removes a mandate that primarily benefits researchers and other third parties, rather than consumers. Three years after adoption, there is no evidence that significant consumer-facing comparison tools use these files.

Eliminating the two-year archiving requirement removes a recordkeeping mandate with speculative benefits unrelated to consumer shopping. Consumers need current labels for available plans, not historical labels for discontinued services.

Collectively, these changes reduce regulatory costs that would otherwise be passed through to consumers via higher prices or reduced network investment. The proposals preserve all decision-relevant information, while eliminating requirements that add cognitive burden without decision value, thereby improving consumer welfare.

I. Introduction

The International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE) submits these comments supporting the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPRM”) to streamline its broadband-consumer labeling rules.[1] The FCC’s proposals represent an effort to improve the effectiveness of disclosure requirements by removing elements that impose substantial costs, while delivering minimal benefits to consumer decisionmaking.

The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (IIJA) directed the FCC to require the display of broadband-consumer labels “to disclose to consumers information regarding broadband internet access service plans.”[2] The commission’s 2022 Broadband Label Order implemented this mandate by requiring labels that illustrate monthly prices (including introductory rates), fees, data allowances, contract terms, typical speeds and latency, and network-management practices.[3] The current proposals refine these requirements based on three years of implementation experience and stakeholder feedback.

In comments to the “Delete, Delete, Delete” proceeding, ICLE argued that the FCC should amend the broadband-consumer label rules in several ways consistent with the NPRM:

Simplify broadband “nutrition labels.” The FCC’s broadband-nutrition-label rules, implemented in 2024, represent a significant regulatory intervention in how internet service providers (ISPs) communicate their service offerings to consumers. The rules exceed the statutory requirements by mandating detailed disclosures—such as “typical” upload/download speeds and latency figures—that exceed the basic transparency provisions outlined in the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act.[4]

Additionally, the requirement that internet service providers (ISPs) update labels at all physical points of sale whenever a service plan changes its terms imposes administrative burdens not explicitly required by the statute.

The economic framework for evaluating disclosure mandates recognizes that effective transparency regulation is not measured by the volume of information required, but by whether the information helps consumers to make better decisions. Research in behavioral economics demonstrates that when disclosure requirements exceed consumers’ cognitive-processing capacity, decision quality deteriorates, rather than improves. The FCC’s proposals address this problem by eliminating requirements that add cognitive burden without corresponding decision value, thereby improving the label’s signal-to-noise ratio.

Eliminating the telephone-reading requirement corrects a regulatory mismatch where a visual-disclosure tool designed for quick comparison is forced into a sequential oral format.[5] The label’s tabular structure—which allows scanning and comparing key fields—is lost when read aloud. NTCA—The Rural Broadband Association describes this requirement as creating “a burdensome and potentially confusing interaction” where representatives must “read the label verbatim while consumers may interrupt to ask questions.”[6] The FCC’s proposal preserves accessibility obligations under Section 255 of the Communications Act while removing a specific mandate that serves consumers poorly.[7]

Allowing aggregation of location-variable fees reduces both compliance burdens and consumer confusion.[8] The current rules require itemizing discretionary pass-through fees like right-of-way charges and pole-attachment rates that vary across jurisdictions. This forces providers to create and maintain dozens or hundreds of label variations for identical service plans. For consumers, lengthy itemized fee lists create clutter that makes it more difficult to focus on total monthly costs, the most decision-relevant figure. Displaying aggregates preserves full price transparency while eliminating unnecessary detail.

Eliminating customer-portal display removes a post-sale requirement that creates confusion rather than clarity.[9] The point-of-sale label illustrates terms offered to new customers. After subscription, this static label becomes outdated as promotional rates expire, prices change, or customers modify their plans. Monthly bills and service agreements provide accurate current information. The portal requirement serves no useful consumer purpose and should be eliminated.

Eliminating machine-readable format requirements removes a mandate that primarily benefits third-party researchers rather than consumers shopping for service.[10] The IIJA directed the FCC to assist consumers in making informed purchasing decisions, rather than generating public-data feeds for academic research. If the commission requires structured pricing data for the enforcement of digital-discrimination rules or other regulatory purposes, targeted data collection through mandatory filings is more efficient than requiring all providers to maintain publicly accessible, machine-readable files.

Eliminating two-year archiving removes a recordkeeping requirement with speculative benefits unrelated to consumer shopping.[11] Consumers need current labels for available plans, not historical labels for discontinued services. For billing disputes, customers rely on their service agreements and monthly bills, not archived point-of-sale labels. If the FCC needs historical labels for enforcement, it can require providers to maintain records for production upon regulatory demand, rather than mandating public archives.

These changes will reduce regulatory costs that are ultimately passed through to consumers via higher prices or reduced investment in network quality. In reasonably competitive telecommunications markets, regulatory compliance costs are borne by consumers through these mechanisms, rather than by providers as reduced profits.[12] The FCC’s proposals eliminate costs where they exceed benefits to consumers.

The proposals preserve all decision-relevant information, including the monthly price with all fees, typical speeds, data allowances, and contract terms. They eliminate requirements that convey information in ineffective formats, create post-sale confusion, or serve purposes other than consumer shopping. This is sound regulatory refinement that improves consumer welfare.

II. Behavioral and Economic Limits of Mandatory Disclosure

Effective consumer disclosures should emphasize information that helps people make better decisions. Because consumers often “satisfice,” rather than analyze every detail, disclosures work best when they highlight key facts—such as price, performance, or usage suitability—in clear, simple formats. When labels include too much extraneous information, people tend to ignore them altogether, defeating their purpose. Research and FTC analysis shows that overly complex disclosures increase confusion and search costs, whereas focused, well-designed ones improve comparison shopping. In the case of broadband labels, the goal is to remove unnecessary details and make critical information—cost, speed, and data limits—easy to find and understand.

A. More Information Is Not Better Information

Mandatory disclosure aims to correct information asymmetries between sellers and buyers, reducing consumers’ search costs and facilitating comparison shopping.[13] The theoretical benefit depends on the disclosure improving consumer decisions. This outcome is not automatic. The design, format, and content of disclosure requirements determine whether they help or hinder consumer choice.

Research on consumer perception of product labels demonstrates that consumers do not systematically read and weigh every piece of disclosed information. Most people engage in what psychologists term “satisficing”: scanning for key information sufficient to make an acceptable choice, rather than the “optimal” one.[14] Because attention, time, and cognitive resources are limited, effective label design should therefore present information in a way that supports satisficing, thereby enabling consumers to reach a “good-enough” decision that aligns with their preferences and constraints.[15]

Studies of nutrition and energy labels show that when key attributes are salient, summarized, and evaluatively coded—e.g., through color coding or single-grade indicators—they can improve consumer choices; thus, traffic-light systems are more effective than nutrition tables. For example, the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) literature review of food-packaging labels indicates that consumers generally prefer “simple labels (such as the ones using a summary system)” and that “interpretational aids”—rather than detailed numeric data—can help consumers identify healthy foods and make healthy point-of-purchase choices.[16]

The FTC Bureau of Economics examined these issues specifically in the context of disclosure regulation. The staff report concluded:

Developing consumer disclosures is tricky. … Difficult-to-understand and confusing disclosures, and disclosures that provide too much, irrelevant, or unnecessary information, can make it difficult, time-consuming, and frustrating for consumers to understand what is being conveyed and sort the important points from the minor detail. Such disclosures may induce consumers to ignore the information completely because it is simply too much trouble.[17]

The report recommended that disclosure requirements focus on decision-relevant information and avoid overwhelming consumers with details that do not facilitate comparison shopping. When disclosure documents contain excessive detail, consumers are more likely to skip the disclosure entirely or rely on crude heuristics that ignore the disclosed information.

Applied to broadband labels, this research suggests that a disclosure format cluttered with low-value information makes it harder for consumers to focus on the key factors: total monthly cost, speeds that meet their needs, and whether data allowances match their usage patterns. The FCC’s proposals improve the label’s effectiveness by enhancing the signal-to-noise ratio—removing information that does not aid comparison shopping while preserving all decision-relevant content.

B. Compliance Costs Are Consumer Costs

Regulatory compliance imposes direct costs on firms, including administrative expenses for data collection and verification, technological costs for building and maintaining disclosure systems, legal costs for ensuring compliance, and opportunity costs resulting from resources diverted to compliance rather than productive investment. In competitive markets, firms earn normal returns and cannot sustain below-market profits indefinitely. These costs are therefore passed through to consumers via higher prices or offset by reduced expenditures on network investment and service quality.[18]

Firms without substantial market power cannot absorb large cost increases on their own. Instead, these costs are passed on to consumers through multiple channels. The most direct channel is higher monthly prices, which allow providers to recover compliance costs. A provider facing increased annual compliance costs of $1 million must recover those costs by increasing aggregate revenue by approximately $1 million. Less directly but potentially more significantly, compliance costs divert resources from productive investment. A small ISP operating in rural areas faces a choice between allocating resources to regulatory compliance systems and investing in network expansion. The opportunity cost of compliance is reduced service quality or slower deployment to unserved areas.

Regulatory compliance costs disproportionately burden smaller firms because these firms’ fixed compliance costs cannot be spread across as large a customer base. This matters particularly for broadband, where small providers serve many rural and underserved areas. Requirements like maintaining machine-readable data files or two-year archives impose fixed costs that must be spread across relatively few subscribers, making these providers less competitive and potentially slowing deployment to areas that need it most.

The proper evaluation of disclosure requirements would therefore ask: Do the incremental benefits to consumer decision making justify the additional costs imposed? When costs exceed benefits, the regulation makes consumers worse off. The FCC’s proposals eliminate requirements where this cost-benefit analysis tilts against the mandate.

C. Markets Already Reward Transparency

Providers operating in competitive markets have commercial incentives to communicate effectively with potential customers. Clear information about pricing, speeds, and terms helps to attract customers. Confusion and opacity can increase customer-service costs, lead to billing disputes and result in negative word of mouth. These market incentives often align with transparency goals, reducing the need for prescriptive mandates.

A provider seeking to attract customers who prefer Spanish-language communications benefits from providing marketing materials, labels, and customer service in Spanish. The provider bears the translation cost but captures the benefits through increased sales and reduced customer-service costs. These incentives operate regardless of regulatory mandates. Prescriptive requirements add value primarily in cases where market incentives fail, but they also impose costs in cases where market incentives already operate effectively.

The economic question for any mandate is whether it corrects a market failure or simply imposes costs where providers would have acted similarly in the absence of regulation. The FCC’s proposals recognize that not all requirements pass this test. Some mandates impose substantial costs in situations where market incentives already encourage similar behavior, or where the mandated approach is less effective than alternatives providers might choose.

III. Analysis of Specific Proposals

Several existing broadband-label requirements are poorly aligned with how consumers shop and should therefore be either removed or relaxed. Forcing providers to read the entire visual label aloud over the phone turns a quick comparison tool into a confusing, linear script, while customers would be better served by conversational explanations tailored to their questions. Allowing providers to aggregate small, location-specific fees into a single line item would enable consumers to focus on total monthly costs, rather than being overwhelmed by “fee clutter.” Requiring labels in customer portals, in machine-readable formats, and in public archives for two years primarily creates costs and confusion, as these do little to assist current customers in making choices and primarily serve speculative or third-party purposes. Performance-based standards (like accessibility and accurate total pricing) are superior to prescriptive formatting mandates that are costly and often counterproductive.

A. Eliminating the Telephone-Reading Requirement

The FCC correctly proposes to remove the requirement that providers read entire labels to customers shopping over the phone.[19] This requirement exemplifies what former U.S. Supreme Court Justice Stephen Breyer termed “regulatory mismatch,” where the regulatory tool is poorly suited to the problem it aims to solve or attempts to solve a “market failure” that does not exist.[20]

The broadband label is designed as a visual-comparison tool. It uses a tabular format with distinct sections for pricing, speeds, data allowances, fees, and contract terms. This visual structure allows consumers to quickly scan, compare multiple plans side-by-side, and return to specific sections as needed. The format is modeled on nutrition labels, which research shows to be effective because consumers can quickly locate the specific information they care about most.[21]

Reading this visual format aloud transforms it into a sequential stream of information that consumers must process and retain aurally without the ability to scan, compare, or refer back. NTCA describes this as creating “a burdensome and potentially confusing interaction as ISP representatives could be required to read the label verbatim while consumers may interrupt to ask questions or seek clarification.”[22]

This is not merely an industry complaint about cost. It describes a genuine mismatch, in that the mandated format serves neither the customer-service representative nor the consumer effectively.

The FCC’s proposal does not eliminate telephone sales or reduce information available to telephone customers. It removes the specific requirement to read the entire formatted label verbatim. Customer-service representatives can still discuss pricing, speeds, data allowances, contract terms, and other plan features. They can answer specific questions customers have. They can provide information in a conversational manner suited to telephone communication. The proposal simply eliminates a prescriptive mandate that forces information into an ineffective format.

The current rule also goes beyond congressional intent. The IIJA directed the FCC to require “display” of labels.[23] Reading information aloud does not constitute “display”; it is, instead, an attempted translation of visual information to an oral format for which the label was not designed. The 2016 Broadband Labels Public Notice, which the act referenced, did not contemplate or require reading labels over the phone.[24]

The FCC explicitly preserves accessibility obligations, noting that this change “would not negate providers’ continuing obligation to ensure the accessibility of broadband labels for people with disabilities.”[25] Section 255 of the Communications Act requires telecommunications providers to make their services and information accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, “if readily achievable.”[26] This includes ensuring that information about services is available in accessible formats. Providers must comply with these obligations through whatever means are effective, which might include screen-reader compatibility, conversational explanation by trained representatives, or other accommodations. A performance standard that requires accessibility, while allowing flexibility in how to achieve it, is consistent with modern accessibility law and often produces better outcomes than prescriptive mandates.

B. Allowing Aggregation of Location-Variable Fees

The FCC’s proposal to allow aggregation of discretionary recurring fees that vary by consumer location addresses a genuine compliance burden, while improving label clarity for consumers.[27] Current rules require itemizing such fees as state and local right-of-way charges and pole-rental fees that differ across jurisdictions. This forces providers to create and maintain separate label versions for each unique combination of location-variable fees.

USTelecom explains that “listing itemized discretionary charges, including pass through government-imposed fees, is onerous because providers must create labels to account for geographic variability” and “the burden of compliance far outweighs any consumer benefit.”[28] A provider operating across multiple states may face dozens or even hundreds of different combinations of local fees. The current rule requires creating and maintaining a separate label for each combination. This creates substantial administrative costs for data collection, label generation, version control, and ongoing maintenance as local fees change.

From the consumer’s perspective, itemized lists of location-variable fees create what some call “fee clutter.” When shopping for broadband service, the decision-relevant information is the total monthly cost. A consumer comparing two providers needs to know: “What will I pay each month for this service at my address?” Breaking that total into numerous small components—$1.50 for one local fee, $2.25 for another, $0.75 for a third—does not improve the comparison. It adds cognitive burden without decision value.

Research has found that, while some amount of price partitioning can help consumers (e.g., separating taxes from base prices), excessive itemization creates cognitive burdens that reduce consumer welfare.[29] When the number of itemized charges becomes large, consumers struggle to calculate and compare total costs, undermining the very transparency the itemization was meant to provide.

The FCC proposes allowing providers to display these fees as an aggregate amount, rather than itemizing each component.[30] This approach preserves transparency—consumers would continue to see the total monthly cost, including all fees—while eliminating the compliance burden of maintaining multiple label versions and reducing the cognitive burden of processing lengthy fee lists. The consumer gets the decision-relevant information (total cost) without the clutter of itemized breakdowns that do not aid comparison.

The commission seeks comment on whether the aggregate amount should be the precise amount or the maximum amount consumers might incur.[31] The latter approach—displaying the maximum or “up to” amount—would further reduce compliance costs by allowing a single label to cover a range of locations with somewhat different fee structures. This sacrifices a small amount of precision (the consumer might pay slightly less than the stated maximum) for a large gain in simplicity. Given that consumers primarily need to compare total costs across providers, this tradeoff appears favorable.

This proposal should not be confused with concerns about so-called “junk fees.” Several federal agencies have appropriately moved to address fees with misleading names like “Network Enhancement Fee” or “Broadcast TV Fee” that represent core costs of providing service, artificially separated to make the advertised prices appear lower.[32] The proper solution to such fees is all-in pricing requirements or prohibition of deceptive fee structures. The FCC’s proposal here addresses a different category: genuine external costs that vary by location and that providers pass through to consumers. The aggregate display preserves transparency about total cost while eliminating unnecessary itemization.

C. Eliminating Customer-Portal Display

The FCC proposes to eliminate the requirement that providers display labels in customer-account portals.[33] This requirement addresses a post-sale context where the point-of-sale label is no longer the appropriate disclosure tool.

The broadband label is designed to facilitate pre-purchase comparison shopping. It shows the terms offered to new customers at the point of sale. After a customer subscribes, the relevant service information is contained in their service agreement and monthly bills. These documents reflect the customer’s current pricing (which may have changed from promotional rates), actual usage, any modifications they have made to the plan, and current charges.

Displaying the original point-of-sale label in the customer portal creates confusion, rather than clarity. Consider a straightforward example: A customer subscribes under a monthly promotional rate of $49.99 for the first year, after which the price increases to $69.99, as disclosed at the time of purchase. Six months into the contract, the customer upgrades to a higher speed tier, increasing the price to $79.99. If the point-of-sale label displayed in the portal still shows the original $49.99 promotional rate and the original speed tier, then the label is misleading and does not reflect the customer’s current service or pricing.

The monthly bill, updated in real-time, provides accurate current information about charges, usage, and plan features. If a customer wants to compare their current service to other available options, they can access point-of-sale labels for currently available plans on the provider’s public website, which FCC rules already require.[34] The portal label serves neither the purpose of showing current charges (which bills do better) nor the purpose of facilitating comparison to available alternatives (which current point-of-sale labels on the website do better).

The elimination of this requirement would not leave customers without information or recourse. Customers retain their service agreements, monthly bills showing all charges, and access to current labels for available plans. These tools provide the information customers need in the post-sale context. The portal-display requirement imposes costs (technical implementation, ongoing maintenance, and risk of consumer confusion from outdated information) without corresponding benefits.

D. Eliminating Machine-Readable-Format Requirements

The FCC’s proposal to eliminate the requirement that providers display label information in machine-readable format addresses a mandate that primarily serves third parties, rather than consumers shopping for service.[35] The IIJA directed the commission to require labels “to disclose to consumers information regarding broadband internet access service plans.”[36] The purpose is to help consumers make informed purchasing decisions. The machine-readable format requirement does not serve this purpose directly.

Current rules require providers to “provide the information in any label separately in a spreadsheet file format on provider websites via a dedicated URL that contains all of their labels.”[37] This creates structured data files that can be downloaded and analyzed. The primary beneficiaries are researchers, advocacy organizations, and journalists who want to analyze pricing and service-quality patterns across providers and geographic areas. While such research can have value, it differs from the statutory mandate to help consumers choose among service plans. Moreover, at this point, such research benefits are merely hypothetical, as we were unable to find any published academic research that has relied on machine-readable label information published by providers.

The compliance costs are substantial. USTelecom notes that “it is costly for providers to update and maintain spreadsheets with data from potentially hundreds of labels.”[38] Breezeline characterizes the requirement as adding “significant technical complexity and cost” and creating difficulties with “the highly granular nature of the required information and the static format of machine-readability.”[39] The expense is not data storage but the systems development and maintenance required to extract label information from providers’ various systems, format it consistently according to specifications, validate it for accuracy, and update it continuously as plans change. These are nontrivial software-development and database-management tasks.

The FCC asks the appropriate questions: “Is there evidence the requirement has benefited consumers or will benefit consumers in the future? Are there third-party shopping comparison tools for broadband internet access services that use the machine-readable spreadsheets?”[40] Three years after the rules were adopted, we find no significant consumer-facing tools relying on machine-readable label information published by providers. The requirement imposes costs on providers, and thus ultimately on their customers, to generate a public good that might someday benefit a small group of researchers.

If the FCC determines that it needs structured data on pricing and service terms for enforcement of digital-discrimination rules or other policy purposes, targeted data collection through mandatory filings is more efficient. The FCC regularly collects data from providers through forms and reports for specific regulatory purposes.[41] This approach imposes costs only where the commission has determined collection is necessary for statutory purposes. It also allows the FCC to specify exactly what data it needs, in what format, with what periodicity, and with what geographic granularity—rather than requiring providers to guess what researchers might want and to maintain public-data feeds indefinitely.

The machine-readable label requirement is a one-size-fits-all approach that may not match what the FCC needs for enforcement. It mandates that providers post all label information in spreadsheet format at dedicated URLs. This is prescriptive, rather than targeted. If the commission needs granular pricing data to enforce digital-discrimination rules, it can require submissions of specific data elements. If researchers want access to provider data for analysis, they can request it through Freedom of Information Act requests for FCC-collected data or through academic data-sharing agreements with providers.

The proper policy framework distinguishes between serving consumers directly (the statutory mandate) and generating public goods for third parties (a worthy goal but beyond the core mandate). When the two goals diverge, the FCC should focus on the statutory purpose. Eliminating the machine-readable requirement removes costs imposed on all consumers to serve a diffuse public benefit, while the FCC would retain full authority to collect whatever data it needs for regulatory purposes through targeted requirements.

E. Eliminating Two-Year Archiving

The FCC correctly proposes to eliminate the requirement that providers archive labels for two years after a service plan is no longer offered to new customers.[42] This recordkeeping requirement imposes costs without serving the label’s purpose of facilitating informed consumer choice.

Consumers shopping for broadband service need information about currently available plans. Historical labels for discontinued services do not aid current purchase decisions. The two-year archive serves a different purpose: providing potential evidence for regulatory enforcement actions or billing disputes that might arise years after a plan was offered.

For billing disputes between customers and providers, the relevant documents are the customer’s service agreement, monthly bills, and records of any plan changes during their subscription. These documents reflect the customer’s actual service and charges. Providers maintain these records as part of normal business operations and for their own accounting purposes. When a customer disputes a charge, they reference their service agreement and bills, not the archived point-of-sale label that was displayed to prospective customers at some point in the past.

The archived labels are point-of-sale disclosures showing what was offered to new customers at a particular time. They are not evidence of the specific terms to a given customer agreed. A customer who subscribed three years ago has their own service agreement from that time, which governs their relationship with the provider. The archived label from three years ago shows what was offered to the market generally but is not the binding contract document for any particular customer.

The primary use case for the archive is regulatory enforcement. If the FCC investigates whether a provider engaged in deceptive advertising or made misleading claims about a plan that is no longer offered, the archived label could serve as evidence. This is a legitimate enforcement concern, but it differs from consumer benefit in shopping for service—the focus of the statutory mandate.

If the FCC determines it needs historical labels for enforcement purposes, more targeted approaches are available. The FCC can require providers to maintain archives for potential production in response to FCC investigations. This is the standard approach for business records in regulated industries: Firms must maintain records and produce them upon regulatory demand but need not make them publicly available indefinitely.[43] Alternatively, the FCC could require providers to submit discontinued labels to the FCC for its own archive. Either approach serves the enforcement goal without imposing costs on all providers to maintain public archives based solely on speculation that they might someday be needed.

The distinction between serving consumer-shopping decisions and serving speculative enforcement needs matters because the costs differ. Mandating that all providers maintain public archives of all historical labels imposes costs to serve a purpose that may never materialize for most providers. If and when the FCC needs historical labels for specific enforcement actions, it can obtain them through targeted requests.

IV. Recalibrating the Rules to Match Congressional Intent

The FCC’s proposals rest on sound statutory interpretation. The IIJA directed the commission to “promulgate regulations to require the display of broadband consumer labels, as described in the Public Notice the FCC issued on April 4, 2016 (DA 16-357), to disclose to consumers information regarding broadband internet access service plans.”[44] The act specified that labels must “include information regarding whether the offered price is an introductory rate and, if so, the price the consumer will be required to pay following the introductory period.”[45]

This statutory directive is more limited than the rules the FCC adopted in 2022. The IIJA references the 2016 public notice, which proposed a straightforward label focused on key plan characteristics: monthly price, speeds, data allowances, contract terms, and links to additional information.[46] The 2016 notice did not propose or contemplate machine-readable formats, two-year archiving, display in customer portals, or reading labels over the phone.

When Congress references a specific document in delegating regulatory authority, that reference serves to bound the delegation. The most natural reading is that Congress wanted the type of labels described in that notice—a clear, visual disclosure at the point of sale showing key plan features—not whatever expanded requirements the FCC might later determine would be useful for other purposes. As ICLE’s Gus Hurwitz and Geoffrey Manne explain:

Regulation as a discovery process, in its simplest formulation, asks regulators to consider that they might be wrong. That they might be asking the wrong questions, collecting the wrong information, analyzing it the wrong way—or even that Congress has given them the wrong authority or misunderstood the problem that Congress has tasked them to address. And, in response to these concerns, regulation as a discovery process asks regulators to build them into the regulatory process itself. This is because regulation does not operate like a competitive market. If Amazon Prime had not been the successful idea that it was, consumers would not have adopted it, other firms would have obtained competitive advantage over Amazon, and the idea would have fallen into the dustbin of history. But when an agency promulgates a rule pursuant to APA processes, that rule takes on the force of law—good or bad, there is no market mechanism by which it will succeed [or] fail.[47]

The FCC’s 2022 Broadband Label Order exceeded the IIJA’s core requirements by adding elements not contemplated in the 2016 public notice. The current proposals recalibrate the rules to better match congressional intent. This recalibration reflects sound regulatory practice: adopting rules based on the best information available at the time, observing their effects during implementation, soliciting stakeholder feedback, and adjusting based on evidence.

The FCC’s “Delete, Delete, Delete” initiative, which prompted this review, represents this kind of evidence-based reassessment.[48] Regulations can produce unintended consequences. Requirements that appear reasonable ex ante may prove burdensome or ineffective in practice. A regulatory system that cannot adapt based on implementation experience will accumulate inefficient rules over time through “regulatory accretion,” or more informally, “regulatory creep.”

The FCC’s willingness to propose eliminating requirements that have proven burdensome or ineffective creates a valuable precedent. It demonstrates that agencies can and should revisit regulations, acknowledge when initial rules had unintended consequences, and make corrections based on evidence. This approach benefits consumers through more efficient regulation that focuses resources on requirements that improve decision making.

V. Conclusion

The FCC’s proposals to streamline broadband-label requirements represent sound regulatory refinement based on implementation experience. The proposals preserve all decision-relevant information for consumers—monthly price including all fees, typical speeds, data allowances, and contract terms—while eliminating requirements that convey information in ineffective formats, create post-sale confusion, or primarily serve purposes other than consumer shopping.

The economic analysis supports these changes. Research on consumer decision making demonstrates that excessive information reduces, rather than improves, decision quality. Regulatory costs are ultimately borne by consumers through higher prices or reduced investment. The proper evaluation asks whether the benefits to consumer decision making justify the costs imposed. The FCC’s proposals eliminate requirements where costs exceed benefits.

The specific proposals address genuine problems:

  • The telephone-reading requirement forces a visual-comparison tool into a sequential oral format that serves consumers poorly.
  • The itemization requirement for location-variable fees creates compliance burdens and consumer confusion without improving comparison shopping.
  • The customer-portal-display requirement creates confusion by showing outdated point-of-sale labels after subscription.
  • The machine-readable-format requirement serves researchers, rather than consumers shopping for service.
  • The two-year archiving requirement imposes costs to serve speculative enforcement needs unrelated to consumer shopping.

These changes will improve the label’s effectiveness for its core purpose: helping consumers make informed choices among broadband-service plans. By reducing the cognitive burden of processing low-value information and eliminating costs that are passed through to consumers, the proposals serve the public interest.

ICLE urges the FCC to adopt the proposed streamlining changes and to continue this approach of evidence-based regulatory refinement in other contexts.

[1] Empowering Broadband Consumers Through Transparency; Delete, Delete, Delete, 90 Fed. Reg. 55,713 (proposed Dec. 3, 2025) (to be codified at 47 C.F.R. pt. 64) [hereinafter “NPRM”]; see also Empowering Broadband Consumers Through Transparency; Delete, Delete, Delete, CG Docket No. 22-2, GN Docket No. 25-133, Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, FCC 25-74 (Nov. 3, 2025) [hereinafter “Draft NPRM”]. The FCC’s publicly released NPRM (FCC 25-74) includes statements not reproduced in the Federal Register publication. While the Federal Register version is the operative text for notice and comment, these comments refer to the FCC-released version, where necessary, to reflect the Commission’s articulated reasoning and to respond to questions that appear only in that version.

[2] Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, Pub. L. No. 117-58, § 60504(a), 135 Stat. 429, 1244 (2021), codified at 47 U.S.C. § 1753(a).

[3] Empowering Broadband Consumers Through Transparency, CG Docket No. 22-2, Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 37 FCC Rcd. 13686 (2022) [hereinafter “Broadband Label Order”].

[4] Comments of the International Center for Law & Economics Re: Delete, Delete, Delete, GN Docket No. 25-13352 (Apr. 11, 2025), available at https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/2025-Delete-Delete-Delete-Comments-r3.pdf.

[5] NPRM ¶ 4.

[6] Draft NPRM ¶ 11.

[7] NPRM ¶ 4; 47 U.S.C. § 255(c) (“A provider of telecommunications service shall ensure that the service is accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, if readily achievable.”).

[8] NPRM ¶ 5.

[9] NPRM ¶ 7.

[10] NPRM ¶ 8.

[11] NPRM ¶ 9.

[12] See, e.g., Eric Fruits & Geoffrey A. Manne, Quack Attack: De Facto Rate Regulation in Telecommunications, Int’l Ctr. Law & Econ. (Mar. 30, 2023), available at https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/De-Facto-Rate-Reg-Final-1.pdf (“Even if a regulator disavows explicit rate regulation, intervention into providers’ business models and technical decisions will inevitably shape pricing in much the same way as explicit price regulation does, through the “hydraulic effect” of regulation.”) citing Geoffrey A. Manne, The Hydraulic Theory of Disclosure Regulation and Other Costs of Disclosure, 58 Ala. L. Rev. 473 (2007).

[13] Jonathan Kanter et al., Comment of the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice on Trade Regulation Rule on Unfair or Deceptive Fees, Docket No. 2023-24234 note 5 (Feb. 7, 2024), https://www.justice.gov/atr/media/1337936/dl?inline (citing economic research regarding the potential benefits of pricing transparency, including how pricing transparency lowers costs for consumers).

[14] Herbert A. Simon, Rational Choice and the Structure of the Environment, 63 Psychol. Rev. 129 (1956) (“Evidently, organisms adapt well enough to ‘satisfice’; they do not, in general, ‘optimize.’”); Herbert A. Simon, A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice, 69 Q.J. Econ. 99 (1955); see also Bounded Rationality: The Adaptive Toolbox (Gerd Gigerenzer & Reinhard Selten eds., 2001).

[15] Peter M. Todd & Gerd Gigerenzer, Ecological Rationality: Intelligence in the World (2012).

[16] Linda Verrill et al., Front of Package Labeling Literature Review, Food & Drug Admin. (2023), https://www.fda.gov/media/175617/download.

[17] James M. Lacko & Janis K. Pappalardo, Improving Consumer Mortgage Disclosures: An Empirical Assessment of Current and Prototype Disclosure Forms 127 (FTC Bur. of Econ. Staff Rept., Jun. 2007), available at https://www.ftc.gov/sites/default/files/documents/reports/improving-consumer-mortgage-disclosures-empirical-assessment-current-and-prototype-disclosure-forms/p025505mortgagedisclosurereport.pdf.

[18] See, e.g., Brian Albrecht, Stop Blaming Rising Egg Prices on Market Power, Truth on the Mkt. (Feb. 21, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/02/21/stop-blaming-rising-egg-prices-on-market-power (“In fact, competitive markets often show larger cost pass-through than monopolistic ones.”); see also Eric Fruits, Ben Sperry, & Kristian Stout, Re: Promoting Competition in the American Economy: Cable Operator and DBS Provider Billing Practices, FCC, MB Docket No. 23-405 (Feb. 5, 2024), available at https://laweconcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/2024-Early-Termination-Fee-Comments-Final.pdf (concluding that a ban on early-termination fees would almost certainly lead to higher prices for cable and direct-broadcast-satellite customers).

[19] Draft NPRM ¶ 10.

[20] Eric Fruits, ‘Regulation and Its Reform’ by Stephen Breyer and ‘Contrived Competition’ by Richard Vietor, Truth on the Mkt. (Oct. 28, 2025), https://truthonthemarket.com/2025/10/28/regulation-and-its-reform-by-stephen-breyer-and-contrived-competition-by-richard-vietor, citing Stephen Breyer, Regulation and Its Reform (1982).

[21] Broadband Label Order ¶ 55.

[22] Draft NPRM ¶ 11.

[23] 47 U.S.C. § 1753(a).

[24] Consumer and Governmental Affairs, Wireline Competition, and Wireless Telecommunications Bureaus Approve Open Internet Broadband Consumer Labels, GN Docket No. 14-28, Public Notice, 31 FCC Rcd 3358 (CGB/WCB/WTB 2016) [hereinafter “2016 Broadband Labels PN”].

[25] Draft NPRM ¶ 11.

[26] 47 U.S.C. § 255(c).

[27] NPRM ¶ 5.

[28] Draft NPRM ¶ 14, note 31.

[29] Vicki G. Morwitz, Eric A. Greenleaf, & Eric J. Johnson, Divide and Prosper: Consumers’ Reactions to Partitioned Prices, 35 J. Marketing Res. 453 (1998), (“a large proportion of consumers do not account fully for surcharges and, therefore, underestimate the total product cost”).

[30] NPRM ¶ 5.

[31] Id.

[32] See, e.g., Trade Regulation Rule on Unfair or Deceptive Fees, 16 C.F.R. pt. 464, 90 Fed. Reg. 2066 (Jan. 10, 2025); Trade Regulation Rule on Unfair or Deceptive Fees, 88 Fed. Reg. 77420 (Nov. 9, 2023), (“The Consumer Federation of America cited a review of internet bills by Consumer Reports that showed providers using terminology such as ‘network enhancement fee,’ ‘internet infrastructure fee,’ ‘deregulated administration fee,’ and ‘technology service fee,’ that made fees look like government-imposed, mandatory fees.”).

[33] NPRM ¶ 7.

[34] 47 C.F.R. § 8.1(a)(2).

[35] NPRM ¶ 8.

[36] 47 U.S.C. § 1753(a).

[37] Broadband Label Order, ¶ 68; see also 47 C.F.R. § 8.1(a)(3).

[38] Draft NPRM ¶ 20, note 43.

[39] Draft NPRM ¶ 20.

[40] NPRM ¶ 8.

[41] See, e.g., 47 C.F.R. Part 1, Subpart EE (Integrated Broadband Data Collection).

[42] NPRM ¶ 9.

[43] See, e.g., 47 C.F.R. § 42.73 (Commission authority to issue subpoenas for documents).

[44] 47 U.S.C. § 1753(a).

[45] 47 U.S.C. § 1753(b)(1).

[46] 47 U.S.C. § 1753(a).

[47] Justin (Gus) Hurwitz & Geoffrey A. Manne, Regulation as a Discovery Process (Oct. 16, 2024), https://ssrn.com/abstract=4721112.

[48] Delete, Delete, Delete, GN Docket No. 25-133, Public Notice, 40 FCC Rcd 1601 (GEN 2025)

PRESENTATIONS & INTERVIEWS

Brian Albrecht on the Meaning of GDP

ICLE Chief Economist Brian Albrecht was a recent guest on the Free the Economy podcast to discuss economic growth, happiness, statistics, and the meaning of . . .

ICLE Chief Economist Brian Albrecht was a recent guest on the Free the Economy podcast to discuss economic growth, happiness, statistics, and the meaning of gross domestic product, or GDP. Video of the full episode if embedded below.

Brian Albrecht on Grocery Store Prices

ICLE Chief Economist Brian Albrecht was a guest on National Public Radio’s The Indicator podcast to discuss the role of price discrimination in retail grocery . . .

ICLE Chief Economist Brian Albrecht was a guest on National Public Radio’s The Indicator podcast to discuss the role of price discrimination in retail grocery prices. Audio of the full episode is embedded below.

Geoffrey Manne on Whether It’s Time to Break Up Big Tech

ICLE President Geoffrey A. Manne and Matt Stoller of the American Economic Liberties Project took part in a debate hosted by the Soho Forum on . . .

ICLE President Geoffrey A. Manne and Matt Stoller of the American Economic Liberties Project took part in a debate hosted by the Soho Forum on the proposition “The U.S. government should break up large technology companies like Amazon, Meta, and Google to protect workers, suppliers, consumers, and democratic institutions.” Video of the full debate is embedded below.

Geoffrey Manne on Whether the US Government Should Break Up Big Tech

ICLE President Geoffrey Manne joined Cato Institute Senior Fellow in Technology Policy Jennifer Huddleston in debating The Bully Pulpit Founder Bharat Ramamurti and American Economic . . .

ICLE President Geoffrey Manne joined Cato Institute Senior Fellow in Technology Policy Jennifer Huddleston in debating The Bully Pulpit Founder Bharat Ramamurti and American Economic Liberties Project Director of Research Matt Stoller in a debate hosted by Open to Debate on the question “Has Big Tech become too powerful?” Video of the full event is embedded below.

ISSUE BRIEFS

The Trust Constraint on Personalized AI: How Transparency and Adaptive Governance Can Unlock AI Productivity

Introduction Personalization has driven much of the digital economy’s productivity gains over the past two decades. By tailoring services to individual users—ranging from targeted advertising[1] . . .

Introduction

Personalization has driven much of the digital economy’s productivity gains over the past two decades. By tailoring services to individual users—ranging from targeted advertising[1] and content recommendations[2] to adaptive education tools[3] and precision health diagnostics[4]—firms have been able to reduce search costs and cognitive burdens while increasing relevance and efficiency across sectors.[5]

Generative artificial intelligence fundamentally alters this model. Unlike these largely reactive examples of personalization, generative AI enables interactive, context-dependent tailoring, such as collaborative document creation. This shift raises the stakes for personalization, while reshaping users’ expectations. In many high-value or high-risk contexts, users will tend to experience interactions with generative AI as private and confidential, even absent any formal grant of privilege. [6] While some uses—such as search substitution or shared enterprise workflows—clearly entail assumed disclosures, users broadly maintain an expectation of contextual privacy in their interactions with AI systems.

These expectations complicate familiar privacy tradeoffs. While users have generally accepted limited data collection to support services like targeted advertising, the use of personal information in ways that exceed these prevailing baseline expectations will continue to provoke consumer backlash and regulatory scrutiny.

This issue brief argues that personalization is not optional for generative AI: It is a structural requirement for the technology’s usefulness and safety. Realizing AI’s full productive potential, however, depends on verifiable trust, grounded in transparency and enforceable guardrails governing data use. Policy debates must therefore move beyond categorical judgments for or against personalization to instead focus on fostering governance frameworks that are capable of sustaining innovation while honoring users’ implicit privacy expectations.

I. Personalization as Capital: How User Context Makes AI Productive

The economic history of the digital age can be understood as a sustained effort to reduce search costs. Early e-commerce lowered the cost of physical search, while search engines reduced the cost of information retrieval. The systematic use of historical user data, contextual signals, and users’ demonstrated preferences in order to tailor delivery of digital services—commonly described as “personalization”—represents the latest stage of this evolution. By anticipating users’ needs and filtering for relevance, personalization increases engagement, improves profitability, and enhances productivity.

For example, Google’s search engine vastly expanded access to information not only by indexing the internet and making it searchable, but by increasingly tailoring results to individual users.[7] As a result, users may receive different answers to the same query based on their prior search history.[8] As Google put it:

For example, if you search for chocolate cake, and then search again for “how to make,” Google might be more likely to predict that you’re searching for “how to make chocolate frosting.” These predictions are based on your past searches to give you better results and help you pick up where you left off.[9]

Similarly, the value of product platforms like Amazon,[10] content providers like Netflix[11] and YouTube,[12] and social-media networks like Facebook,[13] Instagram,[14] TikTok,[15] and X[16] are maximized by personalized recommendations based on user engagement, history, and location.

Generative AI represents a further development in this trajectory. A model is not fully productive unless it can incorporate a user’s history, stylistic preferences, and tacit workflow conventions. A generic foundation model trained solely on public data remains a blank slate with limited utility; it cannot reproduce the formatting norms of a law firm, the architectural practices of a software team, or the stylistic preferences of a designer without awareness of those contexts. In this setting, personalization extends well beyond recommendation. We are moving toward a model in which a user’s AI functions as a powerful cognitive extension of that user him or herself.

One of the most significant gains from this shift is increased productivity. Empirical studies of generative AI document substantial, measurable productivity improvements, particularly in high-wage, information-intensive occupations such as programming and professional services. These gains arise from automating repetitive tasks, synthesizing large volumes of information into user-specific formats, and providing tailored, real-time assistance. A study from the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis found “workers are 33% more productive in each hour they use generative AI.”[17] Early evidence from real-world deployments further suggests that AI adoption can expand employment opportunities by lowering operational complexity and enabling participation by workers who might otherwise be excluded.[18]

Generative AI’s usefulness derives in large part from its capacity for interactive learning, which allows it to adapt to user-specific conventions, such as the formatting practices of a particular law firm or the coding style of an individual programmer. This capability depends on access to user-specific contexts, which can enter the system through multiple channels. Some contextual information is incorporated through fine-tuning or other post-training adaptation, while other context is supplied at inference time via system prompts, retrieved documents, or accumulated conversation history. Conversational interfaces further provide a continuous mechanism for user feedback, enabling iterative refinement of personalized outputs. Across these mechanisms, effective operation requires the system to draw on the user’s workflow, language preferences, prior inputs, and domain-specific knowledge.

Observational reports suggest that generative models perform substantially better when aligned with actual user workflows than when deployed in a generic, publicly trained state. Studies of enterprise deployments consistently find that models fine-tuned on internal documents, prior outputs, and domain-specific conventions produce work product that is more accurate, relevant, and stylistically consistent. In law firm settings, for example, fine-tuning on past briefs, clause libraries, and citation norms enables models to draft documents that conform to the firm’s preferred structure and voice.[19] In software-development environments, exposure to prior codebases and architectural patterns allows models to generate code that is not only syntactically correct but also consistent with local style, tooling, and design choices. These gains are not incidental; they result from the incorporation of tacit knowledge embedded in user history that is absent from public training data.[20] Continuous access to such contextual information is what transforms a general-purpose model into a genuinely productive collaborator.

Personalization also has important, but often overlooked, implications for user safety. Public debate has tended to focus on AI models’ contextual-understanding failures, including excessive refusals, inappropriate compliance, sycophantic behavior, or emotionally over-attentive responses.[21] Large language models (LLMs) are predictive systems whose performance depends both on their training data and on the context available at the point of use. Many of the alleged safety failures cited in public discussions of LLMs can be traced to insufficient contextual information for accurately interpreting user intent. When context is lacking, systems are more likely to misclassify benign requests as harmful or to overlook genuinely risky prompts.

Greater personalization enables AI systems to more accurately distinguish benign, professional, or exploratory prompts from genuinely harmful ones, thereby reducing both unwarranted refusals and inappropriate permissions. By incorporating user-specific context, interaction history, and inferred intent, personalized systems can more precisely calibrate tone, boundaries, and safeguards, particularly in high-stakes or sensitive domains. In this sense, personalization serves as a mechanism for reducing ambiguity and improving classification accuracy—an enduring challenge in AI safety.

The central insight is straightforward but consequential: the transformative productivity gains promised by generative AI cannot be fully realized without the ongoing, context-specific use of user data.

II. The Trust Constraint on Personalized AI

Public debate surrounding generative AI often emphasizes speculative informational harms, such as filter bubbles or ideological bias.[22] While these concerns are not trivial, they are in many cases subject to self-correction via competition, user feedback, and accountability mechanisms embedded in public institutions and developer commitments. [23] Professional and other high-agency users rapidly identify irrelevant or distorted outputs, and firms face strong competitive incentives to improve accuracy and utility. In this sense, familiar “marketplace of ideas” dynamics tend to constrain these risks.[24] As a result, such concerns do not pose a fundamental threat to personalization as a productivity-enhancing technology.

By contrast, the more serious risks associated with personalized generative AI are structural in nature. They stem from deep information asymmetries regarding how user data are retained, segmented, repurposed, or disclosed. The most consequential harms include accidental or malicious exposure of highly sensitive prompts; nonconsensual or opaque reuse of user data for model training; and legally compelled disclosure of conversational logs to courts or regulators in the absence of clear protective standards.

These risks are largely opaque to users and difficult to manage individually. When harms occur, recourse mechanisms are often slow, uncertain, or unavailable. Addressing these systemic trust failures—rather than speculative informational harms—therefore represents the central governance challenge to ensure that personalization remains both safe and economically viable.

Against this backdrop, a core trust dilemma emerges: Users experience interactions with generative AI as private and context-bound, yet effective personalization requires systems to ingest and rely on data that feel intimate. As discussed below, this tension can be mitigated through well-calibrated institutional arrangements that operate in tandem with developers’ efforts to provide transparency and user control.

The salience of this concern is illustrated by ongoing debates over LLM developers’ copyright and data-collection practices.[25] Users reasonably fear that highly sensitive prompts—such as unfiltered personal reflections, complex legal analyses, medical information, or confidential business plans—could be disclosed, subpoenaed, or repurposed for legal or regulatory proceedings. Most users would find such outcomes unacceptable, reflecting the widespread expectation that these interactions are private, even in the absence of formal legal privilege.

This reaction reflects two simultaneous realities that define the core policy challenge. First, users expect privacy. The intimate and often high-stakes character of generative AI interactions fosters a strong—if frequently implicit—expectation of confidentiality, with users treating the system as a private interlocutor. Second, users recognize the necessity of data. They understand, at least implicitly, that high-quality, tailored outputs require the system to draw on user-specific context, interaction history, and current inputs, rather than operating as a blank slate.

At the same time, users often operate under miscalibrated assumptions about how generative AI systems handle their information. Empirical research indicates that users adopt intuitive “mental models” of chatbots, the most prevalent of which resembles an “agent model”—the belief that the system functions as an autonomous interlocutor whose exchanges remain private, akin to interactions with a doctor, lawyer, or trusted colleague.[26] In practice, many users therefore behave as if generative AI systems are subject to confidentiality norms, despite the absence of any such contractual, professional, or technical guarantees.[27] This perception is reinforced by the anthropomorphic design of conversational interfaces, which can lead even privacy-literate or technically sophisticated users to disclose highly sensitive information. Because these interactions feel intimate, users infer norms of discretion that the system itself does not—and often cannot—legally guarantee.[28]

This dynamic reflects a broader paradox well documented in the privacy literature. Users consistently report that conversations with generative AI feel more sensitive than email or social-media interactions, yet they nonetheless disclose medical information, financial concerns, and internal business matters in real time.[29] The issue is not user naiveté, but reliance on contextual cues that imply confidentiality in the absence of clear, verifiable information about downstream data practices. Users tend to assume strict purpose limitation and minimal propagation of their prompts, not because they oppose personalization, but because they expect the norms governing private professional exchanges to apply.[30]

More broadly, this conflict reflects a classic problem of information asymmetry, which can give rise to adverse selection. [31] The canonical illustration is the market for used cars. [32] Sellers know the true quality of a vehicle, while buyers observe only a probability that the car is high quality or a “lemon.” Faced with this uncertainty, buyers rationally discount the price they are willing to pay. Sellers of higher-quality vehicles may then exit the market because the discounted price fails to reflect their cars’ true value, leaving a disproportionate share of low-quality vehicles. In the extreme, the market can unravel entirely, with only lemons remaining.

Markets have developed partial solutions to this problem. In used-car markets, vehicle-history reports, such as those provided by Carfax,[33] and independent pre-purchase inspections[34] can help to reduce information asymmetries and support trade by allowing buyers to better assess quality.

A similar asymmetry characterizes personalized generative AI. Model developers possess proprietary knowledge about what data are collected, how long they are retained, whether they are repurposed for model training, what information may be subject to legal disclosure, and what security safeguards are in place. Users, by contrast, lack practical means to verify these claims.[35] This imbalance creates conditions conducive to adverse selection, as providers may face incentives to deploy user data in ways that maximize long-term model improvement or commercial advantage, while exposing users to heightened privacy and disclosure risks.

As in the market for lemons, these dynamics can undermine participation. If users increasingly fear exposure or misuse of sensitive information, they may rationally avoid using generative AI in contexts that require interactive learning and deep personalization, the very features that make the technology most valuable. Over time, this can degrade both trust and functionality.

The problem is particularly acute in regulated, high-value domains where information asymmetries are especially costly. For example, users of AI-enabled advisory tools may be unable to assess whether a system is acting in their interests or optimizing for engagement and data extraction, creating a textbook adverse-selection environment in which opaque or high-risk systems are most likely to proliferate.[36] Similarly, in insurance markets, underwriters may struggle to distinguish between firms with robust AI governance and those deploying unsafe or opaque systems, leading to adverse selection and moral hazard that complicate or preclude effective pricing of AI-related risks.[37]

Interactions with generative AI are therefore better analogized to relationships between patients and physicians or clients and lawyers than to the consumption of ordinary software products. This analogy is likely to become even more salient as AI systems grow increasingly agentic.[38] Absent credible commitments to confidentiality, users will rationally withhold information necessary for accurate diagnosis, effective treatment, or sound representation.

The implication is straightforward: personalization—the primary driver of generative AI’s utility—is sustainable only if providers can make and maintain credible commitments to safeguard user trust. Without such assurances, users are likely to adopt privacy-protective behaviors, including self-censorship, reduced data sharing, or outright abandonment of the technology, thereby constraining its productivity-enhancing potential. In the extreme, substantial social and economic value that generative AI could otherwise generate will fail to materialize.

III. Governing by Outcomes, Not Architecture

Designing effective guardrails for personalized generative AI requires grounding governance in how these systems actually create value. Personalized systems raise distinct privacy concerns because they depend on sustained access to user-specific context. User preferences vary across settings; in some circumstances, individuals may wish to limit or suspend personalization, while in others they may actively seek deeper contextual integration. Effective guardrails should therefore prioritize clear disclosure, meaningful user choice, and credible commitments regarding data use, rather than prescribing specific technical designs or attempting to comprehensively regulate inputs ex ante.

Given the complexity and heterogeneity of data flows in personalized systems, governance approaches are more likely to succeed when they focus on evaluating system outputs and observable harms, while preserving flexibility in how providers achieve those outcomes. Such flexibility allows developers to balance functionality, risk, and user preferences across diverse contexts without undermining the core value of personalization.

To bridge the trust gap created by information asymmetry, generative AI systems—particularly those deployed in consumer-facing contexts—require structural commitments to transparency that enable users to understand how their information is used, coupled with credible assurances against undesirable secondary uses. Existing consumer-protection regimes, including unfair and deceptive acts and practices (UDAP) statutes, already prohibit misrepresentation of data practices and the failure to honor public commitments. The marginal challenge posed by personalized AI is therefore not a lack of legal tools, but the increased difficulty users face in observing, interpreting, and verifying compliance in systems that encourage unusually sensitive disclosures while obscuring downstream data flows.

Effective transparency in personalized AI must focus on mitigating concrete risks through clear, contextual communication about data use. Users must be able to trust that information shared during interactions will not be repurposed in ways inconsistent with their reasonable expectations or stated preferences. Accordingly, transparency mechanisms should operate in context and be tied to practices that meaningfully enhance user understanding and risk assessment, rather than relying on prescriptive disclosure requirements that impose procedural burdens without delivering practical insight.

Transparency also plays a critical role in competition. In enterprise and professional markets, purchasers are likely to evaluate AI systems based not only on technical performance, but also on the clarity and credibility of providers’ commitments regarding data use, retention, and governance. Although it remains uncertain whether transparency will emerge as a dominant source of competitive advantage across all AI markets, it is plausible that greater transparency and user control will be associated with higher rates of adoption and more sustained use.[39] At a minimum, transparency appears to be a necessary condition for credible commitments to safeguard user trust. Absent meaningful visibility into data practices, assurances regarding privacy, purpose limitation, or non-retraining are unlikely to carry weight with sophisticated users.

Reducing the underlying information asymmetry therefore requires effective disclosure. In this context, disclosures should be clear, conspicuous, and intelligible to ordinary users.[40] Relevant information would include what data are collected (such as prompts, outputs, or conversation history), where those data are stored, and for how long (for example, session-based versus persistent account retention). Users should also be informed whether their data are used for model improvement or training, targeted advertising, or other third-party purposes.

Where such disclosures are provided, users may reasonably wish to limit or opt out of particular data uses. Accordingly, systems should offer clear and accessible mechanisms that allow users to align data practices with their preferences, including choices about whether information is retained or deleted after a session.

While disclosure is the primary mechanism for addressing information asymmetries, experience in adjacent data-governance contexts demonstrates that disclosure is effective only when it is both contemporaneous and credible. Market forces—such as reputation, contractual arrangements, and competition—often sustain these commitments, but a minimal legal backstop remains essential. Such a backstop helps to ensure that firms do not retroactively revise terms of service or expand data-use permissions after information has been collected.

Enforcement actions under consumer-protection law, including those brought by the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) in response to retroactive data-use changes, illustrate this role. In practice, background consumer-protection regimes function less as engines of affirmative regulation than as guarantors of promises, reinforcing the expectation that firms must clearly communicate their data practices and honor those commitments once made.[41] Beyond these baseline constraints, market structure itself—through reputational incentives, enterprise contracting, and user preference for trustworthy systems—continues to discipline data-handling behavior.

By contrast, top-down regulatory approaches that seek to prescribe system architecture, documentation requirements, or ongoing monitoring obligations for broadly defined categories of “AI systems” face inherent limitations. Regulators typically lack the information needed to specify ex ante how rapidly evolving technologies should operate. The predictable result is overbreadth and rigidity: compliance regimes that impose high fixed costs, chill experimentation, and deter incremental innovation valued by users. These dynamics are already evident in the extensive obligations imposed on general-purpose AI providers under the EU AI Act, which risk generating burdens disproportionate to any marginal gains in user understanding or trust.[42]

The core elements of a voluntary, outcome-oriented governance approach are reflected in the National Telecommunications and Information Administration’s (NTIA) recent policy on dual-use open models.[43] That framework implicitly recognizes that the relevant tradeoffs among functionality, risk, and innovation differ substantially between the foundation-model layer and the deployed-system layer, where outputs are generated and users interact with AI. Rather than prescribing model architecture, training techniques, or business models, NTIA emphasizes marginal-risk assessment, transparency, and evidence-based monitoring for foundation models whose weights are publicly released.[44] Accountability under this approach is achieved through standardized disclosures, risk–benefit documentation, and independent evaluation, rather than rigid ex ante technical mandates. This allows firms to determine how best to meet trust and safety objectives while preserving flexibility and innovation.

By contrast, more prescriptive regimes—such as the EU AI Act’s requirements that general-purpose AI developers publish public training-data summaries and extensive system documentation—risk imposing substantial compliance costs with limited corresponding gains in user understanding. Such obligations may also chill incremental innovation.[45] A more adaptive approach relies instead on context-appropriate disclosures, supplemented where necessary by independent audits or voluntary certification mechanisms that function as market signals of reliability without imposing one-size-fits-all regulatory requirements.[46] Properly structured, these guardrails can enhance trust while preserving the dynamism valued by both users and developers.

A further advantage of this approach is its scalability across the wide range of generative-AI applications. Indeed, “AI” is not a single technology, but a heterogeneous set of tools deployed in diverse contexts. Attempting to regulate it through a unified, systemwide framework would amount to governing nearly all software-mediated activity—an undertaking that is neither epistemically feasible nor administratively practical. Context-sensitive, purpose-limited disclosure avoids this pitfall by aligning governance with the specific risks of particular user interactions, rather than with abstract system classifications.

The guiding principle, therefore, should be purpose limitation; user data should be used only for the purposes for which it is shared. While users may accept data use as necessary for personalization and improved performance, they may reasonably object to its use for unrelated or unexpected purposes.

Context is central to shaping user expectations about data protection. Sensitive health information shared with an AI system designed to assist in medical diagnosis warrants substantially stronger safeguards than information provided to a general-purpose chatbot for routine consumer searches.[47] Similarly, professionals using generative AI to draft legal memoranda, briefs, or corporate strategy documents are likely to hold heightened expectations of privacy and security.[48] Certain contexts also carry explicit legal requirements. For example, the collection of data from children under the age of 13 triggers federal obligations for verifiable parental consent.[49]

To make privacy commitments credible in these varied settings, self-attestation alone is unlikely to be sufficient. Although markets discipline firms through contract, reputation, and competition, significant information asymmetries surrounding model training, data retention, and data segmentation prevent users from independently verifying compliance. One mechanism to address this gap would be a well-designed certification regime that operates as a safe-harbor disclosure framework. Under such a system, firms that adopt recognized transparency practices and submit to periodic independent audits would receive a credible designation signaling compliance.

Crucially, this approach would not prescribe system architecture or internal processes. Instead, it would verify outcomes: whether providers enforce data segmentation, honor non-retraining commitments in sensitive contexts, implement purpose limitation, and maintain clear accountability for data stewardship. By providing users with a reliable means to distinguish trustworthy providers from mere self-promoters, certification can reduce information asymmetry without constraining innovation or imposing disproportionate burdens on smaller entrants.

This model also preserves the bottom-up character of AI governance. Firms would retain flexibility in how they meet disclosed commitments, while certification bodies would function more like standards-setting organizations than regulatory authorities. Background legal frameworks—such as contract law, tort law, and baseline consumer-protection regimes—serve as guarantors of promises, ensuring accountability for misrepresentation without requiring continuous administrative oversight. In this way, a certification-based ecosystem can address the trust challenges of personalized generative AI while avoiding the rigidity, compliance costs, and innovation-suppressing effects associated with top-down regulatory regimes.

Beyond comprehensive self-certification regimes, experience with sector-specific approaches to data protection offers practical guidance for implementing disclosure and opt-out mechanisms. Historical regulatory and market-based efforts in domains such as finance, health data, and online tracking illustrate how transparency and user choice can be operationalized in ways that are both workable and enforceable.

In the financial sector, for example, the Gramm–Leach–Bliley Act (GLBA) requires financial institutions to disclose their information-sharing practices and provide consumers with the right to opt out of certain disclosures.[50] GLBA limits when firms “significantly engaged” in financial activities may share consumers’ nonpublic personal information with nonaffiliated third parties[51] and mandates “clear and conspicuous” notice of privacy practices and opt-out rights.[52] A comparable framework for generative AI could require disclosure of how user data are used, coupled with meaningful opportunities to opt out of specified secondary uses.

A parallel model exists for sensitive health information under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and its Privacy Rule.[53] HIPAA imposes strict purpose limitations on the use and disclosure of protected health information,[54] backed by substantial civil and criminal penalties for knowing violations.[55] Similar purpose-limitation principles could be applied to sensitive health, legal, or otherwise confidential information shared with generative AI systems, supported by clear accountability mechanisms for misuse or breach.

Market-based approaches to data governance also provide instructive lessons. Browser-based privacy signals were developed to allow users to communicate preferences regarding online tracking. Early efforts, such as Do Not Track,[56] failed to gain traction in part because they lacked legal enforceability.[57] By contrast, the Global Privacy Control browser extension[58] has become effective because it is recognized under the California Consumer Privacy Act as a valid mechanism for exercising statutory opt-out rights.[59] The broader lesson is that voluntary tools—such as certification programs, standardized signals, or independent audits—can meaningfully reduce information asymmetry when reinforced by a modest regulatory backstop that ensures compliance and accountability.

The interactive nature of generative AI systems creates new opportunities to implement transparency and guardrails that were largely infeasible under earlier software paradigms. Unlike static services, conversational systems can deliver disclosures, explanations, and feedback mechanisms in context, enabling users to query data practices, contest outputs, or signal preferences during use rather than relying solely on ex ante or ex post policy documents. These interaction-driven feedback loops can accelerate the identification of system failures and reduce the time between harm, detection, and remediation.

At the same time, such mechanisms do not resolve the underlying information asymmetry between developers and users. While interactive transparency can improve comprehension and responsiveness, it cannot replace independent verification or credible external commitments. Instead, it should be understood as a complement to broader governance frameworks, lowering the cost of feedback and increasing the visibility of trust-related failures without substituting for enforceable assurances.

IV. Unlocking Personalization Without Breaking Trust

Public-policy approaches to personalization in generative AI should avoid both uncritical permissiveness and rigid prohibition. Instead, it should adopt an adaptive, trust-enabling governance posture. Three principles should guide this approach.

First, personalization should be presumptively permitted as a core service feature. Policymakers should recognize that personalization is a structural prerequisite for generative AI to deliver its anticipated productivity and safety benefits. Governance frameworks should therefore facilitate, rather than impede, its development and deployment.

Second, transparency and guardrails are essential to assure users that their data will not be used in ways that exceed reasonable expectations. Regulation should focus on addressing information asymmetry through standardized disclosures and credible enforcement of disclosed commitments, while accounting for the context-dependent nature of privacy risks and user expectations.

Third, governance must be adaptive. Given the rapid evolution of AI technologies, regulatory approaches should emphasize outcome-based objectives—such as prohibitions on unauthorized retraining or secondary data use—rather than prescriptive technical requirements, such as mandates on model architecture. Policymakers should consider voluntary certification and auditing mechanisms as flexible tools for accountability. Governance should further proceed from the premise that privacy expectations vary by context and that protecting those expectations is central to sustaining user trust in generative AI systems.

To put these principles into practice, policymakers should consider the following measures:

  1. Standardized Disclosure Language: Encourage the use of standardized, layered disclosures that allow users to understand key data-use commitments and default settings, particularly whether user interactions are used for model retraining. Disclosures should emphasize observable practices and user-relevant outcomes, rather than require the disclosure of proprietary technical details or security-sensitive information that could compromise trade secrets or system integrity.[60]
  2. Sectoral Privacy Standards: Develop targeted, high-water-mark privacy standards for generative AI deployed in regulated or high-risk sectors (e.g., law, finance, health care), where the potential harm from disclosure is greatest. Policymakers should avoid overly generalized frameworks that impose uniform privacy requirements across heterogeneous AI use cases.
  3. Voluntary Certification and Commitment Verification: Establish a federally recognized safe-harbor framework supported by voluntary, independent verification of data-use commitments. Rather than mandate intrusive audits of model internals or performance, certification should focus on whether firms adhere to their stated practices regarding data segmentation, purpose limitation, retention, and non-retraining in designated contexts. By limiting verification to organizational controls and observable practices, this approach protects trade secrets, reduces security and confidentiality risks, and avoids premature or overly burdensome testing regimes. Properly designed, certification can function as a market signal of trustworthiness, offering regulatory predictability for participating firms while preserving flexibility and innovation.

Personalization is a central driver of productivity and utility in generative AI, converting general-purpose models into effective, user-specific tools. In practice, personalization is not merely passive. Many systems evolve through ongoing interaction, user feedback, and iterative refinement, giving users meaningful influence over how outputs are shaped over time. Transparency and user control over how these signals are incorporated can therefore strengthen trust—not only by constraining data use, but by enabling users to understand and participate in the personalization process itself. At present, however, the promise of personalized AI is constrained by a significant trust deficit rooted in information asymmetries between developers and users concerning how highly sensitive data might be handled.

The core challenge facing policymakers is to find a framework that balances the data use required for effective personalization with the implicit privacy expectations users bring to interactions with increasingly sophisticated AI systems. By implementing robust guardrails, ensuring meaningful transparency, and supporting credible governance mechanisms, policymakers can enable the economic and social benefits of personalized generative AI while preserving the trust necessary for its long-term sustainability.

[1] See, e.g., Nidhi Arora et al., The Value of Getting Personalization Right—Or Wrong—Is Multiplying, McKinsey & Co. (Nov. 12, 2021), https://www.mckinsey.com/capabilities/growth-marketing-and-sales/our-insights/the-value-of-getting-personalization-right-or-wrong-is-multiplying (noting 71% of consumers expect AI personalization, 76% get frustrated when they don’t find it, and companies that excel at personalization generate 40% more revenue than average players).

[2] See, e.g., Content Recommendation Engine, Optimizely (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://www.optimizely.com/optimization-glossary/content-recommendation-engine.

[3] See, e.g., Gavoy Small, The Top 12 Adaptive Learning Platforms for 2025, SC Training (Jan. 23, 2025), https://training.safetyculture.com/blog/adaptive-learning-platforms.

[4] See, e.g., Genomics and Your Health, Ctrs. Dis. Ctrl. & Prev’n. (Nov. 13, 2024), https://www.cdc.gov/genomics-and-health/precision-health-treat/index.html (“Precision medicine, also called personalized medicine, helps your healthcare provider find your unique disease risks and treatments that will work best for you. Precision health is broader—it includes precision medicine but also includes approaches that occur outside the setting of a healthcare provider’s office or hospital, such as disease prevention and health promotion activities.”).

[5] See, e.g., Robert Donnelly, Ayush Kanodia, & Ilya Morozov, Welfare Effects of Personalized Rankings, Mark. Sci. (2023), at 1-22, available at https://robdonnelly.me/files/personalized_rankings.pdf.

[6] For purposes of this discussion, “AI system” encompasses both conversational chat-based models and more fully agentic systems capable of acting across tasks, tools, or environments with varying degrees of autonomy. While these systems raise distinct technical and governance considerations, both are commonly experienced by users as interlocutors rather than passive software tools, and both can trigger similar expectations of confidentiality, depending on context.

[7] How Search Works with Your Activity, Google (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://support.google.com/websearch/answer/10909618 (“When you search on Google, your past searches and other info are sometimes incorporated to help us give you a more useful experience.”).

[8] See Why Your Google Search Results Might Differ from Other People, Google (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://support.google.com/websearch/answer/12412910 (“You may get the same or similar results to someone else who searches on Google Search. But sometimes, Google may give you different results based on things like time, context, or personalized results.”).

[9] Google, supra note 7.

[10] See Amazon Personalize, Amazon (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://aws.amazon.com/personalize.

[11] See Recommendations, Netflix Rsch. (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://research.netflix.com/research-area/recommendations.

[12] See Recommendations on YouTube, YouTube (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://www.youtube.com/howyoutubeworks/recommendations.

[13] See How Feed Works, Facebook (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://www.facebook.com/help/1155510281178725/?helpref=hc_fnav.

[14] See What We Mean When We Talk We Talk About Personalization, Meta Priv. Ctr. (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://privacycenter.instagram.com/dialog/what-we-mean-when-we-talk-about-personalization.

[15] See Making Your Feed for You, TikTok Safety Ctr. (last updated Jul. 24, 2025), https://www.tiktok.com/safety/en/making-your-feed-for-you.

[16] See Personalization and Data, X (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://x.com/settings/account/personalization.

[17] Alexander Birk, Adam Blandin, & David Deming, The Impact of Generative AI on Work Productivity, Fed. Res. Bank of St. Louis (Feb. 27, 2025), https://www.stlouisfed.org/on-the-economy/2025/feb/impact-generative-ai-work-productivity.

[18] Gustavo de Souza, Artificial Intelligence in the Office and the Factory: Evidence from Administrative Software Registry Data, (Fed. Res. Bank of Chi. Working Paper No. 2025-11), https://www.chicagofed.org/publications/working-papers/2025/2025-11.  Notably, while AI adoption of AI displaces some routine administrative roles—particularly middle-income office positions—the evidence to date suggests these effects are offset by increased demand in production settings, where AI-enabled tools make machines easier to use and expand opportunities for younger and less-skilled workers. The aggregate impact appears to be a reallocation rather than reduction of labor, with overall employment rising as productivity improves.

[19] See Aditya Krishna Sonthy, Lessons Learned: Fine-Tuning a Generative AI Model for Internal Knowledge Management — Pitfalls and Successes, 7 J. Comp. Sci. & Tech. Stud. 5, 46 (2025), https://www.researchgate.net/publication/392221309_Lessons_Learned_Fine-Tuning_a_Generative_AI_Model_for_Internal_Knowledge_Management_-_Pitfalls_and_Successes.

[20] Erik Brynjolfsson, Danielle Li, & Lindsey R. Raymond, Generative AI at Work (NBER Working Paper No. 31161, 2023), https://doi.org/10.3386/w31161.

[21] See, e.g., Mike Caulfield, AI Is Not Your Friend, The Atlantic (May 9, 2025), https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2025/05/sycophantic-ai/682743.

[22] See Tomo Lazovich, Filter Bubbles and Affective Polarization in User-Personalized Large Language Model Outputs, arXiv (Oct. 31, 2023), available at https://arxiv.org/pdf/2311.14677; Exec. Order No. 14319, Preventing Woke AI in the Federal Government (“Americans will require reliable outputs from AI, but when ideological biases or social agendas are built into AI models, they can distort the quality and accuracy of the output.”); Bobby Allyn, Google Races to Find a Solution After AI Generator Gemini Misses the Mark, Morning Ed. (Mar. 18, 2024), https://www.npr.org/2024/03/18/1239107313/google-races-to-find-a-solution-after-ai-generator-gemini-misses-the-mark.

[23] One might ask whether nonprofessional or lower-agency users—particularly in social or entertainment contexts—are more vulnerable to harms such as filter bubbles, bias reinforcement, or manipulation. It is plausible that children and others who are less aware of how these systems operate could absorb information uncritically. But even if that is a potential vulnerability, market accountability would still be driven primarily by high-agency users, including professionals, enterprises, and expert communities, whose tolerance for error, misuse, or reputational risk is low. This dynamic is familiar from privacy law: While there are relatively few “privacy fundamentalists,” they have historically exerted outsized influence both on firms’ privacy practices and on regulatory outcomes. See, e.g., Alec Stapp, Against Privacy Fundamentalism in the United States, Niskanen Ctr. (Nov. 19, 2018), https://www.niskanencenter.org/against-privacy-fundamentalism-in-the-united-states (quoting studies that find only “25 to 35 percent of Americans are privacy fundamentalists” unwilling to “trade their privacy for economic benefits”). These users exert disproportionate pressure on developers to improve reliability, contextual understanding, and safeguards, and the resulting design and governance improvements tend to benefit all users. The same dynamic is likely to shape privacy and personalization governance in AI systems.

[24] See, e.g., Ben Sperry, The Marketplace of Ideas: Government Failure Is Worse Than Market Failure When It Comes to Social-Media Misinformation, Truth on the Mkt. (Sep. 22, 2023), https://truthonthemarket.com/2023/09/22/the-marketplace-of-ideas-government-failure-is-worse-than-market-failure-when-it-comes-to-social-media-misinformation.

[25] For example, the recent New York Times v. OpenAI litigation included a “preservation order requiring OpenAI to retain all ChatGPT conversation logs – affecting over 400 million users worldwide…” See Jeffrey M. Kelly et al., From Copyright Case to AI Data Crisis: How The New York Times v. OpenAI Reshapes Companies’ Data Governance and eDiscovery Strategy, Nelson Mullins (Jul. 10, 2025), https://www.nelsonmullins.com/insights/blogs/corporate-governance-insights/all/from-copyright-case-to-ai-data-crisis-how-the-new-york-times-v-openai-reshapes-companies-data-governance-and-ediscovery-strategy.

[26] See Xingyi Wang et al., Users’ Mental Models of Generative AI Chatbot Ecosystems, arXiv (Jan. 31, 2025), at 9-10, https://arxiv.org/abs/2501.19211 (discussing the “agent” model).

[27] Id.

[28] See Julia Ive et al., Privacy-Preserving Behaviour of Chatbot Users, arXiv (Aug. 9, 2025), https://arxiv.org/abs/2411.17589.

[29] See Sarah Tran et al., Understanding Privacy Norms Around LLM-Based Chatbots: A Contextual Integrity Perspective, arXiv (Aug. 9, 2025), at 1, https://arxiv.org/abs/2508.06760 (“Our findings reveal a stark disconnect between user concerns and behavior: 82% of respondents rated chatbot conversations as sensitive or highly sensitive—more than email or social media posts—but nearly half reported discussing health topics and over one-third discussed personal finances with ChatGPT.”); see also Helen Nissenbaum, Contextual Integrity Up and Down the Data Food Chain, 20 Theo. Inq. L. 221 (2019).

[30] Tran et al., id. at 1 (“Our results suggest that users apply consistent baseline privacy expectations to chatbot data, prioritizing procedural safeguards over recipient trustworthiness.”).

[31] See Elizabeth Mohn, Information Asymmetry, EBSCO Info. Svcs. (2025), https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/social-sciences-and-humanities/information-asymmetry (“Information asymmetry refers to an economic event in which one party has more information about an economic transaction than the other party.”). Adverse selection occurs where asymmetric information results in a party to a transaction exploiting undisclosed information to gain disproportionate benefit in a trade.

[32] See George A. Akerloff, The Market for “Lemons”: Quality Uncertainty and the Market Mechanism, 84 Q. J. Econ. 488 (1970); see also Martin Obschonka & Moren Levesque, A Market for Lemons? Strategic Directions for a Vigilant Application of Artificial Intelligence in Entrepreneurship Research (Sep. 2024), https://www.researchgate.net/publication/384057477_A_Market_for_Lemons_Strategic_Directions_for_a_Vigilant_Application_of_Artificial_Intelligence_in_Entrepreneurship_Research.

[33] See CARFAX Vehicle History Reports, Carfax (last accessed Nov. 12, 2025), https://www.carfax.com/vehicle-history-reports.

[34] See, e.g., Lemon Protector, https://www.lemonprotector.com.

[35] The technology may mitigate the verification problem to a limited degree. Conversational AI systems can reduce user confusion by delivering data-use explanations in a more accessible, contextual way than traditional privacy policies or terms of service. For example, an AI system might explain how user data is handled in response to a direct question during an interaction. This kind of “in-flow” transparency can improve comprehension and salience, but it does not solve the core verification problem: Users may better understand stated commitments yet still lack independent means to confirm that those commitments are actually followed.

[36] See Runhuan Feng et al., Robo-Advisors Beyond Automation: Principles and Roadmap for AI-Driven Financial Planning, arXiv (Sep. 12, 2025), https://arxiv.org/html/2509.09922; Daniel Schwarcz, Tom Baker, & Kyle Logue, Regulating Robo-Advisors in an Age of Generative Artificial Intelligence, 82 Wash. & Lee L. Rev. 775 (2025).

[37] Ruo (Alex) Jia, Martin Eling, & Tianyang Wang, Gen AI Risks for Businesses: Exploring the role for insurance, at 30, Geneva Ass’n (Oct. 2025), available at https://www.genevaassociation.org/sites/default/files/2025-10/gen_ai_report_0110.pdf.

[38] Anas Alfaris, The Rise of the Cognitive Enterprise: Why Agentic AI Platforms Are the Next Great Business Revolution, World Econ. Forum (Jun. 25, 2025), https://www.weforum.org/stories/2025/06/cognitive-enterprise-agentic-business-revolution.

[39] See, e.g., Jonas Wanner, Lukas-Valentin Herm, Kai Heinrich, & Christian Janiesch, The Effect of Transparency and Trust on Intelligent System Acceptance: Evidence from a User-Based Study, 32 Electron. Mark. 2079, 2094 (2022), https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12525-022-00593-5 (“[W]e find that [system transparency] poses a strong influential factor concerning the attitude and intention to use an intelligent system…”); Steve Fineberg et al., In the Gen AI Economy, Consumers Want Innovation They Can Trust, Deloitte (Sep. 25, 2025), https://www.deloitte.com/us/en/insights/industry/telecommunications/connectivity-mobile-trends-survey.html (explaining that Deloitte’s sixth Connected Consumer study, which surveyed 3,500 US consumers in June 2025 about their digital lives, found “[r]espondents are more satisfied and spend more with tech companies that lead on both innovation and data responsibility”).

[40] The FTC has long required clear and conspicuous disclosures for advertisements and endorsements. See 16 CFR §255.05(f) (“’[C]lear and conspicuous’ means that a disclosure is difficult to miss (i.e., easily noticeable) and easily understandable by ordinary consumers.”); see also .Com Disclosures: How to Make Effective Disclosures in Digital Advertising, Fed. Trade Comm’n. (Mar. 2013), available at https://www.ftc.gov/sites/default/files/attachments/press-releases/ftc-staff-revises-online-advertising-disclosure-guidelines/130312dotcomdisclosures.pdf; Commission Enforcement Policy Statement in Regard to Clear and Conspicuous Disclosure in Television Advertising, Fed. Trade Comm’n. (Oct. 21, 1970), available at https://www.ftc.gov/system/files/documents/public_statements/288851/701021tvad-pr.pdf.

[41] See 2023 Privacy and Data Security Update Fed. Trade Comm’n (2023), at 23-24, available at https://www.ftc.gov/system/files/ftc_gov/pdf/2024.03.21-PrivacyandDataSecurityUpdate-508.pdf.

[42] See, e.g., Oliver Roberts, EU AI Act’s Burdensome Regulations Could Impair AI Innovation, Bloomberg Law (Feb. 21, 2025), https://news.bloomberglaw.com/us-law-week/eu-ai-acts-burdensome-regulations-could-impair-ai-innovation (“The EU has now stunted its own AI development and cemented itself behind the US and China. Instead of focusing on AI investment and growth, the EU jumped straight to regulation—an ill-advised move in a nascent and rapidly evolving industry.”).

[43] See, e.g., Dual-Use Foundation Models with Widely Available Model Weights, Nat’l Telecomm. & Info. Admin. (Jul. 2024), available at https://www.ntia.gov/sites/default/files/publications/ntia-ai-open-model-report.pdf.

[44] Id. at 3-4.

[45] EU AI Act Overview, https://www.euaiact.com/blog/high-risk-ai-systems-under-the-eu-ai-act (last updated Aug. 1, 2024).

[46] See, e.g., Forum on Information & Democracy, A Voluntary Certification Mechanism for Public Interest AI (Sep. 2024), available at https://informationdemocracy.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/09/FID-Public-Interest-AI-Sept-2024.pdf.

[47] Some generative AI services aimed at health-care professionals attempt to comply with, for example, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA). See, e.g., What Is BastionGPT?, BastionGPT (last accessed Nov. 24, 2025), https://bastiongpt.com/health (“BastionGPT is a private and compliant AI specially designed for healthcare professionals. It uses specially trained versions of the leading AI models including ChatGPT… Claude and Gemini to deliver the highest quality AI documentation and assistance in the market, and all while keeping personal data private and HIPAA compliant.”).

[48] For example, a Thomson Reuters Legal blog post notes that: “AI systems lacking adequate security measures risk exposing this data to hostile actors and putting the law firm in violation of its obligations. Security requirements make determination of a potential AI solution’s data protection capabilities essential.” Building Trust in AI to Keep Firm and Client Data Safe, Thomson Reuters (Nov. 3, 2025), https://legal.thomsonreuters.com/blog/how-to-use-ai-and-keep-law-firm-and-client-data-safe.

[49] Children’s Online Privacy Protection Rule, 90 Fed. Reg. 16918, 16950 (Apr. 22, 2025), (“Disclosures of a child’s personal information to third parties for monetary or other consideration, for advertising purposes, or to train or otherwise develop artificial intelligence technologies, are not integral to the website or online service and would require consent…”).

[50] 15 U.S.C. §§ 6801 et seq.

[51] 15 U.S.C. § 6802.

[52] 15 U.S.C. § 6803; § 6802.

[53] 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d et seq.; 45 CFR §§ 164.500 et seq.

[54] 45 CFR § 164.502.

[55] 42 U.S.C. § 1320d-6.

[56] See Ans Baig & Muhammad Faisal Sattar, Do Not Track: Everything You Need To Know, securiti (last updated Nov. 23, 2024), https://securiti.ai/what-is-do-not-track-dnt.

[57] Id.

[58] See, e.g., Global Privacy Control, securiti (last accessed Nov. 24, 2025), https://securiti.ai/global-privacy-control.

[59] See California Civil Code §1798.120; Trishla Ostwal, Sephora to Pay $1.2 Million for Violating California’s Privacy Law, Adweek (Aug. 24, 2022), https://www.adweek.com/programmatic/sephora-violates-california-privacy-law (“Sephora failed to process people’s requests to opt-out of the sale of information to third-party companies.”).

[60] Disclosure requirements should be narrowly tailored. Their purpose is to make firms’ data-use commitments clear and enforceable—not to force the disclosure of trade secrets, sensitive security information, or internal system designs.

SHORT FORM WRITTEN OUTPUT

Discretion Without Guardrails: Canada’s Competition Experiment

When competition authorities expand their legal toolkits, the most consequential policy choices often do not appear in the statute. They emerge later—in enforcement guidelines, presumptions, . . .

When competition authorities expand their legal toolkits, the most consequential policy choices often do not appear in the statute. They emerge later—in enforcement guidelines, presumptions, and priorities that determine how aggressively agencies will deploy new powers. Canada now finds itself squarely in that phase.

Recent amendments to the Competition Act illustrate the shift. Reforms enacted in 2023 and 2024 added “excessive and unfair selling prices” as a form of abuse of dominance, extended civil review to agreements between non-competitors, expanded private access to the Competition Tribunal, and sharply increased penalties. Corporations now face fines of up to C$25 million, rising to C$35 million for repeat violations, or three times the benefit gained.

These statutory changes have pushed interpretive authority downstream. The Competition Bureau must now give operational meaning to open-ended concepts and decide how forcefully to pursue them. Comments submitted by several scholars, including a recent set from the International Center for Law & Economics (ICLE), underscore how much turns on those implementation choices, rather than on statutory text alone.

Canada’s approach combines three elements that many jurisdictions continue to debate: expanded substantive theories of harm; broader private rights of action paired with monetary remedies; and dramatically higher penalties. Together, they create a real-world test of what happens when lawmakers broaden enforcement authority without strengthening the doctrinal guardrails meant to limit error costs and over-deterrence.

That experiment deserves close attention in Washington, Brussels, and other capitals. The underlying risks—legal uncertainty, inflated error costs, and pressure to turn competition law into de facto price regulation—are not uniquely Canadian. They reflect structural tensions in modern competition policy, especially when enforcement discretion expands faster than doctrinal discipline.

Read the full piece here.

The Right Approach to Reviewing Netflix-Warner Bros

Ahead of tomorrow’s Senate Judiciary Antitrust Subcommittee hearing, a group of former federal antitrust enforcers sent an open letter to the U.S. Justice Department (DOJ) and the full . . .

Ahead of tomorrow’s Senate Judiciary Antitrust Subcommittee hearing, a group of former federal antitrust enforcers sent an open letter to the U.S. Justice Department (DOJ) and the full Judiciary Committee urging a consumer-welfare-focused review of the proposed Netflix–Warner Bros. Discovery merger. The letter rejects the progressive analytical framework advanced during the prior administration and calls for a return to established antitrust principles.

Read the full piece here.

Brightline Rules and Case-by-Case Courts: The DMA and Epic v Apple

Brightline rules promise clarity. The early enforcement record suggests something closer to friction. Part I of this two-part series examined how mobile app-store anti-steering policies—rules that . . .

Brightline rules promise clarity. The early enforcement record suggests something closer to friction.

Part I of this two-part series examined how mobile app-store anti-steering policies—rules that restrict developers from directing users to alternative offers or payment portals outside the app store—affect competition, consumers, and innovation. It also compared those policies with the restrictions upheld in Ohio v. American Express Co., in which the U.S. Supreme Court approved American Express’ anti-steering rules in a multisided credit-card transactions market.

Part II turns to enforcement. It compares how Apple’s App Store anti-steering policies and transaction fees have been treated in the Europe Union under the Digital Markets Act (DMA) and in the United States under federal and state antitrust law. The analysis focuses on what those divergent approaches have delivered so far for competition, commercial and legal certainty, enforcement costs, and the rule of law. Taken together, the early results raise serious questions about whether U.S. policymakers should continue pressing to import DMA-style ex ante regulation into American competition policy.

Read the full piece here.

The Blind Spots of Brightline Rules: The DMA and Anti-Steering

Two years ago, the European Union’s flagship Digital Markets Act (DMA) took effect. The DMA promised to make platform markets “fairer and more contestable” for the . . .

Two years ago, the European Union’s flagship Digital Markets Act (DMA) took effect. The DMA promised to make platform markets “fairer and more contestable” for the businesses that rely on them to reach consumers by imposing a set of brightline mandates on designated gatekeepers.

In the United States, advocates of DMA-style competition rulemaking include former Federal Trade Commission (FTC) Chair Lina Khan and Sen. Amy Klobuchar (D-Minn.), whose American Innovation and Choice Online Act (AICOA)—which Congress has not enacted—closely tracks the DMA’s approach. Supporters argue that brightline rules lower enforcement costs and provide greater certainty for regulators and firms than case-by-case antitrust litigation against large technology companies. U.S. antitrust law, by contrast, generally requires enforcers and private plaintiffs to prove that a defendant possesses and has abused market power and that the challenged conduct produces net anticompetitive effects. Brightline regimes such as the DMA aim to bypass these showings altogether.

The ongoing battles between mobile app developers and competition authorities over Apple’s so-called anti-steering policies—fought in U.S. courts and before European regulators—put that case for digital platform rulemaking under strain. These disputes suggest that rigid rules do not necessarily simplify enforcement or align with the interests of the very developers who have lobbied for them.

This article examines app-store policies that restrict developers’ ability to inform users about, or direct them to, alternative payment options outside an app store’s proprietary in-app payment system, such as transactions completed on a developer’s own website. Part II compares how those policies fare under the DMA’s brightline, ex ante prohibitions with their treatment under the more flexible, effects-based framework of U.S. federal and state antitrust law.

Read the full piece here.

Japan Should Think Twice About Importing Europe’s Mobile Rules

Japan rarely rushes to follow global regulatory fashion. But when it comes to mobile platforms, it has done exactly that. With the Mobile Software Competition Act (MSCA) . . .

Japan rarely rushes to follow global regulatory fashion. But when it comes to mobile platforms, it has done exactly that. With the Mobile Software Competition Act (MSCA) taking effect in December 2025, Tokyo has chosen to regulate smartphones the European way — by laying down detailed rules in advance, rather than enforcing competition law case by case. The move may feel modern and decisive, but it may also be a costly mistake.

The MSCA is modeled on the European Union’s Digital Markets Act, though it is narrower in scope and will be enforced by the Japan Fair Trade Commission (JFTC), an agency known for consultation and restraint. That softer tone matters. But tone cannot fix a law built on shaky assumptions.

Read the full piece here.

Europe Can’t Decouple Its Way to Power

Europe is experiencing a bout of geopolitical vertigo. With Donald Trump having once again floated the purchase of Greenland and threatened tariffs against his European . . .

Europe is experiencing a bout of geopolitical vertigo. With Donald Trump having once again floated the purchase of Greenland and threatened tariffs against his European allies, the transatlantic relationship looks more fragile than at any point in recent memory. NATO may yet survive the strain, but hoping for a return to predictability is no longer a strategy. European leaders must plan for a world in which American politics remains volatile.

The instinctive response across Europe has largely been to turn inward. From fierce resistance to the Mercosur trade agreement to growing calls for “tech sovereignty” and “defence autonomy”, the prevailing reflex is decoupling: less reliance on the United States, fewer global supply chains, more state-backed substitutes. If Washington is unreliable, the argument runs, Europe should build its own clouds, satellites, and defence systems behind protective walls.

This instinct is understandable. It is also misguided.

Read the full piece here.

Antitrust Unmoored: Constitutional Limits on California’s RSFC

Much ink has been spilled on a draft California antitrust bill’s treatment of single-firm conduct. Most critiques focus on its economic flaws—particularly its departure from . . .

Much ink has been spilled on a draft California antitrust bill’s treatment of single-firm conduct. Most critiques focus on its economic flaws—particularly its departure from settled federal antitrust principles and the policy costs that follow.

The bill’s constitutional vulnerabilities deserve equal scrutiny. If California lawmakers remain unmoved by the economic risks of imposing new burdens on so-called “monopolies,” they may be more receptive to the prospect that the statute would not survive judicial review.

Read the full piece here.

Why Europe Can’t Kill the Cookie Banner

Europe is so back. No more cookie banners.” Not quite. Cookie banners are here to stay. They endure as an annoying but telling symbol of . . .

Europe is so back. No more cookie banners.” Not quite. Cookie banners are here to stay. They endure as an annoying but telling symbol of a deeper problem: Europe’s political class still lacks the appetite for the hard choices reform requires.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen was right in this year’s State of the Union to say that “Europe is in a fight.” With the publication of the Commission’s “omnibus” reform proposals, we can now see what Brussels plans to bring to that fight.

The intentions are good. There is at least some acknowledgment that Europe’s economic malaise reflects regulatory overreach and a failure to protect the integrity of the common market.

But European policymakers remain trapped in what might be called a “luxury” mindset—the belief that all policy goals can be pursued at once, without tradeoffs or losses. Reindustrialize, but eliminate emissions. Secure energy, but reject nuclear. Compete globally, but regulate relentlessly.

As Luis Garicano, Bengt Holmström, and Nicolas Petit argue in “The Constitution of Innovation,” Europe risks repeating 20th century Argentina’s slow decline—only under harsher conditions, with Russian aggression on its borders and a worsening demographic crunch at home. Their prescription is straightforward: strengthen the EU’s common market while curbing the its regulatory ambitions. Both steps face entrenched resistance. National governments resist deeper market integration; Brussels resists self-restraint. As Alexandre de Streel of the Centre on Regulation in Europe (CERRE) recently observed, civil servants are now being asked to streamline laws they designed, defended, and built careers around.

The proposed “digital omnibus” legislation illustrates just how hard meaningful reform has become. I commented recently on the leaked draft and the Commission subsequently released the official proposal. It closely tracks the leaked version, confirming both its modest improvements and its deeper limitations.

Read the full piece here.

Why Chipmaking Defies Old Antitrust Rules

TL;DR Background: Semiconductors underpin the modern economy, from AI and cloud computing to cars, industrial systems, and medical devices. Because advanced manufacturing is costly and . . .

TL;DR

Background: Semiconductors underpin the modern economy, from AI and cloud computing to cars, industrial systems, and medical devices. Because advanced manufacturing is costly and highly concentrated, policy debates often frame the industry in terms of monopoly, dependency, and vulnerability. That framing, however, starts from surface-level indicators—market shares, margins, and concentration ratios—rather than from how competition actually unfolds at the technological frontier.

But… The underlying reality is that concentration largely reflects extreme technological demands, not weak competition. Moore’s Law and Rock’s Law force firms into repeated, high-stakes races in which each new manufacturing node requires tens of billions of dollars in upfront investment, mastery of frontier physics, and early bets on demand that may not yet exist. Competition occurs “for the market,” node by node, and leadership resets with every cycle. Firms rise or fall based on organizational capability and execution—how well they sense demand, commit capital, and deliver on schedule—not on durable market power.

Moreover… High profits and consolidation often reflect the rewards required to sustain innovation in a capital-intensive, sequential industry. Temporary returns from scarcity and successful innovation fund the massive R&D, fabs, and supplier ecosystems needed to keep advancing chip performance. Specialization, long-term partnerships, and concentrated scale help to manage risk and coordination, rather than exclude rivals. Competition policy that relies on static metrics risks misreads these dynamics, and in doing so, undermines the very investments that drive innovation and expand access to high-performance computing.

KEY TAKEAWAYS

Why Chipmaking Is a High-Stakes Race

Two intertwined technological imperatives shape competition in semiconductor manufacturing.

Moore’s Law holds that the number of transistors on a chip roughly doubles every two years. In practice, it means customers expect steady, on-schedule gains in performance per watt and per dollar. That expectation forces the industry to move in a relentless cadence, where each new manufacturing node must deliver real, measurable improvements on time.

Rock’s Law captures the flip side: as chips grow denser, the cost of making them rises exponentially. Leading-edge fabs now cost $10–20 billion, and a single high-NA EUV lithography tool can exceed $400 million. These costs reflect the price of pushing manufacturing toward atomic-scale precision, not inflation or inefficient scale.

Together, these laws turn semiconductor manufacturing into a series of high-stakes races. Firms must commit enormous capital years in advance, long before demand or yields are certain. Each new process node resets the competitive field, creating repeated “competitions for the market” in which incumbents can fall behind and challengers can leap ahead.

Why Each Node Is a Major Bet

Moore’s Law, Rock’s Law, and the sequential nature of semiconductor innovation force chipmakers into a recurring wager: invest enormous sums in the next manufacturing node years before demand and yields are clear, or risk falling behind. That wager carries three distinct risks:

Front-Loaded Capital Risk: Leading firms spend tens of billions of dollars long before returns materialize. TSMC, for example, has devoted roughly 30–50% of revenue to capital spending since 2009, with R&D often consuming another 40–60%.

Technology and Execution Risk: Each node poses a complex, multi-front physics challenge, spanning lithography, transistor design, materials, power delivery, metrology, and advanced packaging. One flawed process decision can derail years of products and damage a firm’s credibility.

Timing and Demand Risk: Firms must size capacity for future markets that may not yet exist. Miss the timing and an expensive fab sits idle; overshoot and excess capacity deepens the next downturn.

Why Leadership Keeps Resetting

In this environment, success depends less on static market position than on dynamic capabilities: the ability to spot opportunities, commit massive capital, and retool operations through each technological shift.

TSMC surged ahead by reading customer demand early and investing aggressively in EUV when Intel stumbled at 10nm, showing that leadership goes to firms that redefine the frontier and execute at scale. The same logic applies elsewhere: Samsung’s rapid technology absorption and Intel’s push into foundry services underscore that organizational capability—not market structure—drives outcomes. Each new node resets the race, rebuilding market positions at every break.

This churn makes it easy to misread profits. “Ricardian rents” are temporary returns from scarcity, where firms can earn more because capacity is limited at a moment in time. “Schumpeterian rents,” by contrast, are temporary rewards for successful innovation, where firms earn more because they were first to solve a hard technical problem. Observers often mistake both for durable market power, or confuse efficient consolidation driven by scale economies with anticompetitive concentration.

From an innovation-policy perspective, these returns matter. They compensate firms for extraordinary risk and fund the massive R&D and capital spending required to compete at the frontier. Strip them away, and the incentives that sustain repeated entry, investment, and technological progress weaken.

Why Structural Metrics Mislead

Structural, snapshot-based critiques misread competition in advanced semiconductor manufacturing. Metrics like concentration, market share, or margins ignore the industry’s core forces: Moore’s Law’s fixed cadence, Rock’s Law’s soaring capital costs, and the reset of competition at each new process node. In this market, structure follows risk. Firms scale up, specialize, and form deep partnerships to finance $10–20 billion fabs, coordinate complex supply chains, and solve frontier physics problems—not to exclude rivals.

Treating these arrangements as entrenched market power invites policy error. Efforts to break up scale, cap returns, or second-guess long-term contracts would weaken incentives for early, risky investment and erode the dynamic capabilities that let challengers leapfrog incumbents. The result would not be more competition, but slower innovation, fewer viable entrants at the leading edge, and less access to high-performance computing.

For more on this issue, see the ICLE white paper, “From Moore’s Law to Market Rivalry: The Economic Forces That Shape the Semiconductor Manufacturing Industry” by Brian Albrecht, Geoffrey A. Manne, David Teece, and Mario Zúñiga. 

Japan’s Experiment in Regulating Mobile Competition the European Way

As ex ante regulation sweeps across digital markets, Japan has decided not to stand athwart the global tide. With the Mobile Software Competition Act (MSCA) taking effect in December . . .

As ex ante regulation sweeps across digital markets, Japan has decided not to stand athwart the global tide. With the Mobile Software Competition Act (MSCA) taking effect in December 2025, Tokyo aligned itself with the European Union’s effort to redesign platform competition by rule rather than by case. Among competition scholars, the prevailing mood is resignation—even among skeptics. This, it seems, is simply where policy is headed.

To be sure, the MSCA is narrower than the EU’s Digital Markets Act (DMA), and its enforcer, the Japan Fair Trade Commission (JFTC), favors consultation and guidance over the European Commission’s more confrontational style.

Yet the MSCA rests on the same flawed premises as the DMA. It treats size and concentration as proxies for competitive harm. It also presumes that practices such as self-preferencing or differentiated in-app payment terms are inherently suspect and therefore unlawful unless narrowly justified. And perhaps most importantly, it fails to grapple with how artificial intelligence (AI) is likely to remake the market completely.

Read the full piece here.

5G Panic Is the Last Thing America’s Tech Strategy Needs

Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy claimed in a recent interview with USA Today that radiation from 5G towers poses a serious health risk, citing “more than 10,000 . . .

Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy claimed in a recent interview with USA Today that radiation from 5G towers poses a serious health risk, citing “more than 10,000 studies” allegedly showing harm. This scare is hardly new. Every generation of wireless technology has sparked fears about radiation.

What is new is who is spreading them. The science and the historical record are clear: there is no credible evidence that everyday use of modern wireless networks endangers human health. Yet in the viral age of 5G, claims once confined to conspiracy circles are now being amplified by the nation’s top health official.

Read the full piece here.

Antitrust at the Agencies: More Process, Mo’ Money Edition

The White House announced a slate of administrative nominations Jan. 13, including David MacNeil—founder and CEO of WeatherTech—to fill the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) seat . . .

The White House announced a slate of administrative nominations Jan. 13, including David MacNeil—founder and CEO of WeatherTech—to fill the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) seat vacated by Melissa Holyoak, who left last November to serve as interim U.S. attorney for the District of Utah.

MacNeil made his fortune by importing and later manufacturing (here in the United States) aftermarket auto floor mats and accessories. Forbes describes him as a Mar-a-Lago member who has donated more than $3 million to Trump campaigns, affiliated PACs, and inaugurations.

I’m not quite sure what to make of the pick. The FTC Act imposes no requirement that commissioners be lawyers or economists; and, for better or worse, at least one prior Trump appointee, Rohit Chopra, fit neither mold. Serious business experience could be relevant to the job and, perhaps, an asset to the commission.

Still, the FTC is a law-enforcement agency, and the laws it enforces rest heavily on economic reasoning. While a background in antitrust law, consumer protection law, or industrial-organization economics is not legally required, the fields are central to the FTC’s statutory mission and a lack of expertise in any of the three is, at best, a limitation. As far as I can tell from public sources and a short writeup by Paul Steidler, MacNeil holds no degree in law or economics; he reportedly attended Dominican University as an undergraduate before leaving to pursue business.

MacNeil is also a vocal advocate of American manufacturing, which could intersect with FTC authority at the margins. The agency enforces the Made in USA Labeling Rule, and truthful and non-misleading product-origin claims that are material to consumers are part of the FTC’s portfolio, if a small part.

Beyond that, it is hard to know what to expect if the Senate confirms him. I confess I had never heard of MacNeil before the nomination—despite having purchased aftermarket floor mats, possibly even WeatherTech’s. More puzzling is why a billionaire with no evident interest in antitrust or consumer protection policy would seek an appointment that could last until September 2032, given the requisite financial disclosures, ethics restrictions, and constraints on outside business activity.

There is also the institutional question. What difference does a third Republican commissioner make on a three-member commission? Most significant issues before the commission are decided by majority vote of the sitting commissioners. The commissioner designated FTC chairman by the president is the first among equals, possessing agenda-setting authority in addition to his or her single vote. If there are no ties to break, there’s not much chance to be a tiebreaker. Reports that FTC Chair Andrew Ferguson may be headed to a role at the U.S. Justice Department (DOJ) only add to the uncertainty, although when or whether such a role would involve his departure from the FTC remains unclear too.

I would like to have a firmer take. Blog readers expect takes; that is, after all, what blogs are for. But my analysis yields only two conclusions: (1) interesting times, and (2) who knows?

Read the full piece here.

When Antitrust Prices a Platform Out of the Market: Nigeria’s Meta Fine

The global tech sector faces an unprecedented regulatory onslaught. In the United States, courts have labeled Google an illegal monopolist in search and open web . . .

The global tech sector faces an unprecedented regulatory onslaught. In the United States, courts have labeled Google an illegal monopolist in search and open web advertising. In Europe, Apple, Meta, and Google confront fines and investigations for alleged antitrust violations. Elsewhere, regulators in Brazil, South Africa, and Australia are rolling out digital competition regimes—often with the explicit aim of engineering rivalry through regulation, even at the risk of dampening innovation.

Nigeria has now joined this wave. In November 2023, the Federal Competition and Consumer Protection Commission (FCCPC) fined Meta $220 million for alleged antitrust and privacy violations. The FCCPC’s report dispensed with restraint, branding Meta’s conduct “obnoxious, unscrupulous, [and] exploitative.”

In April 2025, the commission’s in-house tribunal upheld the fine, and Meta is preparing to appeal. The deeper problem is not just the muddling of privacy and competition theories—weakening both—but the sanction’s sheer scale, which bears little relationship to the size or realities of Nigeria’s digital market.

Read the full piece here.

The Visa Case and the Perils of Prosecuting Discounts

The U.S. Justice Department’s (DOJ) antitrust case against Visa—filed under the Biden administration—has put the debit-card market in the spotlight. Recent reporting suggests the DOJ . . .

The U.S. Justice Department’s (DOJ) antitrust case against Visa—filed under the Biden administration—has put the debit-card market in the spotlight. Recent reporting suggests the DOJ is doubling down on a theory that Visa’s volume-based incentives and routing arrangements amount to unlawful monopolization. That claim warrants skepticism: the practices under attack are routine, efficiency-enhancing features of competition across many industries, not evidence of monopoly power, and antitrust law has long treated them as lawful.

Read the full piece here.

Trump Was Right About Price Controls, Until He Embraced Them

On the 2024 campaign trail, Vice President Kamala Harris’s first major economic speech included proposing a ban on so-called “price gouging.” Jason Furman, a top . . .

On the 2024 campaign trail, Vice President Kamala Harris’s first major economic speech included proposing a ban on so-called “price gouging.” Jason Furman, a top economist in the Obama administration, said it was “not sensible policy.” As economists across the political spectrum will tell you, capping prices would discourage new companies from ramping up supply, invariably creating shortages. Donald Trump called the plan “SOVIET Style price controls.” He was right, if overly dramatic.

Read the full piece here.

The Hidden Costs of the CCCA

TL;DR Background: The Credit Card Competition Act of 2026 (CCCA) is marketed as a pro-competition reform aimed at reducing allegedly excessive credit-card “swipe fees.” The . . .

TL;DR

Background: The Credit Card Competition Act of 2026 (CCCA) is marketed as a pro-competition reform aimed at reducing allegedly excessive credit-card “swipe fees.” The bill would require cards issued on Visa and Mastercard networks to carry a second, unaffiliated network and would give merchants control over how transactions are routed. Supporters argue that this would increase routing competition, lower merchant costs, and reduce consumer prices.

But… Credit-card markets already feature strong competition among both networks and card issuers. Networks compete on far more than price, differentiating on quality, security, innovation, and consumer benefits. The CCCA would narrow this competition by forcing networks to compete mainly on interchange fees, weakening rivalry on the dimensions consumers value most. Interchange fees help balance participation among merchants and consumers. Networks and issuers use them to fund rewards, fraud prevention, insurance, and other cardholder benefits. Under the CCCA, large merchants would steer transactions to the lowest-cost networks, sharply cutting interchange revenue and eroding those benefits.

Moreover… Evidence from the United States and abroad shows that capping interchange fees does not lower retail prices. Issuers instead respond by cutting rewards, raising cardholder fees, and narrowing product offerings. While the CCCA would benefit some large merchants, it would do so by reducing consumer choice and weakening competition across the credit-card ecosystem—leaving consumers worse off overall.

KEY TAKEAWAYS

Competition Beyond Fees

Four-party credit-card networks such as Visa and Mastercard compete on much more than price. They differentiate on interchange-fee structures, rewards and benefits, acceptance and reliability, transaction speed, and the strength of fraud prevention and cybersecurity. They also invest in features like tokenization, real-time alerts, zero-liability protections, and digital-wallet integration to make payments safer and easier.

Issuing banks use different network offerings to design cards with distinct mixes of rewards, fees, credit terms, and protections—from no-fee cash-back cards to premium travel cards with insurance and concierge services. The result is strong issuer rivalry and a wide range of options that let consumers choose cards that match their spending habits and risk tolerance.

Routing Away Competition

By shifting routing decisions from issuers and cardholders to merchants, the CCCA would reshape credit-card competition. Merchants would route transactions to the lowest-cost network, regardless of rewards or security. That change would push interchange fees down and strip issuers of the revenue they use to compete.

As revenue falls, issuers would cut benefits. Consumers would feel the effects first, followed quickly by merchants. Less attractive cards mean lower usage, fewer transactions, and reduced spending—especially for everyday purchases that rely on rewards and short-term credit. Instead of strengthening competition, the CCCA would flatten it, reduce consumer choice, and weaken the spending merchants rely on.

The Durbin Backfire

The “Durbin amendment” to the Dodd-Frank Act shows how interchange-fee regulation can backfire. The law capped debit-card interchange fees for banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Supporters claimed merchants would pass the savings on to consumers, but a Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond study found that 98.8% of merchants kept prices the same or raised them after the cap took effect. Banks responded to an estimated $6.5 billion in annual revenue losses by raising checking-account fees and cutting free checking. As a result, up to one million Americans left the banking system.

This outcome reflects a classic “waterbed” effect. In two-sided markets, platforms balance the needs of merchants and consumers. When regulators suppress prices on one side, costs rise on the other. International experience confirms the pattern. In Australia, interchange-fee caps pushed annual card fees up by more than 50% and cut rewards per dollar spent by about half. In the European Union, rewards fell sharply as well.

Hurting Those Who Can Least Afford It

Verisk data show that 77% of U.S. cardholders in households earning under $50,000 have at least one rewards card. For these consumers, cash back and travel points help pay for everyday expenses. By cutting the interchange revenue that funds rewards, the CCCA would push issuers to scale back or eliminate these programs—just as they did with debit cards after the Durbin Amendment.

The result would be a regressive transfer of wealth, hitting lower-income and minority communities hardest and weakening a tool many rely on to manage household budgets.

A Race to the Bottom

By shifting routing choices to merchants, the CCCA would push Visa and Mastercard to compete on lowest cost instead of value. The law would elevate merchants’ demand for lower fees over consumers’ preferences for security, rewards, and reliability.

The pressure would spread beyond four-party networks. Even three-party networks such as American Express and Discover, though not directly covered, would face weaker competition on quality and less incentive to invest in rewards, security, and innovation.

The result would be a race to the bottom across the U.S. card-payments system. Innovation would slow, fraud and theft would increase, and both consumers and merchants would end up worse off.

Hidden Costs for Main Street

Only a small group of large merchants—especially those with in-house fraud systems—would benefit from the CCCA. Most smaller merchants pay a fixed merchant-discount rate and would see little, if any, fee reduction. For many, higher fraud costs would outweigh any modest savings. Small businesses would also face a hidden cost. If lower margins lead issuers to cut back lending, merchants could lose access to as much as $700 billion in revolving credit.

Less Innovation, Less Value

The CCCA would steer America’s innovative credit-card market toward a regulated-utility model and slow the development of new financial products. By disconnecting transaction prices from the value networks provide—such as fraud protection and rewards—the law would weaken issuers’ incentives to compete for cardholders. Consumers would face a less valuable product: higher fees, fewer benefits, and weaker security.

The result would likely be lower consumer welfare. Lost rewards and new banking fees would impose direct costs on households, with little reason to expect offsetting price cuts at the register. Rather than helping consumers, the CCCA would leave them with a payments system that is less efficient, less innovative, and less valuable.

For further analysis, see ICLE’s research on payment systems here.

‘Market Power in Antitrust Cases,’ by William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner

William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner’s 1981 Harvard Law Review article “Market Power in Antitrust Cases” is a true classic. Showing the value of interdisciplinary work . . .

William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner’s 1981 Harvard Law Review article “Market Power in Antitrust Cases” is a true classic. Showing the value of interdisciplinary work within the law & economics tradition, it brought real clarity to what “market power” means and how courts should assess it—cutting through vague labels like “monopoly power” and “dominance” that too often obscure more than they explain.

On a personal note, no article has shaped my thinking about antitrust more. After reading it, I became deeply skeptical of the reflexive habit of blaming “monopoly power” for business practices people dislike or don’t understand. As a law student, I even had the privilege of translating the article into Spanish with my friend Valery Vicente—a project that forced me to read it closely, repeatedly, and with growing appreciation.

Read the full piece here.

How a Bad Presumption Became Too Useful to Kill

The Philadelphia National Bank (PNB) presumption refuses to die. Long criticized and widely viewed as bad policy, it survives today in slightly attenuated form, and there is no . . .

The Philadelphia National Bank (PNB) presumption refuses to die. Long criticized and widely viewed as bad policy, it survives today in slightly attenuated form, and there is no sign that Trump-appointed antitrust enforcers plan to bury it. If anything, the 2023 Merger Guidelines, still in force, double down on the presumption more than their predecessors. Public choice theory helps explain this resilience. And because merger review must by its nature more swiftly, the U.S. Supreme Court is unlikely to step in anytime soon.

Still, the story is not static. Antitrust enforcers in the second Trump administration have “signaled a real tone shift in U.S. merger enforcement” that “recognize[s] many mergers are procompetitive.” If that shift carries through to how agencies apply the PNB presumption, it could meaningfully limit the economic harm the doctrine has long threatened to impose.

Read the full piece here.

Carding the Internet Still Isn’t Constitutional

After the U.S. Supreme Court decided Free Speech Coalition v. Paxton last year, I wrote that the “broader war over age verification and parental consent online isn’t over.” As . . .

After the U.S. Supreme Court decided Free Speech Coalition v. Paxton last year, I wrote that the “broader war over age verification and parental consent online isn’t over.” As we head into 2026, that prediction looks right.

The fight has shifted. Lawmakers have moved their focus from social-media platforms to app stores. But the basic problem hasn’t changed: the First Amendment still stands in the way.

By now, the pattern is clear. Federal courts have repeatedly held that age-verification and parental-consent mandates for social media block minors’ access to lawful speech and fail constitutional scrutiny. These laws don’t use the least-restrictive means. Courts point instead to a wide range of tools that already let parents and teens manage online risks without forcing everyone to prove their age just to speak or read.

Put simply, families can address these harms more directly and at lower cost than the government can by regulating speech.

Nothing in the Supreme Court’s 2025 decision in Free Speech Coalition changes this. The Court applied intermediate scrutiny only “[b]ecause speech that is obscene to minors is unprotected.” It stressed that only “where the speech in question is unprotected” may states impose content-based restrictions “without triggering strict scrutiny.”

Justice Brett Kavanaugh made the point explicit. Reviewing the Court’s First Amendment cases, including Free Speech Coalition, he noted that “[g]iven those precedents, it is no surprise that the District Court in [NetChoice, LLC v. Fitch] enjoined enforcement of the Mississippi law and that seven other Federal District Courts have likewise enjoined enforcement of similar state laws.”

Read the full piece here.

Antitrust at the Agencies: The Business We Have Chosen Edition

These are interesting times and competition policy—let alone Federal Trade Commission (FTC) style consumer protection—may not top most people’s list of urgent concerns. But as . . .

These are interesting times and competition policy—let alone Federal Trade Commission (FTC) style consumer protection—may not top most people’s list of urgent concerns. But as a certain film character put it, this is the business we have chosen. So with that: Happy New Year!

Read the full piece here.

LONG FORM WRITING

Pass-Through with Price Dispersion

How do cost shocks pass through to prices in markets with price dispersion? Pass-through analysis typically assumes a single equilibrium price, but empirical studies . . .

Abstract

How do cost shocks pass through to prices in markets with price dispersion? Pass-through analysis typically assumes a single equilibrium price, but empirical studies consistently document substantial price variation, even for homogeneous products. This paper develops a tractable framework that decomposes the pass-through problem into two distinct tiers. The first is a competition layer where consumers’ consideration sets determine equilibrium distributions of normalized margins. The second is a curvature layer where demand elasticity determines how these margins translate into prices and pass-through rates. The key theoretical innovation is showing that the strategic pricing game with arbitrary downward-sloping demand is order-isomorphic to a baseline unit-demand game once reformulated in terms of normalized effective margins. This decomposition yields closed-form pass-through formulas, robust bounds across demand specifications, and clear comparative statics linking market structure to incidence

Facilitating Fintech’s Future: How Congress and Regulation can Support Innovation in Fintech, Earned Wage Access and Buy Now, Pay Later Products

Technological innovation has long been a central driver of competition, consumer choice, and financial inclusion in U.S. consumer financial services. From the advent of . . .

Abstract

Technological innovation has long been a central driver of competition, consumer choice, and financial inclusion in U.S. consumer financial services. From the advent of standardized credit reporting and automated underwriting to online banking and digital payments, innovation has repeatedly expanded access while reducing costs and discriminatory practices. Today, fintech represents the latest and most consequential wave of this evolution. While some innovations, such as artificial intelligence and alternative data underwriting, are genuinely novel, others, including Earned Wage Access (EWA) and Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL), are modernized versions of well-established financial practices delivered more efficiently through technology.

This article argues that fintech’s benefits accrue most strongly to consumers historically underserved by the traditional financial system, including younger, lower-income, rural, and minority households. Drawing on a broad range of empirical research, it shows that fintech products increase access to credit, reduce reliance on high-cost alternatives, lower transaction costs, and mitigate demographic disparities in pricing and approval rates. Evidence indicates that EWA helps workers smooth income volatility, avoid overdraft fees and payday loans, and improve job retention. BNPL enables consumers to manage liquidity and spread the cost of purchases, usually with no interest, without increasing overall financial distress. Moreover, while critics have expressed concern that both EWA and BNPL could lead to increased financial distress, empirical evidence to date indicates that these speculative concerns are unfounded.

Despite these benefits, fintech innovation faces growing regulatory risks. The article contends that inconsistent and overly burdensome state regulation, arbitrary asset thresholds, and misguided restrictions threaten competition and consumer welfare by raising costs and limiting choice. It concludes that a coherent national regulatory framework—emphasizing competition, proportional oversight, and evidence-based intervention—is essential to preserve fintech’s promise. Properly designed regulation can protect consumers while allowing innovation to flourish, particularly for those with the fewest existing financial options.

Read the full piece at SSRN.

ICLE ON SOCIAL MEDIA

January Threads 2026

Threads from ICLE scholars on trending issues for the month of January 2026. ? New paper! ? (haven't used the sirens in a while, but . . .

Threads from ICLE scholars on trending issues for the month of January 2026.